APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP INC
DEF 14C, 1998-10-15
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING SERVICES
Previous: COLOR SPOT NURSERIES INC, 10-K, 1998-10-15
Next: SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/, S-3/A, 1998-10-15



                    SCHEDULE 14C INFORMATION
             Information Statement Pursuant
             to Section 14(c) of the
             Securities Exchange Act of 1934
             
Check the appropriate box:
X  Preliminary Information Statement
X  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted
   by Rule 14c-5(d)(2))
- -  Definitive Information Statement

                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
    (Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
                          
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box)
     -    No fee required
     X    Fee computed on table below per

Exchange Act Rule 14c-5(g) and 0-11
     1)   Title of each class of securities to which transaction applied:
          Class B Preferred Stock convertible
          share-forshare into Common Stock, $.001 par
          value per share, of The Netplex Group, Inc.
     
     2)   Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applied:
          1,287,540 shares of Class B Preferred
          Stock convertible to Common Stock
     
     3)   Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed 
          pursuant to Exchange Act rule 0-11 (Set forth the
          amount on which the filing fee is
          calculated and state how it was determined)  $1.55335 per share
    
     4)   Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: $6,500,000
     
     5)   Total fee paid:  $1,918
          -    Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
          -    Check box if any part of the fee is offset as
          provided by Exchange Act rule 0-11(a)(2)
          and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee 
          was paid previously.  Identify the previous filing by
          registration statement number, or the Form
          or Schedule and the date of its filing.

     1)   Amount Previously Paid:

     2)   Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:

     3)   Filing Party:

     4)   Date Filed:



                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                       13800 Benson Road
                  Edmond, Oklahoma 73013- 6417

                  

                    INFORMATION STATEMENT


SUMMARY

     This  Information  Statement  is  being  furnished
to   the shareholders  of  Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.,  an
Oklahoma corporation, (the "Company"), in connection
with the following:

          (i)  the  sale to The Netplex Group, Inc., a
     New  York corporation ("Netplex Group"), of the
     Company's  Retail  and Store Systems   Consulting   
     Division   (the "Consulting Division");

          (ii)  amendment  of  the Certificate  of
     Incorporation changing the name of the Company to
     "The viaLink Company";
     
          (iii) amendment of the Applied Intelligence
     Group, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Stock
     Option Plan") to (A) permit  the  grant  of  non-
     incentive  stock  options  ("NSO Options")  to  non-
     employees and permit  option  holders  to exercise
     such  stock options through the end of  applicable
     option  period  without requiring continued
     employment  with the  Company or its affiliate as a
     condition of exercise and (B) increase the number
     of shares of common stock, $.001 par value
     per  share  of  the  Company  (the  "Common
     Stock") authorized and reserved for issuance under the
     Stock  Option Plan  from  300,000 to 800,000 (the
     "1995 Plan  Amendment"), substantially  in  the
     form of the 1998  Amendment  to  the Applied
     Intelligence Group, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan  as
     fully  set forth in the Shareholder Consent as
     Appendix  C., and
     
          (iv) amendment of the Applied Intelligence
     Group, Inc., 1998 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
     (the "1998 Stock Option Plan")  to  (A)  permit
     the grant  of  non-incentive  stock options  ("NSO
     Options") to all employees and non-employees who
     have  benefited or could benefit the  Company  and
     (B) increase the number of shares of Common Stock
     authorized and reserved for issuance under the 1998
     Stock Option Plan  from 300,000   to   800,000
     (the  "1998  Plan  Amendment") substantially  in  the  
     form of the 1998  Amendment to  the Applied  Intelligence 
     Group, Inc. 1998  Non-Qualified  Stock Option  as  fully  
     set forth in the Shareholder  Consent  as Appendix C.
     
     The  Consulting  Division  provides  management
consulting, computer system integration support services
and markets software products  and  applications,
including the Company's  proprietary software  products,
Retail  Service  Applications  ("RSA")  and CHAINLINKr,
and  resells  computer  hardware  and  point-of-sale
systems.   The  Consulting  Division's revenues  during
the  six months ended June 30, 1998, and the year ended
December 31, 1997, were  $5,396,315  and $7,544,679,
respectively, representing  88% and  84%  of  total
revenues, respectively, during such  periods.
Furthermore,  during the six months ended June 30, 1998
and  the year  ended December 31, 1997, net income from
operations of  the Consulting  Division  before
provision  for  income  taxes was $1,840,955,
and $197,995, respectively.  After giving
effect  to the  sale  of  the Consulting Division (the
"Consulting  Division Sale"), on a pro forma basis, the
Company would have had  a  loss of  $1,805,564, and
$3,345,940, during the six months ended  June 30,  1998,
and  the year ended December 31, 1997,  respectively.
Pro  forma loss per share for the six months ended
June  30, 1998  and  the  year ended December 31, 1997
was $.66  and  $1.23, respectively.    See  Unaudited Pro
Forma Consolidated  Financial Statements of the Company
appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement.

     The Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") on
August 31, 1998,   unanimously  approved  the  Asset
Acquisition  Agreement between  Netplex Group and the Company 
in the form substantially as  attached  hereto  as Appendix A-1 and
on September  8,  1998, unanimously  approved  an
amendment  to  the  Asset  Acquisition Agreement  in
the  form  substantially  as  attached  hereto  as
Appendix  A-2  (collectively, the "Acquisition
Agreement").  As allowed by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
and  Bylaws and  by  Section  1073  of the Oklahoma
General  Corporation  Act ("Oklahoma Law'), it is
anticipated that the Company's  executive officers and
directors, who collectively own approximately 56% of the
outstanding  shares of common stock,  $.001  par  value
per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") will
execute a written consent  to  approve the Acquisition
Agreement, substantially  in the form  attached  hereto
as  Appendix  D  (the  "Shareholder
Consent").  In connection with the Consulting Division
Sale  and pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, the
Company is required to change  its  name and it will change
its name to  "The viaLink Company"  by  amending  its Certificate of
Incorporation (the "Name Change Amendment"), which
was  also unanimously approved by the Board.  In
addition, the Board unanimously  approved the 1995 Plan
Amendment and the  1998  Plan Amendment on September 4,
1998.

It  is  anticipated that the Shareholders  Consent  will be
executed  20 days following mailing of this Information
Statement to  the  Shareholders  and  one  day  thereafter  the
Consulting Division Sale will be closed.  Immediately
after execution  of the  Shareholder Consent, the
Company will file the  Name  Change Amendment  with the
Secretary of State of Oklahoma and  the  1995 Plan
Amendment and 1998 Plan Amendment will be deemed
approved by the  Shareholders and  will become effective as
of September  1,  1998. Consequently, further
shareholder vote or approval  will  not  be required  to
consummate the Consulting Division Sale,  effectuate the
Name Change Amendment, the 1995 Plan Amendment and the
1998 Plan  Amendment.  ACCORDINGLY, WE ARE NOT ASKING
YOU FOR A  PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A
PROXY.

      On  August  28  and  September 1,  1998,  the
trading  day preceding and following the public
announcement of the Consulting Division  Sale, the
closing sale price of the  Company's  Common
Stock  as  reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market was
$2.50  and $3.25,  respectively.   Furthermore, on such
dates,  the  closing sale  price of the Netplex Group
Common Stock as reported on  the Nasdaq SmallCap Market
was $1.31 and $1.44, respectively

     This  Information  Statement is  first  being  sent
to  the Company's shareholders on or about September 20,
1998.

            RECORD DATE AND VOTING SECURITIES
                            
     This Information Statement is being sent to
shareholders  of record at the close of business on
September 11, 1998 (the "Record Date").
As of the Record Date, there were 2,740,990  shares  of
Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote in
connection  with the  matters covered by the Shareholder
Consent.  Each  share  is entitled  to one vote.  There
are no other issued and outstanding securities  of  the
Company entitled to vote in  connection  with such
matters.

                 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
            BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

General

     The  following table presents certain information
as to  the beneficial  ownership of the Common Stock on
the Record  Date  by (i)  each person known by the
Company to own beneficially  5%  or more of the Common
Stock; (ii) each director of the Company,  and (iii)
all executive officers and directors of the Company  as
a group.   There  are no family relationships among  the
executive officers and directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  As of September 9, 1998
                                               --------------------------
                                               Common Stock   
                                                Shares          Percent of 
Name (and Address) of Beneficial Owner         Beneficially    Outstanding
                                                   Owned       Shares
- --------------------------------------        --------------   ----------- 
<S>                                             <C>                 <C> 
Robert L. Barcum(1)                                554,616          20.2%

Robert N. Baker(1)                                 554,529          20.2%

Russell L. Reinhardt(1)                            316,081          11.5%

David B. North(1)(2)                               109,861           4.0%

Lewis B. Kilbourne, Ph.D(3)                         50,000           1.8%

Jimmy M. Wright(3)                                  27,500           1.0%

Executive Officers and Directors as a group      1,642,644           59.9%
  (seven persons)(4)
- ------------
 (1)  The  business  address of the named person is
      13800  Benson  Road, Edmond, Oklahoma 73013-6414.
 (2)  The  shares beneficially owned and percentage of
      outstanding shares includes 35,000 shares of Common Stock
      issuable pursuant to stock options held by Mr. North.
 (3)  The  shares beneficially owned and percentage of
      outstanding shares consists of shares of Common
      Stock issuable pursuant to stock options held by
      Messrs. Kilbourne and Wright, respectively .
 (4)  The  number of shares and percent include 142,556
      shares  of Common  Stock  issuable pursuant to
      stock options  held  and exercisable by the
      executive officers of the Company.
     
</TABLE>


 Each of Messrs. Barcum, Baker, Reinhardt and North, or their 
proxy  will  execute  the  Shareholders  Consent
approving   the Consulting  Division  Sale, the Name
Change Amendment,  the  1995 Plan Amendment and 1998
Plan Amendment.


             DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL
                            
     Under   the   Oklahoma   General   Corporation
Act,   upon consummation  of the Consulting Division Sale,
Shareholders  will not  have any appraisal, dissenters'
or similar rights (i.e., the right to seek a judicial
determination of the "fair value" of the issued  and
outstanding shares of Common Stock and to compel  the
Company  to purchase their Common Stock for cash in that
amount), and   such  rights  will  not  be  voluntarily
accorded  to  the Shareholders by the Company.


                CONSULTING DIVISION SALE
                            
  The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  on  August  31, 1998,
unanimously  approved  the  Asset Acquisition  Agreement
between Netplex  Group  and  the  Company in the  form
substantially  as attached hereto as Appendix A-1 (the "Acquisition
Agreement") and on  September  8, 1998 unanimously
approved an amendment  of  the Acquisition  Agreement,
in  the form substantially  as  attached hereto  as
Appendix A-2.  As allowed by the Company's Certificate
of  Incorporation and Bylaws and by Section 1073 of the
Oklahoma General Corporation Act ("Oklahoma Law'), it
is anticipated  that the  Company's executive officers
and directors, who collectively own  approximately 56%
of the outstanding shares of Common  Stock of  the
Company will execute the Shareholder Consent which
will constitute  majority  shareholder  approval  of
the  Acquisition Agreement.  In connection with the
Consulting Division  Sale  and in accordance with
Acquisition Agreement, the Company is required to
change its name to permit assignment and transfer of
the name "Applied Intelligence Group" to Neplex Group.
     
Based  in  McLean, Virginia with 12 offices
throughout  the U.S.,  The  Netplex Group, Inc., together with its
wholly  owned subsidiaries  ("Netplex  Group"), is  an
information  technology company  that  provides the
people, technology, and processes  to build, manage,
and protect business  information systems. The
principal executive offices of Netplex Group at located
at  8260 Greensboro  Drive,  5th  Floor, McLean
Virginia  22102  and  its telephone  number is (703)
356-3001.  See "Business and  Property of Netplex
Group."

Background of the Consulting Division Sale

     In early 1998, management of the Company began to
reconsider its  continued focus on both consulting and
network services  due to  capital  requirements for
further development, implementation and  marketing  of
viaLink  and ijob.   Accordingly,  management decided
to  pursue  sale of the Consulting Division  to
provide additional capital for and narrow the Company's
focus on  further development,  implementation, and
marketing of network  services, including viaLink and
ijob. In June 1998, representatives of  the Company
were  introduced to Netplex Group by representatives
of Ampton Investments Inc.  In connection with introduction, the
Company agreed to  pay  Ampton Investments  Inc.  3%  of the sale
price  of  the  Consulting Division   in   the   event
of  purchase   by   Netplex   Group. Representatives
of  the  Company  and  Netplex   Group   opened
discussions  regarding  the possible sale  and
purchase  of  the Consulting  Division.  On July 31,
1998, the Company and  Netplex Group executed a letter
of intent preliminarily setting forth the terms of the
sale and purchase.  On August 31, 1998, the Board of
Directors  of  the  Company  and of  Netplex  Group
unanimously approved  the Acquisition Agreement, and
the Company and  Netplex Group   executed  the
Acquisition  Agreement.    Subsequent   to execution
of the Acquisition Agreement, representatives  of  the
Company  and Netplex Group met with representatives of
Seidman  & Co.  in  order  to  determine the fairness
of the  terms  of  the Consulting  Division Sale from a
financial  point  of  view.   On September  ,  1998,
the Company and Netplex Group  executed  an
amendment  to  the  Acquisition Agreement , a copy  of
which  is attached hereto as Appendix A-2.  On
September 8, 1998, Seidman & Co.  submitted to the
Board of Directors of the Company a  letter indicating
that, in the opinion of Seidman & Co., the Consulting
Division  Sale is fair, from a financial point of
view,  to  the Company and its shareholders.  See
"Opinion of Seidman & Co." and Appendix D.

Terms of the Acquisition and Earnout Agreements

     Description of Consulting Division Assets.
Pursuant to the  Acquisition  Agreement, the Company will  sell  to
and Netplex Group will purchase the assets (other than
cash  and accounts  receivable)  related to the
Consulting  Division, generally   including  technical  consulting  
services and solutions  business,  which  provides  technical
consulting services  and  solutions  to  the  retail
and  distribution industries, and will acquire the rights to use the
name "Applied Intelligence Group,"  and  ChainLink  of
the Consulting  Division.   The Company's  ChainLink
software will be licensed  to  Netplex Group for resale
and marketing.  The terms and conditions of the
license  agreement  will be  negotiated  prior  to  the
closing  of  the Consulting Division Sale.  The  assets
and operations  of  the  Company's network  services,
including viaLink  and  ijob,  will  be  retained  by
the  Company. ViaLink  develops,   markets  and
implements   proprietary software  products, information content 
and related services to facilitate  electronic  commerce.   ijob
provides an internet   based  solution  job  referral   and
candidate evaluation service for both employers and
employees.  It  is anticipated  that  the  Consulting
Division  Sale  will  be consummated and completed on
the day following execution  of the  Shareholder
Consent (the "Closing"), which is  expected to be
October         , 1998; however, the effective date of
the  Consulting Division Sale will be September 1,
1998, for accounting  and  other  business  purposes
(the  "Effective Date").  The Asset Acquisition Agreement will 
be closed into escrow on or about September 30, 1998 ("Preliminary
Close").  (See First Amendment, Appendix A-2)  References to the
consummation of the agreement in the remainder of this description
are intended to refer to the Preliminary Close, with the final
closing to follow as elsewhere described.

     Consideration to be Received. At Closing, Netplex
will  pay or deliver to the Company (i) $3,000,000 in
immediately available funds  and (ii) 643,770 shares of
Netplex Class B Preferred Stock (the   "Netplex
Preferred  Stock"),  each  of  which   will be
convertible into one share of common stock, $.001 par
value,  of Netplex  (the "Netplex Common Stock").  As
of September 4,  1998, the closing sale price of the
Netplex Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market was $1.5625.

     Although  the final terms of the Certificate of
Designation for the Netplex Group Preferred Stock are
being negotiated, it is anticipated  that the Netplex
Group Preferred Stock (i)  will  be junior in priority
to the Netplex Group Class A 10% Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock but senior  to  all other outstanding classes 
of  Netplex Group stock;  (ii)  will  be  issued pursuant  to
exemption  from  the registration  requirements  of the
Securities  Act  of  1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act")
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
(iii)  will be convertible, at  the  option  of  the
Company,  into  Netplex Group common stock, $.001 par
value  per share  (the "Netplex Group Common Stock") on
a one-for-one basis; and  (iv) will be subject to
appropriate adjustment in the  event of any merger,
consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification,
stock  dividend,  stock  split or  similar
transaction.   For  a further  description  of the
Netplex Group Preferred  Stock,  see "Description of
NetPlex Group Securities."

     Furthermore, in connection with the Consulting
Division Sale and  as a condition of the Acquisition
Agreement, the Company and Netplex  Group will enter
into the Earnout Agreement  which  will require to
operate the Consulting Division in a manner that  will
give  the  Company  the  opportunity to receive
additional  cash consideration  from  Netplex Group and
Netplex  Group  Preferred Stock.  A  copy of the Earnout
Agreement is attached  hereto  as
Appendix  A-3.  Under the Earnout Agreement, during
each  of  the six  calendar quarters ending March 31,
2000 ("Earnout  Period"), Netplex  Group  will pay the
Company 50% of the  Net  Profit,  as defined below,
earned by  the Consulting Division as operated  by
Netplex.   The cumulative, maximum cash amount that
the  Company may  receive  under  the Earnout Agreement
is  $1,500,000.  For purposes  of determining the amount 
to be paid under the  Earnout Agreement, "Net Profit" will be 
calculated based on the  earnings of  the  Consulting Division 
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.
     
Under  the terms of the Earnout Agreement, if the
cumulative Net  Profit of the  Consulting Division for the period  
commencing September 1, 1998 and  ending December 31, 2000, 
exceeds $5,000,000 (the  "Net Profit Threshold"), the Company may 
become entitled to receive up to  643,770 additional shares of
Netplex Group Preferred  Stock.  For  purposes  of
determining the amount of additional  Netplex Group
Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Earnout
Agreement,  the Net Profit for the period commencing September 1, 1998
and ending December 31,  2000  will  be  limited to $9,000,000.
In  the  event  the cumulative Net Profit during such
period is less than $5,000,000, the Company will not be
entitled to receive any additional shares of  Netplex
Group Preferred Stock.  In the event the Net  Profit
Threshold is obtained, the number of additional shares
of Netplex Group Preferred  Stock  that the Company
will  be  entitled  to receive  will  be  determined
on or  before  March  1, 2001  by multiplying
the number of shares of Netplex
Group Preferred Stock initially  received  by  the
Company  and  that  have  not  been converted to
Netplex Group Common Stock on or before December 31,
1999,  by the quotient of the difference between
$9,000,000 (less $5,000,000) and the Net Profit of the Consulting
Division for the period ending December 31, 2000 divided
by $4,000,000.  For  example only, if  the Consulting
Division were to earn a Net  Profit  of
$9,000,000  (less  $5,000,000) during the period ending
December 31, 2000, the Company will
be entitled to  receive  one additional share of
Netplex Group Preferred Stock for each  share of
Netplex Group Preferred Stock that has not been
converted  to Netplex  Common Stock on or before
December 31, 2000.  By further example,  if  the
Consulting Division  earns  a  Net  Profit  of
$7,500,000  (less  $5,000,000) during the  nine
quarters  ending December  31,  2000, the Company will
be entitled to  receive  an additional .625
share of Netplex Group Preferred Stock  for  each
share of Netplex Group Preferred Stock initially
received by  the Company  that  was not converted to
Netplex Common  Stock  on  or before December 31, 1999.

      There  is no public market for the Netplex
Preferred  Stock and it is anticipated that a market will not develop;
although as mentioned  above,  each share of the
Netplex Preferred  Stock  is convertible,  at the
option of the Company, into  Netplex  Common Stock on
a  share-for-share basis.  However, in the  event  the
Company  elects  to  convert all or any portion  of
the  Netplex Preferred  Stock  to Netplex Common Stock
prior to  December  31, 1999, for any reason, including
the need for additional  working
capital  or  reduction  of borrowings, the number  of
additional shares  of  Netplex Preferred Stock that the Company
may  become entitled  to receive under the Earnout
Agreement will be  reduced or fully eliminated if all
shares of  the Netplex Preferred Stock have been
converted to Netplex Common Stock.

     Certain  Other  Terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

At  or prior  to Closing, Netplex will extend employment
offers to  most of  the Company's employees who currently  work in or
support the Consulting Division.   The  employees  who
will   be   offered employment  with  Netplex  will be  determined  at  or
prior  to Closing.

     The  Company  has  agreed that for a period  of
four  years following  the  Closing, the Company will
not  compete  with  the Consulting  Division, except to
the extent that  competition  may result  from  the
Company's  developing,  marketing,  licensing,
installing, using, implementating and/or supporting the
Company's viaLink  products and services.  Furthermore,
in  the  event  the Company  is
acquired  by  a competitor  of  Netplex  Group,  the
acquiring  competitor  will not be bound by  the  non-
competition provisions of the Acquisition Agreement.

     Netplex   agreed  to  continue  to  operate  the
Consulting Division  and  retain  the  key  management
employees of the Consulting  Division  if  the  acquired  business
meets  certain minimum  Net Profit targets.  The
cumulative Minimum  Net  Profit target  for  the  period commencing
September 1, 1998 and ending  December  31,  2000  is $3,150,000.

     Netplex  Group  agreed, at its sole  cost  and
expense,  to register  the Netplex Group Common Stock
underlying  the  Netplex Group  Preferred Stock.  See "-
Restrictions on Resale  of  Common Stock; Registration
Rights."

     Consummation of the Consulting Division Sale and
the related transactions  is  contingent  on  final
negotiation  of  certain agreements, including a
premises sublease, agreements relating to the  sharing
of facilities at the Company's headquarters, and  an
agreement  concerning the assumption by Netplex Group
of  certain liabilities relating to certain ongoing
contracts and agreements.

     Conditions;  Termination; Amendment.  

Consummation  of  the Consulting Division  Sale is  subject  
to  approval of the Acquisition Agreement and the Name Change 
Amendment by holders of a  majority of the issued and outstanding
shares of Common Stock. Although  a voting agreement
has not been entered into by  Robert L.  Barcum,
Robert N. Baker, Russell L. Reinhardt and  David  B.
North,  it  is anticipated that they or their proxy
will  execute the   Shareholder   Consent   which  will
constitute   majority shareholder  approval of the
Acquisition Agreement and the  Name Change Amendment.

     Consummation of the Consulting Division Sale is
also subject to (i) absence of any order, decree or
injunction of any court or governmental authority
prohibiting consummation of the Consulting Division
Sale,  (ii)  absence of  any  action,  claim,  suit  or
proceeding  seeking to enjoin, restrain, or prohibit
consummation of the Consulting  Division  Sale,  (iii)  execution
of the Employment  Agreements  by  Netplex Group  and  each
of  Messrs. Barcum, North  and Davenport,  (iv)  all  required 
regulatory approvals  have  been obtained (v) the consent of  the
Company's landlord  of  its  headquarter office
facility is  obtained  and, Netplex  and  the  Company
shall have entered  into  a  mutually satisfactory
sublease  agreement for a  portion  of  the  office
facility, (vi) assignment and transfer of all
Consulting Division contracts  and  work  in  progress
to Netplex  Group,  and  (vii) execution  of  all
related agreements, including  a  remarketing agreement
for the Company's CHAINLINK software, an office support
and   administrative  services  sharing  agreement,  a 
computer equipment lease agreement and agreement regarding the
liabilities and   obligations  to  be  assumed  by
Netplex.    In  addition, consummation  is also subject
to Netplex Group obtaining  certain lender  financing
and the sale of $1,500,000 of equity securities of
NetPlex  Group, Inc.   There is no approval  of
governmental authorities  or  other  persons required
or  that  has  not  been obtained as of the date of
this Information Statement, other than (i)  filings
that will be required under applicable Oklahoma  Law
and  (ii)  any  additional filings that  may  be
required  under applicable  federal  and state
securities  laws,  and  (iii)  the consent  of  the
Company's landlord regarding  sublease  of  the
Company's headquarter office facility to Netplex Group.

     In  addition,  the  obligations of the Company
and  Netplex Group  under  the  Acquisition  Agreement
are  subject  to  the fulfillment,   prior  to  the  Closing, of
certain conditions precedent, any of which may be waived by the party
benefitting therefrom.  Such conditions include:  (i)
the continuing accuracy of the various  representations
and  warranties;  (ii) the performance,  compliance
with and satisfaction  in  all material respects
of all covenants and agreements; and (iii) no  material
adverse  change in the business, prospects or financial
condition of the Company and Netplex Group.

     The  Acquisition  Agreement may be terminated  at
any  time prior  to  the Closing (i) by mutual consent
of the  Company  and Netplex Group, (ii) by either the
Company or Netplex in the event the Closing does not
occur on or before September 30, 1998, (iii) by  either
the Company or Netplex Group in the event the Board of
Director of the Company or Netplex Group shall have
withdrawn, or modified  in  any  manner adverse to the
Netplex  Group  or  the Company,  as  the case may be,
its approval or recommendation  of the  Acquisition
Agreement, or shall  have  recommended  another offer
or  shall have resolved to day of the foregoing,  (iv)
by either the Company or Netplex Group in the event
there shall have been  instituted or threatened against
the Company or Netplex  or any  of their respective
directors or officers, any action,  suit or  proceeding
by or before any governmental authority that would
restrain or prohibit consummation of the Consulting
Division Sale or  which  otherwise  is reasonably
likely  to  have  a  material adverse  effect  on  the
business, properties, assets,  condition (financial  or
otherwise), results of operations or prospects  of the
Company, or (v) by either the Company or Netplex Group
in the event there shall be pending any suit, action or
proceeding which has  a  reasonable  possibility of
success,  or  there  shall  be pending by any other
person any suit, action or proceeding, which
substantial likelihood of success, seeking to prohibit
or  limit the ownership or operation by Netplex Group
of a material portion of  the  business  or  assets of
acquired as  a  portion  of  the Consulting  Division,
or seeking to prohibit  Netplex  Group  for effectively
controlling in any material respect  the  Consulting
Division.

Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation

     In  connection  with  the Consulting Division
Sale  and  in accordance with the Acquisition
Agreement, the Company has agreed to assign  and
transfer  all of its  rights  in  the  name,  "Applied
Intelligence Group" to Netplex Group which will require
amendment of  the  Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company  (the  "Name Change  Amendment").   On
September 4, 1998,  the  Board  of Directors
unanimously approved the Amendment to the  Certificate
of Incorporation which upon proper filing with the
Secretary of State  of  the  State of Oklahoma, will change the
name  of  the Company to "The viaLink Company". A copy
of the Amendment  to  the Certificate   of
Incorporation  is  attached  as   Appendix B.
Immediately  following  execution  of  the  Shareholder  Consent
approving  of  the  Name  Change  Amendment,  the
Amendment   to the  Certificate of Incorporation will be filed with the
Secretary  of State of Oklahoma.

Fees and Expenses

      Each  of  the  Company and Netplex will pay its
costs  and expenses incurred in connection with the
sale or purchase of  the Consulting   Division,
regardless  of  whether  the   Consulting Division Sale
is  consummated.   Upon  consummation of the
Consulting  Division  Sale, all of the expenses  of
the  Company associated  the  Consulting  Division
Sale  will  be  paid  from proceeds of the Consulting
Division Sale.  In addition,  on  June 11,  1998, the
Company agreed to pay at closing of the Consulting
Division Sale to Ampton Investments, Inc. an amount
equal  to  3% of  the purchase price of the Consulting Division
($120,000)  for the  introduction of the Company to
Netplex.  Furthermore, it  is anticipated  that  in the
event the Company becomes  entitled  to additional
purchase   price  consideration  under   the Earnout
Agreement,   the  Company  will  be  obligated  to
pay   Ampton Investments,   Inc.   3%   of   such  additional 
purchase   price consideration.  In addition, the
Company agreed to pay  Lewis  B. Kilbourne Ph.D. a fee
of $30,000 for his services in consummating the
Consulting Division Sale.  The additional expenses
expected to  be  incurred by the Company in connection
with the Consulting Division  Sale,  including  filing
fees,  printing  and  mailing expenses,  and  legal
and  accounting  fees  and  expenses,  are estimated to
be $45,000.

Employment Agreements

     In   connection  with  the  Consulting  Division
Sale,  the employment  of  Robert L. Barcum, David B.
North,  and  Larry  R. Davenport  with the Company will
be terminated.  See "Resignation of Executive
Officers."  Each of Messrs. Barcum, North
and  Davenport will become an  employee of Netplex
Group pursuant to  an  Employment  Agreement as a
member of  management  of  the Consulting Division.
Each Employment Agreement provides for  (i) annual
compensation, (ii) bonuses based on the Net Profit of
the Consulting  Division, (iii) standard employment
benefits  offered other  similarly  positioned Netplex
Group  employees  and  (iv) Netplex  Group  stock
options.  Entitlement to  bonus  under  the Employment
Agreements will be subject to minimum cumulative  Net
Profit  amounts  ("Minimum  Net  Profit")  being
earned  by  the Consulting  Division.  If at the end of
any quarter, the  minimum net  profit is not met, no
bonus will be paidfor that quarter.  The amount of the bonus, if any,
will be determined and paid quarterly.  The  bonus will
be equal to 3% of the quarterly Net Profit of the
Consulting Division, plus an additional 1.5% of the Net
Profit in excess  of the  Minimum Net Profit.
Pursuant to the Employment  Agreements of Messrs.
Barcum and North, each will agree to not compete for a
period  of one year and non-solicitation periods of two
years  in the  event  he  terminates  his  employment
with  Netplex. Mr. Davenport's  agreement  provides for a two-year 
non-solicitation period if he terminates his employment
with Netplex.

     Mr.  Barcum's  annual salary under his Employment
Agreement will  initially  be $175,000, and he will
receive  stock  options exercisable  for the purchase
of 65,000 shares of Netplex  Common Stock.   Mr.
North's annual salary under his Employment Agreement
will  initially  be $130,000, and he will receive
stock  options exercisable  for the purchase of 50,000
shares of Netplex  Common Stock.   Mr.  Davenport's
annual  salary  under  his  Employment Agreement  will
initially be $116,400, and he will receive  stock
options exercisable for the purchase of  50,000 shares
of Netplex Common Stock.

Reasons for  and Certain Consequences of the Consulting
Division Sale

      After  several  years of development, in 1996
the  Company first  made  available through its network
services division  the viaLink  subscription  services.
In the same  year  the  Company completed its initial
public offering, the proceeds of which were used
principally   for  further  development,   marketing and
deployment of  network services, including viaLink and
ijob. In late  1997, it became apparent to management of the
Company  that further  development  and  marketing  of
viaLink  would  require capital  resources that were
not available to  the  Company.  In
order  to  provide  cash  flows for  continuing
operations,  the Company shifted a majority of the
professional staff from network
services to the Consulting Division; although
management believes that  the building of a base of
recurring revenue and cash flows offers  significantly
greater  benefits  compared  to  time  and project
based  revenues  which are characteristic  of
providing consulting  services.   Furthermore, although
the  providing  of consulting services was the
foundation for growth of the Company, the  nature of
the consulting service business generally does not
build  a  base of long-life assets, but rather creates
short-life accounts   receivable   or   cash
equivalents   at   significant professional and
administrative costs. Because of the  short-life of
accounts  receivable, establishment  of  long-term
financing arrangements  is  difficult compared to non-
professional  service providing business activities,
and typically expensive relatively  due  to  the higher
discount of the accounts receivable borrowing base
due   to   collectibility  risk  and  the  difficulty   of
ascertaining  the value of the accounts receivable for
borrowing base purposes.

      In  late  1997,  the Company had exhausted bank
borrowing ability,  and  in early 1998 established a
credit  facility  with Trinity  Capital,  Inc. with a
relatively conservative  borrowing base.  In
March  1998,  management  concluded  that,   unless
additional   capital   resources  were   obtained   for
further development and marketing of viaLink there was a risk
of loss  of investment  in  the development and
implementation  of  viaLink. Accordingly, management
concluded that it would be  in  the  best interest  of
the Company and its shareholders to either sell  the
the  network  services division and simply  continue
to  provide consulting  services  or  sell the
Consulting  Division  for  the purpose  of providing
additional capital resources for  repayment of
borrowings and other indebtedness, and further
development and marketing  of  viaLink.  Accordingly,
management of  the  Company elected  to  sell  the
Consulting  Division  to  Netplex   after initiating
preliminary purchase negotiations with  a  number  of
potential purchasers.

     Cash proceeds from the Consulting Division Sale
will be used to  reduce  outstanding borrowing and
accounts payable and  allow the  Company  to  focus  on
building its recurring  revenue  base through  the
viaLink, ijob solutions and other network  services.
From  the sale proceeds, 11 separate three-year
promissory  notes held  by  the  executive  officers of
the  Company,  which  total $482,830  and  bear
interest at rates of  8.5  percent  to
11.5 percent  per annum, will be paid along with the related
interest totaling  approximately $76,000.  In addition,
the  Company  will pay  off  its  credit  facility with
Trinity  Capital,  Inc.,  a commercial  lender,  the
outstanding principal  of  which  bears interest  at
11.5% per annum.  As of August 31, 1998 this  credit
facility  had  an outstanding balance of $692,693.
Furthermore, the  Company  plans  to  pay  certain accounts  payable
totaling approximately $400,000 out of the sale
proceeds.

     It is estimated that the expenses of the
Consulting Division Sale  will be $195,000.  See
"Consulting Division Sale-Costs  and Expenses."  The
balance of the cash proceeds will provide capital for
continued  marketing  and implementation  of  the
Company's viaLink  product, although other sources of
capital will have  to be secured.

      The  estimated net cash proceeds of the
Consulting Division Sale to be received by the Company,
without giving effect to  any additional  amounts  that
the Company  may  become  entitled  to receive  under
the Earnout Agreement or obtained from  resale  of the
Netplex Group Preferred Stock or Netplex Group Common
Stock, will  be  $2,805,000,  assuming costs and
expenses  of  the  the Consulting Division Sale are
$195,000.  See "-Fees and Expenses."

Pending use, the net proceeds will be invested by the
Company  in investment  grade, short-term, interest-
bearing securities.   The estimated  cash  proceeds
will be utilized to reduce  outstanding borrowings and
for working capital as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                            
Use of Cash Proceeds:                            Amount          Percent
- ---------------------------------------      --------------   ------------
<S>                                           <C>                 <C> 
Cash proceeds without giving effect  to
any   additional   amounts   that   the
Company  may become entitled to receive
under   the   Earnout   Agreement    or
obtained  from  resale of  the  Netplex
Group  Preferred Stock or Netplex Group
Common Stock                                    $3,000,000          100.0%

Application of Proceeds:
Payment  of  finder's  fee  to  Ampton,
Inc.,   (3%   of   cash  proceeds   and
$1,000,000  value of the Netplex  Group
Common  Stock  underlying  the  Netplex
Preferred Stock)                                   120,000            4.0%

Payment  of accounting, legal, printing
and distribution costs                              45,000            1.5%
                                                 _________          _____

Net  cash  proceeds before  payment  of
long-term  debt, accounts  payable  and          2,835,000           94.5%
executive officers and directors

Repayment of outstanding borrowings
(with accrued interest) owed under the
credit facility with Trinity Capital,
Inc.  which bears interest at 11.5%
per annum, and at August 31, 1998, had
an outstanding balance of $692,693                 692,693           23.1%

Payment of accounts payable (estimated)            400,000           13.6%

Payments to Executive Officers and
Directors:

Repayment  of  the  Robert  L.   Barcum
loans   to   the   Company   (including
accrued  interest  of  $21,134),  which
bear  interest  of 8.5%  to  11.5%  per
annum,  become  due on  March  8,  1999
through  December  31,  2001,  and   at
August   31,  1998,  had  an  aggregate
outstanding balance of $143,655                    164,789            5.5%

Repayment of the Robert N.  Baker
loans to the Company (including
accrued interest of $21,729), which
bear interest of 8.5% to 11.5% per
annum, become due on March 8, 1999
through December 31, 2001, and at August 
31, 1998, had an aggregate outstanding 
balance of $147,800                                169,529            5.7%

Repayment  of the Russell L.  Reinhardt
loans   to   the   Company   (including
accrued  interest  of  $25,926),  which
bear  interest  of 8.5%  to  11.5%  per
annum,  become  due on  March  8,  1999
through  December  31,  2001,  and   at 
August   31, 1998,  had  an  aggregate
outstanding balance of $152,000                    177,926            5.9%

Repayment  of the David B.  North  loan
to   the   Company  (including  accrued
interest   of   $7,379),  which   bears
interest of 10% per annum, becomes  due
November  15, 2000, and at  August  31,
1998,  had  an outstanding  balance  of             46,754            1.6%
$39, 375.

Payment to Lewis B.  Kilbourne, Ph.D.               30,000            1.0%
                                               ___________          _____

Net  Cash Proceeds Available for Future
Operations:

Further   operations  and  development,
marketing    and   implementation    of
viaLink,   ijob   and   other   network
services and working capital                    $1,153,309           38.1%
                                                ==========           =====    

</TABLE>

 With respect to the repayment of the borrowings,
the Company may  reborrow such amounts under other
financing arrangements for general corporate purposes,
including working capital.  Following consummation  of
the Consulting Division Sale, the  Company  will focus
its business efforts and activities on further
development, marketing  and implementation of viaLink,
ijob and other  network services.   See  "Business and
Property  of  the  Company-Network Services."

Restrictions on Resale of Common Stock; Registration
Rights

     The shares of Netplex Group Preferred Stock (and
the Netplex Group  Common Stock issuable upon
conversion) to be  received  by the  Company will
constitute "restricted securities" under within the
meaning  of  Rule  144  promulgated  under  the  1933
Act ("Rule 144") the 1933 Act.

     Until  a  registration  statement  covering  the
shares  of Netplex Group Preferred Stock (or Netplex
Group  Common Stock  to be  issued  upon conversion)
issued to the Company in  connection with  the
Consulting Division Sale, such shares may be sold
only in  accordance  with the provisions of Rule 144,
pursuant  to  an effective  registration  statement
under  the  1933  Act  or  in transactions  exempt
from  registration  thereunder.   Rule  144 provides,
in general, that such Common Stock may be sold  by  an
affiliate only if the shares have been held for at
least one year and  (i)  there  is  available adequate
public  information  with respect  to  the Company;
(ii) the affiliate has held the  Common Stock for at
least two years; (iii) the sale of such Common Stock
by  the  affiliate, when aggregated with all other
sales by  such affiliate during the immediately
preceding three months, does not exceed  the  greater
of (A) one percent of the shares  of  Common Stock
outstanding as shown by the most recent report or
statement published by the Company, (B) if the Common
Stock is then  listed on  a  national  securities
exchange or quoted  by  an  automated quotation
system  of  a registered securities  association,  the
average  weekly  reported volume of trading in the
Common  Stock during  the  four-week period preceding
the notice of sale  under

Rule  144, or if no such notice is required, the date
of  receipt of the order to execute the transaction by
the broker or the date of  execution of the
transaction directly with a market maker, or (C)  the
average  weekly volume of trading in the  Common
Stock reported  through  the consolidated transaction
reporting  system contemplated by Rule 11Aa3-1 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as  amended
(the "Exchange Act"),  during  the  four-week period
specified in (B); and (iv) the shares of Common Stock
are sold in "brokers' transactions" within the meaning
of Rule 144.

     Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, Netplex
Group agreed, at  its  sole cost and expense to either
(i) include in its  next registration statement or
(ii) register no later than  12  months after  the
Closing, which ever first occurs, sufficient  Netplex
Group  Common  Stock to permit conversion of  the
Netplex  Group Preferred   Stock   and   to  maintain
effectiveness   of   such registration  statement
until such time that  the  Netplex  Group Common
Stock  underlying the Netplex Group Preferred  Stock
and following conversion may be sold pursuant to Rule
144(k).

Accounting and Tax Treatment

     The Consulting Division Sale will be treated as
the sale and discontinuance of a business segment or
division.  To the  extent that  the  market  value  of
the consideration  received  by  the Company  in
connection with the Consulting Division Sale, exceeds
the  carrying value of the Consulting Division and its
assets and the liabilities assumed by Netplex Group,
the Company will record a gain on sale or
discontinuance.

     For  federal  and state income tax purposes, the
Consulting Division  Sale will be a taxable event.  To
the extent  that  the market  value  of  consideration
received  by  the  Company in connection with the
Consulting Division Sale exceeds the adjusted tax 
basis of the assets of the Consulting Division, the
Company will realize taxable gain.  However, any
taxable gain realized on the sale   of  the
Consulting  Division  will  be  offset  by
carryforward tax losses for federal income tax
purposes.

Description of Preferred Stock

     The final terms of the Certificate of
Designations, Preferences  and Other Rights and
Qualification of  the  Class  B Preferred  Stock
setting forth the terms of  the  Netplex  Group
Preferred  Stock  have  not  been  determined.
However,  it  is anticipated  that the Netplex Group
Preferred Stock (i)  will  be junior  in  priority  to
the outstanding Netplex  Group  Class  A Preferred
Stock but senior to all other classes of Netplex
Group outstanding capital stock; (ii) will be
convertible, on a  sharefor-share  basis into Netplex
Group Common Stock; and (iii)  will contain  anti-
dilution provisions.  For a further description  of
the Netplex Group Preferred Stock, the Netplex Group
Common Stock and   the  other  outstanding  class  of
preferred  stock, see "Description of Netplex Securities."

Resignation of Executive Officers

     Upon  completion of the Consulting Division Sale,
Robert  L. Barcum,  Chief Executive Officer,  David B.
North, Vice President -  Consulting  Services  and
Assistant Secretary,  and  Larry  R. Davenport, Vice
President - Marketing and Sales, will  resign  as
executive  officers  of  the Company.   Upon
completion  of  the Consulting  Division Sale, Lewis
B. Kilbourne, Ph.D. will  become acting President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company until
appointment  of  a  successor to Mr.  Barcum.   Mr.
Barcum  will continue  to  serve  as  Chairman of the
Board  of  the  Company following completion of the
Consulting Division Sale.

Opinion of Seidman & Co

     Seidman  &  Co. rendered its opinion as  set
forth  in Appendix  D  to  this  Information
Statement,  as  to the fairness,  from a financial point 
of view, of the Consulting Division  Sale  to  the Company 
and its shareholders. Such opinion  is based upon and subject 
to the matters referenced therein. The Seidman & Co. will receive a
fee  of  $30,000 and   reimbursement  of  its  expenses  in  connection
with rendering its opinion.  In addition, the Company has
agreed to indemnify   the  Seidman  &  Co.  against,
and   make contribution with respect to, certain liabilities  to
which the  Seidman  &  Co. may become subject in connection  with 
rendering their services to the Company.

     The  Seidman  & Co. were selected by the Company
based upon  the experience of Seidman & Co. in
rendering fairness opinions  in transactions similar to 
the Consulting Division Sale.   Seidman  & Co. is an independent
investment banking firm  based in New York and has provided investment
banking services for approximately 30 years.

     Beginning  in  August 1998, the Seidman & Co.
provided advice  to the Company concerning the possible sale
of  the Consulting  Division  to  Netplex Group  and  other
related financial  matters.  Except as described above, the
Company and  its  executive officers and directors have not
had  any other relationship with Seidman & Co..

     In  reaching their opinion, Seidman & Co.
examined  and considered all available information and
data which Seidman & Co.  deemed  relevant, including
(i) the Annual  Reports  on Form  10-KSB and related
information of the Company for  the year  ended
December 31, 1997, and the Quarterly  Report  on Form
10-QSB  for the three and six months  ended  June  30,
1998,  of  the Company, (ii) historic and current
operating data and balance sheets for the Consulting Division
and  the Company,  actual  and pro forma for the
Consulting  Division Sale,   (iii)  comparative statistical
analysis of the operating   performance  and  balance sheets
of selected companies  comparable to the Consulting Division which
have publicly  traded common stock, and from this data,
deriving financial and  capitalization ratios typical
of  management and   systems  consluting  companies,  (iv) 
financial   and operating  forecasts provided by management of the
Company, (v)  cash flows analyses of the Consulting Division
and  the network  services division, (vi)  conditions
in, and outlook for  the management and systems consulting 
industry in  the United States and the United States economy, interest
rates and  financial  markets, and (vii) other studies,  analyses,
and investigations deemed appropriate.

     As  a  result of their review, Seidman & Co. is of  the opinion
that the Consulting Division Sale is fair, from  a financial 
point   of  view,  to  the   Company and its shareholders.

     In  connection with the review conducted  in
preparing their  fairness  opinion, Seidman  &  Co.
relied  upon  and assumed  the accuracy and
completeness of the financial  and other  information
furnished to them by the Company and  the assurances
of  management  of the  Company  that  they  are
unaware  of any information or factors regarding the
Company that  would make the information supplied to Seidman
&  Co. incomplete  or  misleading. Seidman & Co. did
not  undertake any independent verification of the
accuracy or completeness of such  information  or  any independent
appraisal  or evaluation  of  the assets or liabilities  of  the
Company. Seidman  &  Co. were not authorized to and
did  not  solicit third   parties  who  might  be
interested  in  making an investment in or acquiring
the Company or Netplex Group  or all   or   any
part  of  their  respective  assets. The
consideration  to be received by the Company  in
connection with  the  Consulting Division Sale was
determined  by  the Netplex  Group  and  the  Company
and  not  recommended  or negotiated  by  Seidman &
Co.  The valuation fairness  tests include a matrix of
fair market valuations of the Consulting Division,
and the comparison of these valuations  with  the
total  consideration to be paid the Company under the
terms of the Acquisition Agreement and the Earnout
Agreement.  Two generally accepted methods were
employed in determining  the Consulting  Division's
fair  market  value,  the  "market comparable  method"
and the "discounted cash  flow  method." The  market
comparable  method of valuation  relates  to  a
subject  company's  operating and  balance  sheet
financial capitalizing  multiples  based  on  rations
derived  for a universe  of  publicly-traded market  comparable
companies. The  discounted  cash flow method of
valuation  derives  the present value of a company
from a future stream of free cash flows.

     For   further  information  relating  to  the
matters considered,  procedures followed, the basis for and
methods of  arriving at the fairness opinion, and
limitations on the scope  of  the  opinion, see the
full text of  the  opinion, attached as Appendix D.


Amendments to the Stock Option Plans

     1995  Stock  Option  Plan.  The Applied
Intelligence  Group, Inc.  1995  Stock  Option  
Plan (the "1995  Stock Option Plan") provides that
non-qualified or non-incentive stock
options  ("NSO Options")  may  only  be  granted to
key  management  employees, directors, key
professional employees, and key professional  non
employee  service  providers of the Company.  Further,
the  Plan provides that NSO Options are exercisable
only during the period the holder thereof is employed
by the Company and for a period of three  months
following termination of the  holder's  employment with 
the  Company. Accordingly, unless NSO Options are exercised within
three months following termination of the option
holders employment with the Company, the NSO Options will expire.

     In  connection  with  the Consulting Division
Sale, it  is anticipated  that most of the Consulting Division
employees  will become   employees  of  Netplex  Group
and,  accordingly,   will terminate  their employment
with the Company.  Therefore, unless the  NSO Options
held by such employees are exercisedwithin three months
following their employment terminations, such NSO Options
will  expire.  The Board  unanimously approved  the  1995  Plan
Amendment  on  September  4, 1998.   The  Stock
Option Plan Amendment,  upon approval by a majority vote of the
shareholders of the Company, will (A) permit NSO
Options to be granted to nonemployees  and permit the
option holders to exercise  such  stock options
through  the  end of applicable  option  period
without requiring continued employment with the
Company as a condition of exercise  and (B) increase
the number of shares of common stock, $.001  par  value
per share of the Company (the "Common  Stock") authorized 
and reserved for issuance under the 1995 Stock Option
Plan from 300,000 to 800,000 ("1995 Plan Amendment").
Immediately after  execution  of  the  Shareholder
Consent,  the  1995  Plan Amendment will be effective
as of  September 1, 1998.  A copy  of the  1995  Plan
Amendment is fully set forth in the  Shareholder
Consent as Appendix C.

     1998   Non-Qualified  Stock  Option   Plan.
The   Applied Intelligence  Group, Inc. 1998 Non-
Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan (the  "1998 Non-
Qualified Stock Option Plan") provides that  non
qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights
may only be granted  to  directors,  executive
officers,  key  employees  and independent
contractors  and consultants  of  the  Company.   On
September  4,  1998, the Board of Directors
unanimously  approved the  1998  Plan  Amendment to
permit the grant  of  non-qualified stock  options
and stock appreciation rights to any  employee  of
the  Company, and not solely to "key" employees and
to  increase the  number of shares of Common Stock
authorized and reserved for issuance  under  the
1998  Stock Option  Plan  from  500,000  to 800,000.
Immediately after execution of the Shareholder
Consent, the  1998  Plan Amendment will be effective
as of   September  1, 1998.   A copy of the 1998 Plan
Amendment fully set forth in  the Shareholder Consent
as Appendix C.

          OFFICER AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
                          
Executive Officer Compensation

     The  following table sets forth the total cash
compensation of  the  President and each named
executive officer  that  during 1997,  1996 and 1995
received compensation in excess of  $100,000 during
1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Director and Executive Officer Compensation
                          
                                                               Long-Term
                                                             Compensation
                                                      ---------------------- 
                               Annual
                             Compensation(1)              Award of Options  
                            ------------------------   ----------------------
Name and Principal Position  Year  Salary(2)   Bonus   Number of Shares  
- ---------------------------  ----  ---------  ------   ----------------------
<S>                         <C>   <C>         <C>       <C>         
Robert L. Barcum(3)         1997  $169,716    $  -
President and Chief         1996   169,150       -           -
Executive Officer           1995   170,710       -           -

Robert N. Baker(3)          1997   169,940       -
Vice President-Network      1996   169,159       -           -
Services and Secretary      1995   170,389       -           -

Russell L. Reinhardt(3)     1997   171,774       -           -
Vice President              1996   171,840       -           -
                            1995   171,256       -           -

David B. North              1997   125,817       -         35,000
Vice President-Consulting   1996   116,248       -           -
Services and Assistant      1995   109,194       -           -
Secretary                                       

(1)  The  named   executive officer received additional  non-
     cash compensation,  perquisites  and  other  personal      benefits;
     however,  the  aggregate amount and value  thereof  did not
     exceed 10% of the total annual salary and bonus
     paid to  and accrued for the named executive
     officer during the year.
(2)  Dollar  value of base salary (both cash and non-cash) earned
     during the year.
(3)  During  each  of the years 1997, 1996 and 1995, Robert   L.
     Barcum,  Robert N. Baker and Russell L. Reinhardt each  were paid the
     same annual  base  salary  of  $175,127. The differences  in  the  
     amounts presented  above are  due  to different levels of participation
     of each individual in  the Section  125 Cafeteria Plan offered by the 
     Company  to  all employees on a nondiscriminatory basis.
     
Aggregate Option Grants and Exercises in 1997 and Year-End
Option Values

  Stock Options and Option Values.  The following table sets
forth information related to options granted to the named
executive officers during 1997.



</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Individual Grants(1)                Potential Realizable
                                                             Value  at
                                                      Assumbed Rates of Stock
           ----------------------------------------  ------------------------  
                    Percent of Total   
                
             Number   Options    Exercise or           Price per Appreciation
           of Options Granted    Base Price               for Option Term
             Granted    to       Per Share             ----------------------   
                      Employees             Expiration    Five       Ten 
Name                   in 1997                 Date    Percent      Percent
- ----------  --------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- -------------
<S>          <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>             <C>         <C>
Robert L.       -      -  %        $  -         -          $  -        $  -
Barcum
Robert N.       -      -  %        $  -         -          $  -        $  -
Baker
Russell L.      -      -  %        $  -         -          $  -        $  -
Reinhardt.
David B.     35,000   29.3%        $3.875  March 17, 2002  $16,751     $21,138
</TABLE>

- ------------
(1)  The  potential  realizable value portion  of  the  foregoing
     table  illustrates  the value that might  be
     realized  upon exercise  of the options
     immediately prior to the expiration of  their
     term,  assuming the specified compound  rates
     of appreciation  of  the  Common Stock over  the
     term  of  the options.   These  amounts  do not
     take  into  consideration provisions restricting
     transferability and represent certain assumed
     rates of appreciation only.  Actual gains on
     stock option exercises are dependent on the
     future performance  of the Common Stock and
     overall stock market conditions.  There can  be
     no assurance that the potential values reflected
     in this  table will be achieved.  All amounts
     have been rounded to the nearest whole dollar
     amount.
     
      Aggregate  Stock  Option Exercise and Year-End
and  Option Values.   The following table sets forth information
related1  to the  number  and  value of options held by  the  named  
executive officers at the end of 1997.  During 1997, there were
no  options to  purchase  the  Common Stock exercised
by the named  executive officers.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Number of Options     Value of Unexercised In-the-Money
                                           --------------------------------
                  as of December 31, 1997  Options as of December 31, 1997(1)
                 ------------------------- ---------------------------------
 Name            Exercisable  Unexercisable  Exercisable    Unexercisable
                 -----------  ------------   ------------   --------------- 
<S>                       <C>       <C>              <C>           <C>
Robert L.  Barcum          -         -           $   -         $   -
Robert N.  Baker           -         -               -             -
Russell L.  Reinhardt      -         -               -             -
David B.  North       15,000    20,000           $5,625        $7,500
- ------------
(1)  The closing sale price of the Common Stock as quoted on
     Nasdaq SmallCap Market on December 31, 1997, was $3.50.
     Value is calculated on the basis of the difference
     between the option exercise price and $3.50 multiplied
     by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the
     option.
     
</TABLE>

Director Compensation

All  present  directors who are executive  officers  of  the
Company receive no additional compensation for their services  as
directors  or as members of the Board Committees upon which
they serve.  In  1998,  the  Board of Directors  adopted
the  Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. 1998 Non-
Qualified Stock Option Plan to
attract,  retain and motivate directors, executive
officers,  key employees  and  independent
contractors of the  Company  and  its subsidiaries by
way of granting non-qualified stock options  with
stock appreciation rights attached.  In addition to
the grant of non-qualified stock, directors who are not officers
or  employees of, or consultants  to,  the  Company  receive  $2,500
cash compensation  per quarter regardless of the number
of  Board  of Directors'  meetings  at  which they are  present
and  for  each Committee  meeting  at  which  they
are  present  not  held in conjunction  with  a  meeting of the Board of
Directors.  Outside directors  are also reimbursed
for their expenses for each  Board and committee meetings attended.

     As  of August 31, 1998, the Company had granted
77,500 stock options to two outside directors.  Each
of these stock options is exercisable  for  the
purchase of one share of Common  Stock  for $3.125
per  share.  Furthermore, these stock  options  are
only exercisable while the option holder is serving
as a member of the Board of Directors during the
period commencing December 31, 1998 through December
31, 2000.


Stock Option Plan

     In  connection  with the Consulting Divisions
Sale,  it is anticipated  that the Stock Option Plan will be
approved  by  the shareholders  of  the  Company and
will  become  effective  upon execution  the
Shareholder Consent.   See  "Consulting  Division
Sale-Stock Option Plan Amendment."

     The Company established the Applied Intelligence
Group, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option
Plan" or the "Plan") in March  1995,  and amended the
Plan on April 29,  1996.  The  Plan provides  for
the  issuance  of incentive  stock  options  ("ISO
Options") and non-incentive stock options ("NSO
Options") to  key management,  directors,  key
professional  employees and key professional non-employee 
service providers of the Company.  The
number  of  shares  of Common Stock authorized and
reserved  for issuance  under  the  Plan is 300,000.
Under  the  Plan,  as of December 31, 1997, options to purchase 
a total of 173,078  shares of  Common  Stock at prices ranging
from $.63 to  $3.88,  with  a weighted  average
exercise  price  of  $2.71  per  share,
were outstanding,  of  which 112,328 were exercisable  at
an  average exercise price of $2.08.
     
The Stock Option Committee, which is currently
comprised  of Ms.  Kay  H. Titchenal and Mr. Barcum
and Baker, administers  and interpret  the  Plan and
has authority to grant  options  to  all eligible
participants and determine the types of options
granted, the terms, restrictions and conditions of
the options at the time of grant.

     The  option price of the Common Stock is
determined  by  the Stock Option Committee.  The
option price of NSO Options may  not be less than 75
percent of the fair market value of the shares on the
grant date of the option.  In the case of an ISO
Option, the option  price may not be less than the
fair market value  of  the Common  Stock  on the date
of the grant of the ISO  Option.   The fair market value 
of a share of the Common Stock is determined by the  Stock 
Option Committee. Upon the exercise of an option,  the option 
price must be paid in full, in cash, Common Stock (at  the fair  market
value  thereof) or a combination  thereof.   For  a
period  of  two years ending November 21, 1998, the
Company  has agreed with Barron Chase Securities,
Inc., the underwriter of the Company's  initial
public offering not to grant more than  25,000 NSO
Options having an option price of less than fair
market value of the shares on the date of grant of
the option, without written consent of Barron Chase
Securities, Inc.

     Options  are exercisable during employment and
for a  period of three months after the participant
ceases to be an employee, a director,  or  non-
employee  service  provider  of  the  Company;
however,  in the event of death or disability of the
participant, the  ISO  Options  are  exercisable for
a  period  of  one  year following death or
disability.  In any event, options may not  be
exercised beyond the expiration date of the option.
NSO  Options may  be  granted  to  key  management
employees,  directors,  key professional  employees
or key professional non-employee  service providers
of the Company, while ISO Options may only be
granted to  key  management  or  key  professional
non-employee  service providers  of  the  Company.
No option  may  be  granted  after February 28, 2005.
Options are not transferable except  by  will or by
the laws of descent and distribution.

     All  outstanding options granted pursuant to the
Plan  will become fully vested and immediately
exercisable in the event that (i)  within any 12-
month period, the Company sells an  amount  of Common
Stock that exceeds 50 percent of the number of shares
of Common  Stock  outstanding immediately  prior  to
such  12-month period, (ii) the Company completes an
initial public offering  of its  stock, or (iii) a
"change of control" occurs.  For  purposes of  the
Plan, a "change of control" is defined as the
acquisition in  a transaction or series of
transactions by any person, entity or  group  (two or
more persons acting as a partnership,  limited
partnership,  syndicate  or  other  group  for  the
purpose of acquiring  securities of the Company) of beneficial
ownership  of 50  percent or more (or less than 50
percent as determined  by  a majority  of  the
directors of the Company) of either  the  then
outstanding  shares of Common Stock or the combined
voting  power of the Company's then outstanding
voting securities.

Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

     Unrelated   to  the  Consulting  Divisions
Sale, it is anticipated that the 1998 Plan Amendment will be
approved by  the shareholders  of  the  Company and
will  become  effective  upon execution  the
Shareholder Consent.   See  "Consulting  Division
Sale-Stock Option Plan Amendments."

     On  February 9, 1998, the Board of Directors of
the  Company adopted  the  1998  Non-Qualified Stock
Option  Plan  (the  "NonQualified Stock Plan" or
"Plan"), to attract, retain and motivate directors,
executive  officers, key  employees  and  independent
contractors  of  the  Company  and its  subsidiaries
by  way  of granting  non-qualified  stock options
with  stock  appreciation rights  attached.   The Non-
Qualified Stock Plan  authorizes  and reserves  up
to 300,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance  and
options under the Plan.  The option price shall not
be less  than 85  percent of the fair market value of
the Common Stock  on  the date of grant.  All options
pursuant to the Plan expire after ten years  from
the date of grant.  The Board of Directors  has  the
discretion  to fix the period and the time at which
any  options granted under the Plan may be exercised.

     As  of  June  30, 1998, the Company has issued
87,500  stock options  to two outside directors and
one independent contractor, with  exercise dates from
December 31, 1998 through December  31, 2000,  at an
exercise price of $3.125 per share, as long  as  the
individuals continue to serve the Company.
Stock Grant Plan

     On  February 10, 1998, the Board of Directors of
the Company adopted  the  1998 Stock Grant Plan (the
"Stock  Grant  Plan"  or "Plan")  to attract, retain
and motivate consultants, independent contractors and
key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries by
way  of  granting shares of stock in the Company.
The  Stock Grant Plan authorizes and reserves up to
150,000 shares of Common Stock  of  the  Company for
issuance under the Plan.   Shares  of Common  Stock
received pursuant to the Stock Grant Plan  restrict
the  sale, transfer or other disposal of said shares
for a period of  one  year.  As of June 30, 1998,
5033 shares of Common  Stock had been issued under
the Stock Grant Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     The Company established the Applied Intelligence
Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Employee Stock Purchase  Plan" or  "Plan" in April
1997, and it was approved by the shareholders at  the
Annual  Meeting of Shareholders on June  3, 1997.   The
Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  provides  the
opportunity for employees  to  purchase  the  Company's  Stock
through  payroll deductions,  to  encourage participation  in  the
ownership  and economic progress of the Company.  The
number of shares of Common Stock  authorized  and
reserved for issuance under  the  Plan  is 100,000
shares.   As of June 30, 1998, 4,633  shares  of
Common Stock  have  been  purchased  at an average
price  of  $2.92  by employees of the Company.

     The  Plan  provides  for the granting of  stock
options  to eligible employees of the Company.  It is
intended that the  Plan and  the  stock  options
granted under the  Plan  will  meet  the
qualification requirements set forth in the Internal
Revenue Code of  1986,  as amended (the "Code").  The
Plan is administered  by the Board of Directors or a
committee appointed by and serving at the  pleasure
of the Board of Directors, consisting of  not  less
than  two  members  of  the  Board of Directors.
The  Board  or committee  administers  and
interprets  the  Plan  and  has  the authority  to
establish, adopt or revise rules  and  regulations
with respect to the Plan.  The interpretation of the
Plan by  the Board  or the committee is final,
binding, and conclusive on  all employees and
participants.

     All full-time employees (i.e., whose customary
employment is 20  hours  or  more  per week and more than five
months  in  any calendar year), who have been
continuously employed more than six months  will  be
eligible to participate in the Plan by  entering into
an option agreement to purchase shares of Common
Stock  of the  Company.  Provided, however, the employees who
own or  would own five percent or more of the
Company's Common Stock, including shares owned  by  family
members  and  indirectly  through   a
corporation, partnership or trust,  immediately after
the options are  granted in accordance with the
option agreement after giving effect  to  and
assuming exercise of such options and  any  other
stock  options held by the employee-participant, are
not eligible to participate in the Plan.

     The  total  number of shares of Common Stock
authorized  and reserved  for issuance under the Plan is 100,000.
The number  of shares  of  Common Stock is subject to appropriate
adjustment  in the   event   of  any  merger,
consolidation,  recapitalization, reclassification,
stock  dividend,  stock   split   or  similar
transaction.  Plan participants may contribute up to
$20 per  pay period  into their account to purchase
whole shares of the Common Stock  of  the  Company at
pre-determined calendar quarter  grant dates  or
exercise dates. The option price will be 85 percent
of the  per  share  fair market value on the granting 
date  or  the exercise  date, whichever is the lesser, of the
purchase  period.

During each quarterly purchase period, a participant
will not  be permitted to purchase more than 50
shares of Common Stock.  Any remaining  balance  in
the  Participants'  accounts  after the
purchase  of  shares during a quarterly purchase
period  will  be carried  over to the next quarterly
purchase period and  exercise date.

     The  stock  options  may  not  be  assigned,
encumbered  or otherwise  transferred by the participants, 
except by  will  or under laws of inheritance.

     The  Plan  will remain in force until March 31,
2002.   The Board  of  Directors   may   amend   the   Plan  in
any  respect consistent  with Sections  421 and 423
of the Code, except  that, without  approval  of  the
stockholders, no amendment  shall  (i) increase the  maximum number
of shares of Common Stock  reserved under   the  Plan   other  than  
in  connection  with a  merger, consolidation, recapitalization, 
reclassification, stock  split, combination  of  shares, stock dividend
or  (ii)  make  the  Plan available to any person who
is not an employee of the Company.

Other Stock Options

     In  connection with the merger of Vantage
Capital Resources, Inc.  with and into the Company,
the Company issued 360,000 stock options at an
exercise price of $5.00 per share.  Furthermore, in
connection  with  the transaction with ijob,  Inc.,
the  Company issued  50,000 stock options at an
exercise price  of  $3.50  per share.  As of December 31,
1997, under all stock options granted
by  the Company, options to purchase a total of
583,078 shares of Common Stock ranging in price from
$.63 to $5.00, with a weighted average  exercise
price of $4.19 per share were  outstanding,  of
which,  522,328  were exercisable at a weighted
average  exercise price of $4.23.

Profit Sharing Plan

     In 1987, the Company adopted the Applied
Intelligence Group, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the
"Profit Sharing Plan").  The Profit Sharing  Plan
covers  all  employees of  the  Company  who  have
completed at least one year of service with the
Company as of the enrollment  date under the Profit
Sharing Plan.  The Company  may
make  an annual contribution to the Profit Sharing
Plan on behalf of  employees which, if made, begins
to vest for each  employee's account  after  the
employee has completed two years  of  service with
the  Company.   Thereafter, each employee's  account
vests ratably as to 20 percent of the employee's
account following each subsequent  year  of completed
service with the Company.   Vested contributions
will normally be distributed to an  employee  upon
(i)  the  employee's  retirement, (ii) the
employee's  death  or disability,  (iii)  the
termination of the employee's  employment with  the
Company or (iv) the termination of the Profit
Sharing Plan.   The Company did not make any
contributions to the  Profit Sharing  Plan for the
fiscal years ended December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997.

     In  1995,  the  Company amended the Profit
Sharing  Plan  to include  a 401(k) deferred
compensation feature, whereby eligible participants
may  elect  to defer up  to  15  percent  of  their
salaries, not to exceed the annual statutory limits,
pursuant  to a voluntary  salary
reduction  agreement.   The  Company   may
determine matching levels of contributions from time
to time,  at the  discretion  of  the administrative
committee.   No  matching contributions  were  made
by the Company during  1995,  1996  and 1997.   All
employee contributions under the 401(k) feature  are
fully vested at all times.

   CAUTIONARY STATEMENT RELATED TO FORWARD LOOKING
                     INFORMATION
                          
     Statements  of  the  Company's or  management's
intentions, beliefs,  anticipations,  expectations
and  similar  expressions concerning  future  events
contained in  this  Report  constitute "forward
looking statements" as defined in the Private
Securities Litigation  Reform Act of 1995.  As with
any future event,  there can  be no assurance that
the events described in forward looking statements
made in this Report will occur or that the results
of future  events will not vary materially from those
described  in the  forward  looking statements.
Important factors  that  could cause  the Company's
actual performance and operating results  to differ
materially  from the forward looking statements
include, but  are not limited to, changes in the
general level of economic activity  in  the markets
served by the Company, introduction  of new  products
or  services  by competitors,  delays  in  further
development and implementation of the Company's
viaLink and  ijob services,  the availability of
capital sufficient to support  the Company's  level
of activity, and the ability of the  Company  to
implement  its  business strategies.  The Company's
expectations with respect to future results of
operations that may be embodied in  oral  and
written forward looking statements, including  any
forward  looking statements that may be included in
this  Report, are  subject  to risks and
uncertainties that must be  considered when
evaluating the likelihood of the Company's
realization  of such  expectations.  The Company's
actual  results  could  differ materially.

        BUSINESS AND PROPERTY OF THE COMPANY
                          
General

     Applied  Intelligence Group, Inc. (the
"Company") is engaged in  the  business of providing
a diversified range of  management consulting and
computer systems information integration  services
and   technology   to  the  retail  and  wholesale
distribution industries.    Since  its
formation  in  1985,   the   Company's
operations have included consulting services, which
are primarily focused on the planning, designing,
building, and installation of computerized
information  management  systems  and  computerized
checkout  or point-of-sale systems in the retail and
distribution industry.   The  Company  continues to provide  these
consulting services.   In  1993,  the  Company
commenced  the  design   and development of viaLink,
a subscription service on the World  Wide Web  of the
Internet (the "Internet").  viaLink was announced  in
April  1996  and the viaLink Item Catalog service was
brought  on line  in  January 1997.  viaLink services
currently  include  the Item   Catalog,   Exchange
Manager,  Item Express,   and   CSP
MARKETLinkT. In 1994, the Company commenced
development  work  on its   Retail  Services
Application  ("RSA"),  a  complete  store point-of-
sale  solution to the retailer and their  chain
stores. RSA  was  released in August 1995.  In
connection with  RSA,  the Company  also  offers
CHAINLINK, a communication  system,  which transfers
information (e.g., sales or inventory)
electronically between the store and the retailer's
headquarters.

     Beginning  in  late  1996  and  during  1997,
the   Company designed,  developed  and  introduced
in  April  1997,  ijob,  an Internet  based human
resources application.  During  the  second quarter
of  1997,  ijob,  Inc.  was  formed  as  a  wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Company, and commenced
operations as a separate entity on June 30, 1997. The
principal offices of ijob, Inc.  are located in the
Company's Headquarters in Edmond, Oklahoma.

     The Company's Internet home page can be located
on the World Wide Web of the Internet ("Internet") at
http://www.aig.vialink.com.  The  Company's
principal  executive offices  and  headquarters  are
located  at  13800  Benson  Road, Edmond,  Oklahoma
73013-6417, and its telephone number is  (405) 936-
2300.

ijob, Inc.

     On April 25, 1997, the Company completed the
organization of its  wholly-owned subsidiary, ijob,
Inc.  Pursuant to  the  Asset Purchase  Agreement
dated  June 12, 1997, the  Company,  through ijob,
Inc.,  completed  the acquisition of  certain  assets
and intellectual   property  of  Human  Technologies,
Inc.   ("HT"), including  software  programs know as
"HT1", "HT2",  "Hal-1"  and "ijob-internet",  the
related  trademarks,  trade  names,  sales marks,
logos and marketing concepts, and the original
technical and  instructional documentation, source
and executable  code  of the programs relating
thereto.  Furthermore, the Company received all
copyright  powers  and  benefits  related  to  the
software programs  and  the  right to produce, sell,
modify,  distribute, license and copy in full or in
part those software programs  (the "HT  Assets").
The Company paid to the owners of  HT  $100  and
issued stock options and warrants exercisable for the
purchase of 50,000  shares of Common Stock at $3.50
per share  on  or  before June  12,  1999.
Furthermore the Company agreed to  pay  the  HT
owners 50 percent of the (i) distributable earnings
of ijob, (ii) distributable  proceeds from the sale
of ijob  assets  and  (iii) distributable gross
royalties received by ijob from the  sale  or other
transfer  of ijob assets, (collectively the
"Distributable Amounts").  The Distributable Amounts
are determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors of ijob, Inc.

     In  connection  with the acquisition of the HT
Assets,  the Company  entered  into an at will
employment agreement  with  the former  president of
HT to become president of ijob, Inc.         Among
other duties, the president is a member of the Board
of Directors of ijob, Inc.

Vantage Capital Resources Inc. Acquisition

     On  June 12, 1996, Vantage Capital Resources,
Inc. ("VCRI"), an  Oklahoma  corporation,  merged
with  and  into  the  Company
pursuant  to  an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
May  8,  1996 (the  "Merger").   On  June  5, 1996,
VCRI  completed  a  private offering  of  250,000
shares of its Common Stock at  an  offering price
of   $1.75  per  share  and  received  net  proceeds of
approximately  $394,567 (the "Private Placement Offering"). 
In consummation of the Merger, the Company exchanged
610,000  shares of  its Common Stock, on a one-for-
one basis, for the outstanding Common  Stock  of
VCRI.  The merger  was  accounted  for  as  an
acquisition  of  VCRI by the Company in a manner
similar  to  the pooling  of  interests  method of
accounting.   Pursuant  to  an Exchange Agreement
dated October 14, 1996, each of John Simonelli and
Larry E. Howell, exchanged 180,000 shares of Common
Stock  of the  Company  received in connection with
the  Merger  for  stock options, each exercisable on
or after November 20, 1998,  and  on or before
November 30, 2001, for the purchase of Common Stock
for $5.00  per share.  Furthermore, during October
1996, the  Company redeemed 22,500 shares of Common
Stock issued to David B.  North, an  executive
officer of the Company, pursuant to the Merger  and
1,000 shares of Common Stock issued to a former
executive officer pursuant to the Merger for $1.75
per share (the offering price of the  VCRI Common
Stock under the Private Placement Offering)  for an
aggregate amount of $39,375 and $1,750, respectively.

Overview of Products and Services

     The   Company  is  engaged  in  the  business
of  providing management consulting and technology
systems information services to  retail  companies
and to the manufacturers, wholesalers,  and other
suppliers  who  provide the  products  that  these
retail companies  sell  (the "Retail Supply Chain").
These  information systems  services include (i)
management consulting and  computer system
integration services, (ii) proprietary software
products and  applications,  and (iii) network
services and  network-based computer applications.
The Company is currently organized in two business
areas to provide all its services and product
offerings: Retail and Store Systems Consulting,
including RSA and CHAINLINK, and systems integration
(the "Consulting Division"); and, Network Services,
including viaLink and ijob internet  based
offerings, and  production/operations of web-site
hosting.  The  Company  is also  a  reseller  of
various computer  software,  hardware  and point-of-
sale systems.

Consulting Division and Systems Integration Services

     Upon   approval  of  the  Consulting  Division
Sale, the Consulting  Division  will be purchased by  Netplex
Group.  The Company's   consulting  services  include  designing,
building, installing, and implementing headquarters and store
systems and integrated  custom software products for
customers in the  retail and  distribution
industries.  The Company also selects and  then
customizes  and  installs third-party software for
many  of  its customers.

     The  Company's consulting services include
determination  of business  and technology
requirements, operating system  planning and
implementation,  situational  and  due  diligence
studies, information    technology   plans,
business   and    technology recommendations, and
training.  A typical consulting  arrangement will
last  from  two to six months or longer  for  more
complex projects. A single consulting and systems integration
arrangement may include multiple projects, using a
wide range  of the Company's professional staff.

     The  Company's systems integration services
include  various computer   architectures  and
operating  systems  for personal computer  ("PC") based 
systems (i.e., DOS, Windows, Windows  NT,
UNIX,  OS/2, 4680/OS, 4690/OS) and intermediate to
large  systems (AS/400, RS/6000, HP, MVS, and VSE).
The Company has significant development   and
support  experience  with   industry-standard
technologies, such as COBOL, SQL, DB2 and ORACLE.
The Company is also   developing  software
applications  using  object-oriented technology, such
as the Smalltalk programming language,  provided by
Object Share, Inc. Solutions, Software Products,
Licenses and Applications ("Solutions").   Many of
the Company's customers are retail  chains,  who  are
attempting  to  implement  information management
systems in their headquarters and/or store locations,
in addition to accounting, payroll and other
financial management information  systems.  A typical
in-store retail system  includes the following
components:

     1.  a  "front-end"  system (i.e., "checkout
     system",  "cash register  system" or "point-of-
     sale system")  which  records sales,  provides
     a  cash drawer, prints customer  receipts, etc.
     Most  front-end   systems utilize  PC  hardware,
     and include   programs  that  operate  the  PC
     and  specialized hardware, such as the cash
     drawer or barcode scanner;

     2.  a "back-office" system, which typically
     coordinates  the operation  of  the registers,
     and provides store  management applications,
     such as receiving and inventory control; and

     3.  a  "communication"  system, which transfers
     information (e.g., sales or inventory)
     electronically between the  store and the
     retailer's headquarters.

     4.  a "headquarters" system, which processes the
     information about the business for accounting
     and merchandising systems.

     The  Company is a business partner of
International Business Machine  Corp. ("IBM") and an
authorized reseller of IBM hardware and  point-of-
sale software.  When implementing in-store  systems
for  retailers,  the  Company  has  historically
relicensed  and customized one or more IBM software
programs, and installed these programs on IBM
hardware that, in many cases, the Company sold to the
retailer.   Such hardware includes point-of-sale
registers, radio  frequency  hand-held terminals, in-
store  processors,  and other  in-store equipment.
The Company also provides programming services  to
personalize and customize  the  in-store  software,
implementation  services  related to  software
installation  and personnel training.

     In  1994, the Company began development of a
software system that  would  operate  on  a  wide
range  of  computer  hardware, including different
models of IBM and non-IBM hardware, and on  a variety
of non-IBM operating systems such as UNIX and Windows
NT. The  Company  subsequently  developed  its
proprietary  in-store software   applications  for
licensing  to  retailers,   as   an alternative   to
relicensing  and  customizing   IBM   software
applications and programs.  The  Company's  RSA  software 
application was  first licensed and implemented in a retail chain
in 1995.  Because  the Company's  software
applications operate  on  a  variety  of  PC
operating  systems, and with a wide variety of PC
hardware,  the Company's  software applications
address a broader  market.   RSA allows  retailers  to  
selectively install new  in-store  systems without   storewide  
or  company-wide replacement  of   existing hardware.

     The  Company is also a global solutions partner
of  the  NCR Corporation ("NCR").  This relationship,
along with the Company's IBM  relationship, enables
the Company to provide a full-service, single-source
solution  for  the  store  automation   needs   of
retailers.   The  contractual  relationships  with
IBM  and  NCR provide  the  Company  with the ability
to  relicense  software, resell  hardware, and gain
access to technical  support  for  the Company's
customers.

     The  Company has also developed CHAINLINK, a
cost-effective, easy to-use store communications
program, which provides reliable and  consistent
movement of data between stores and headquarters.
CHAINLINK  is  designed  to  work with  RSA,  as
well  as  other point-of-sale software packages. 
CHAINLINK is currently  in  use in  at  least twelve retail
chains, representing close  to  1,000 stores, in the
United States as of March 23, 1998.  Together, RSA
and  CHAINLINK  provide the retailer with  store
management  and point-of-sale  applications,
including  checkout  at  the   cash register, back  office and
store to headquarters communications.  RSA can be customized to 
meet the specific needs of the retailer. RSA  can  provide the 
store managers and cashiers with  the  same "look  and feel" on a
variety of installed point-of-sale computer systems,
while  giving  the  retailer's  information
management systems staff a consistent interface to
all of its store systems. RSA  is  currently
installed in four retail chains,  representing
approximately  650  stores as of March  23,  1998.
The  primary target  market  for  RSA  is  general
merchandise  retailers  who generally have more than
70 stores, and more than $100 million in sales. RSA
and CHAINLINK sales in 1997 totaled $131,800.

Network Services

     The  Company  provides  a  full range  of
network  services including  its  viaLink
subscription service,  telecommunications
planning and consulting, Internet-based applications
development, and  maintenance and hosting of internal
and external  web-sites. Through  its  internal
customer  support  network,  the  Company provides
web-site hosting and maintenance.  Following
completion of  the  Consulting  Division Sale, the
Company's  products  and services  will  be  limited,
at least in the near  term,  to  the providing of
network services.

     viaLink Subscription Services

     viaLink is an industry-specific, shared business
application subscription  service, developed and
maintained by  the  Company, with   access   through
telecommunications,  including   private networks,  and the Internet.
Through viaLink, the Company  is  a content   provider   on   the   
Internet.    viaLink  offers   a moderately-priced electronic 
commerce service for manufacturers, suppliers,  retail  headquarters  and
individual  retail  stores through  which
subscribing  customers  are  connected  via  the
Internet  to  a  database  maintained on the
Company's  computer systems.   Using  a PC and
commonly available computer  programs,
participants can subscribe to the viaLink service and
avoid  the purchase,  installation,
implementation  and  maintenance  of  a
complex  information system.  viaLink provides a
common  set  of business  systems  and support
offerings to subscribers,  and  is priced as a
monthly subscription service.

     In   April   1996,  the  Company  introduced
the   viaLink subscription   service  primarily  for  the
convenience   store industry, which consists of
approximately 68,000 stores  operated by
approximately  1,650 companies.  viaLink has
application  in other  operations within the retail
industry.  According  to  the National Association of
Convenience Stores ("NACS"), only a small percentage
of  convenience  store  companies  have  implemented
instore  computerized retail information systems.
In  order  to implement  computerization and
scanning in a  retail  store,  the retail  chain must
first develop and then maintain a "pricebook" which
contains information for all items offered for sale in
the store.  The  pricebook typically contains  descriptions  of the
items,   along  with  their  Universal  Product  Codes
("UPCs"), purchase costs, retail sales prices, and any discounts
or rebates to  be received from the supplier.  A
convenience store chain may have  hundreds of
suppliers, and each supplier may have different prices
on the items it supplies to the chain, depending  on
the locations  of  the stores being supplied, which
makes  pricebook maintenance  difficult,  but
essential.   Pricebook  maintenance typically  involves
inefficient manual entry of item information, which can
introduce errors into the pricebook. According to NACS,
maintenance  of  the pricebook often poses the  most
significant challenge to computerization of the
convenience store's purchases and sales.

     A  subscribing  retailer can use the  viaLink
Item  Catalog Service  to  electronically  retrieve
product  item  information (e.g.,  item  numbers,
UPCs, descriptions, pricing  information, deal  and
promotional  pricing) that  has  been  placed  in  the
database   by   manufacturers,  wholesalers,  or  other
product suppliers. This information can be electronically 
loaded  into the  retailer's pricebook to improve the accuracy and
reliability of  the  pricebook.  Product manufacturers
can  use  viaLink  to efficiently  introduce new
products, by electronically  providing product
information  to retailers and wholesalers.  Wholesalers
and  other  suppliers  can use viaLink  to  provide
product  and pricing  information to retailers by
placing this information  in the  viaLink database, and
allowing the retailers to access these prices.   The
database  in viaLink is specifically  designed  to
manage  the  complexity of the arrangements  that
exist  between retailers and their wholesalers and
suppliers, especially related to prices and promotions.

     In  January  1997,  the  Company brought  the
viaLink  Item Catalog  Service  on  line with a
retailer and  three  suppliers. Since  that  time, the
viaLink Item Catalog subscriber  base  has grown  to 60
retailers, representing approximately 5,580  stores,
and  117  suppliers as of August 31, 1998.  The Company
is  in  the process  of  implementing  the Item Catalog
Service  with  these retail chains and suppliers.

     The  Company has begun to further develop and
implement  its business plan and strategy for viaLink
with new product offerings of  Exchange Manager,
ItemXpress and CSP MARKETLink, all of which are
available  for market and industry use.  Revenues  from
all viaLink  activities in the six months ended June
30, 1998 totaled $38,610 ,  an increase of $32,165 from
revenues of $6,445 in  the same  period  in  1997 and
in the year ended  December  31,  1997 totaled
$45,125, an increase of $44,025 from revenues of
$1,100 in  1996.  In  addition to the convenience store industry,  the
Company has deployed viaLink in the grocery store
industry.    The Company  also intends to deploy viaLink applications
into  other segments  of  the  retail industry, who
share much  of  the  same supply chain   (manufacturers  and
distributors)   with the convenience and grocery store industries.

     The  Company announced the beta test of the
viaLink Exchange Manager, an invoice and purchase order
processing system, in  the summer of 1997.  The system
was ready for general distribution in March  1998.
Along with the Exchange Manager, the Company  made the
viaLink ItemXpress Service available in March of  1998.
The viaLink  ItemXpress Service allows retailers to
select  from  the extensive information of merchandise
data in the viaLink database and  download the
information into their headquarters  price  and item
management system.

     In   the  third  quarter  of  1997  the  Company
and   EPIC Communications,   Inc.,  launched  CSP
MARKETLink, the   first Internet-based,   interactive 
communications service   between manufacturers and convenience
store operators.  CSP MARKETLink is powered  by  the
viaLink application and  provides  product  and
merchandising  information that saves time for both
manufacturers and  retailers. It also gives retailers
access to a broader range of information, while
affording manufacturers direct access to  a broader
range of retailers.  Created as a joint venture
between the  Company  and EPIC Communications, Inc.,
which publishes  CSP Magazine,   CSP   MARKETLink
goes  far  beyond  typical   banner advertising on
passive web pages.  It utilizes the latest  "push"
technology  to  deliver supplier messages  into  the
subscribing store's  e-mail  in-box.  The  retailer
can  then  preview new products, promotions and media plans,
obtain category information and  research,  participate  in  surveys,
e-mail  questions or suggestions,  and  then  look or listen to  the
latest  consumer advertising campaigns on video
transmitted directly  to  his  PC. The  new  service
is also the first electronic commerce  tool  to
provide manufacturers with immediate feedback from
retailers,  as well as verification that their
information was received and read by  decision-makers
at targeted retail companies.   A  number  of leading
manufacturers  joined Miller Brewing  Co.  in
providing input   into  the  development  and  design
of  CSP  MARKETLink, including American Chicle, Kraft
Foods, M&M Mars, and Proctor and Gamble.

     The   Company  also  constructs  Internet-based
information applications  for  its  customers, such
as  NACS.      The  Company constructed,    operates   
and   maintains   the Internet-based
applications and directories, which allow NACS to
offer  services on  the  Internet.  This site or
"home page" is known as "C-Store Central"    and
can   be   found   on    the    Internet at
http://www.cstorecentral.com.  NACS places daily news
about  the convenience store industry on this site
which also allows members easy access to the viaLink
services.

     ijob

     Commencing  in  late  1996  and  during  1997,
the  Company designed,  developed  and  completed
ijob  an  Internet  employer subscription  service.
ijob is a network  based  human  resource recruiting
application accessible through either the Internet
or by telephone.  ijob uses these communications
systems as a medium to  bring  together job seekers
and employers.  ijob  utilizes  a database   to
collect,  catalog,  and  match   information  to
pre-qualified  job  candidates with the human
resource  needs  of ijob subscribing employers.  The
Company believes ijob represents a  technological
improvement over current Internet  "resume  web
sites"  where  career  material is simply  posted  on
unscreened databases  or  on  bulletin boards.
Utilizing ijob  subscription services,   an  employer
benefits  by  receiving   a   list   of
pre-qualified registrants who have greater
probability of meeting the   employer's   human
resource  needs.   Computer   assisted, structured
interviews and skill testing are used to  screen  job
applicants which enables employers to efficiently
conduct focused employee recruiting.  Job seekers
also benefit by using the  ijob system  on  a  cost-
free  basis. A job  seeker's  information  is
maintained in the ijob database until the registrant
requests its withdrawal.

     During the six months ended June 30, 1998 and
the year ended December  31, 1997, ijob, Inc, earned
$434,816 and   $610,689  in revenues,  respectively.   
Since  the  inception  of ijob,  Inc. through June 30, 1998, 
the Company has made cash expenditures  of
approximately  $833,000  in excess of  revenues,  to
launch  and implement  the  ijob  service.  Of these
cash  expenditures,  the Company capitalized $198,290
in development costs associated with the design and
ongoing development of ijob.
    
 ijob conducts its operations as a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company, under the name ijob, Inc.
and as of August 31, 1998, employed 10 full-time and
two part-time employees.  Of the  total of  12
employees, one is in sales and marketing,  including
the president of ijob, Inc., three full-time
employees and  one  part time  employee are in
technical and product development, and  the remaining
employees are in operations and customer support.

Customer Support

     The  Company's customer support group provides
customers  of the Company telephone and on-line
technical support.  As of March 23,  1998, the
Company's customer support group consisted of four
full  time representatives.  However, all the
Company's technical staff  can  be  used,  when
appropriate, for resolving  technical problems and
supporting specific customer needs.
Sales and Marketing

     The Company's services and products are marketed
directly to the  Company's customers through its
sales and marketing  support group  and senior staff
members.  During all of 1997, the Company operated
without a sales and marketing executive.  As of
August 31,  1998,  the  Company's  sales  and
marketing  support  group consisted  of  13 full-time
employees including the President  of the  Company,
and those in the Company's wholly owned subsidiary,
ijob,  Inc.  Also included in that total are a Vice
President  of Sales  and  Marketing, hired in January
1998 to assume  full-time leadership  of  marketing
and sales, and  two  additional  sales executives
added in the first quarter of 1998.   The  sales  and
marketing   team   is  responsible  for  sales-lead
generation, follow-up  on  customer referrals, and
providing input  into  the Company's ongoing services
and product development efforts  based on  customer
feedback and market data.  Sales and marketing leads
are  generated  through advertising, customer
referrals,  public relations, trade shows, and
strategic relationships with hardware manufacturers
and customers.  The Company also utilizes a variety
of  other consulting and contractor relationships to
help develop and promote viaLink.
Licenses and Intellectual Property

     The  Company regards its software as
proprietary,  which  is generally licensed under
written license agreements.  Because the Company's
software products allow customers to  customize
their applications  without  altering  source
programs,   the   source programs  for  the
Company's  products  are  typically   neither
licensed nor provided to customers.

     The  Company has no patents or patent
applications  pending. The   Company  attempts  to
protect  its  products   through   a combination  of
copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws.
CHAINLINK  and viaLink are registered trademarks of
the  Company and  trademark  applications are pending
with the  United  States Patent  and Trademark Office
for Retail Services Application  and ijob.    The
Company  also  requires  employee  and  third-party
non-disclosure  and  confidentiality agreements.
Despite  these precautions, it may be possible for
unauthorized parties to  copy certain  portions  of
the Company's software  products,  reverse engineer,
or obtain and use information that the Company
regards as proprietary.

     Because  the  software development industry is
characterized by  rapid technological change, the
Company believes that factors such  as  the
technological and creative skills of its personnel,
new  product  developments, frequent product
enhancements,  name recognition and reliable product
maintenance, are more  important to establishing and
maintaining a technology leadership position, than
the various legal protections available for its
technology.

Software License Agreements

     From time to time, the Company licenses third-
party software components  for inclusion principally
in its software application RSA.   In  January 1994,
the Company entered into a non-exclusive confidential
software  license  agreement  with  Applied  Retail
Solutions  Corporation  ("ARSC")  related  to certain
computer software  programs, development tools, interfaces
and codes  (the "ARS  Software")  used  by the Company
in  the  development  and marketing  of  RSA  for
use on certain identified  point-of-sale computer
terminals.  This agreement had an initial term  of
two years  and,  following  the  initial  term,  the
agreement has continued  on  the same terms and conditions 
and  is subject  to termination  on  90  days' notice.  The
agreement  requires  the Company  to  pay  periodic
license and  support  fees.   The  ARS
Software  and  all  modifications and  enhancements
to  the  ARS Software by the Company remain the
property of ARSC.

     In   March  1994,  the  Company  entered  into
a  five-year confidential  Agreement for Licensing of IBM
Software  with  IBM pursuant  to which the Company
became an authorized reseller  and technical support
provider of certain IBM software.  Furthermore, in February 
1995, the  Company  entered  into   a  two-year
confidential  IBM  Business  Partner  Agreement  and
became   an authorized  remarketer of IBM computer
hardware.  This  agreement was  renewed  in 1997 for
another two years.  Pursuant  to  these agreements,
the Company receives discounts on the purchase of IBM
software  and  hardware products.  With respect to
IBM  software, the  Company  is required to pay IBM a
one-time royalty  on  each distributed or installed
copy of the IBM software.


     Under  a Global Solutions Partner Agreement
effective  April 28,  1997,  the Company continued
its relationship  as  a  Global Solutions  Partner
with NCR Corporation.  The  Global  Solutions Partner
Program is designed so that NCR and various
independent software  vendors  can  work together  to
enhance  each  other's marketing  and product
programs.  Pursuant to such agreement  the Company
receives discounts on NCR hardware and software
purchases and  maintenance,  personnel  education
and  training,  software support,  and  certain
commissions and fees associated  with  NCR equipment
and software installations.

Employees and Consultants

     As  of  August  31,  1998,  the Company  had
102  full-time employees  and two part-time
employees, including  those  of  its wholly-owned
subsidiary, ijob, Inc.  Of the  104  employees,  14
were  employed  in  sales  and marketing support,
including  the President  of  the Company, 19 were
employed in product  research and  development  and
technical support,  59  were  employed  in
professional  services, operations and customer
support,  and  12 were  employed  in human resources,
administration  and  finance. The Company's future
performance depends in significant part upon the
continued service of its key technical and senior
management personnel,  and  its  continuing ability
to  attract  and  retain qualified and motivated
personnel in all areas of its operations. Competition
for such personnel is intense, and there  can  be  no
assurance  that  the  Company  will  retain  key
managerial  and technical employees or that it can
attract, assimilate or  retain other  highly
qualified personnel in the future.   None  of  the
Company's  employees  are represented  by  a  labor
union.     The Company has not experienced any work stoppages and
considers  its relations with its employees to be
good.

     Following completion of the Consulting Division
Sale, it  is anticipated that the Company will have
approximately 40 full-time employees  and  2  part-
time employees, including  those  of  its wholly-
owned subsidiary, ijob, Inc.  Of the 40 employees,
it  is anticipated  that  8  will be employed  in
sales  and  marketing support,  16 will be employed
in product research and development and  technical
support,  7  will  be  employed  in  professional
services, operations and customer support, and 9 will
be employed in human resources, administration and
finance.

Government Regulation

     The Company is not currently subject to direct
regulation by any  government  agency,  other than
regulations  applicable  to businesses  in  general.
There  are  currently  few laws  or regulations directly 
applicable to access to or commerce  on  the Internet;  
however, due to the increasing popularity and  use  of the
Internet, it is possible that a number of federal and  state laws
and  regulations may be enacted or adopted with
respect  to the  Internet,  covering issues such as
user  privacy,  taxation, encryption,  authentication
technology,  pricing, quality of products or services.  The 
enactment or adoption of any such laws and  regulations  may 
decrease the growth of  the  Internet  and increase the cost of
commerce on the Internet, which could affect the
marketability of viaLink, and, in such event, could
have  an adverse  effect on the Company's operating
results and  financial condition.   Furthermore, the
applicability to  the  Internet  of existing laws
governing issues such as property ownership,  libel
and personal privacy is uncertain.

Competition

     The  environment  within  which  the  Company
operates is intensely  competitive and subject to rapid change.
To  maintain or  increase  its market share position
in the retail,  supplier, and  wholesale distribution
industries, the Company will need  to continually
develop additional products, introduce  new  product
features  and enhancements, and expand its
professional  services capability.  The  Company
currently competes principally  on  the basis  of
the  specialized nature of its services and
products. Specifically,  the  features  and
functions  of  the Company's
software products include adaptability and
scalability and  their interoperability  with  other
network products,  the  ability  to deploy complex
systems, product quality, ease-of-use, reliability
and  performance,  company reputation and
professional  service, integration  with other
enterprise and network applications,  and
availability on popular computer operating systems,
databases and communications hardware architecture.
The Company  believes  its products and services
compete favorably in all of these areas.

     Competitors vary in size and in the scope and
breadth of the products and   services   offered.   The   Company
encounters  competition  from  a number of sources, including
the  big-five accounting firms, IBM and other software
developers and  hardware manufacturers,  local  and
regional  consulting   and   software companies,
most   of   whom  are  privately-held,   third-party
professional  service  organizations, and management
information systems  departments of potential
customers  who  are  developing custom software.  In
the market place of the retail and wholesale
distribution  industries,  the Company  competes
with  numerous, smaller,  privately-held companies
based on product features  and functionality,  as
well as larger, publicly-held  companies  with
greater   resources  and  having  greater  product
and   market diversification.  The Company competes with these
companies based upon  the  specialized  nature of its
focus  on  the  rtail  and wholesale distribution
industries and company reputation.

With respect to its proprietary retail software
products, many of the Company's current and potential
competitors, both privately-held   and   publicly-
held,  have  greater   financial, technical,
marketing and distribution resources than those of
the  Company.  As  a  result, they may be able  to
respond  more quickly  to new or emerging
technologies and changes in  customer requirements,
and devote greater resources to the development and
distribution of their products.  In addition, because
there  are relatively low barriers to entry in the
software marketplace, the Company expects additional
competition from other established  or emerging
companies as the network services market  continues
to expand.  Increased  competition may result in
pricing  pressures, reduced  gross  margins and loss
of market share,  any  of  which could  materially
adversely affect the  Company's  business  and
results   of   operations.   The  Company  also
believes   that competition  will  increase  as a  result  of
software  industry consolidations.  There can be no
assurance that the Company  will be  able  to
compete  successfully against  current  and  future
competitors  or that competitive pressures faced by
the  Company will not materially adversely affect its
business and results  of operations.

Clients and Customers

     The  Company's  clients  and  customers  range
from  small, rapidly  growing  companies  to large
corporations,  principally within  the  retail and
wholesale distribution  industries.   The following
is  a  partial  list of the Company's  consulting
and viaLink clients as of August 31, 1998.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Consulting Division customers:

          <S>                             <C>
          ALDI Inc.                       Brinker, International
          Dollar General Corporation      Duckwall-ALCO Stores, Inc.
          Fleming Companies, Inc.         Fox Photo,Inc.
          Fred's Inc.                     Genovese Drug Stores, Inc.
          Jan-Bell Marketing, Inc.        Michaels Stores, Inc.
          Petro, PSC, L.P.                Trans World Entertainment
          Sonic Corp.                     Western Family Foods, Inc.


     viaLink customers:
              Suppliers
          Coca-Cola Cons. of La Vergne    Crowley Foods, Inc.
          Fleming  Companies of  Altoona  Frito-Lay, Inc.
          J.T. Davenport & Sons           Pepsi Cola Marketing Group

              Retailers
          Nice N Easy Grocery Shoppes     Petr-All Petroleum Corp
          Quick Stop Food Mart, Inc.      R&H Maxxon, Inc.
          Store 24 Companies, Inc.        Sugar Creek Stores, Inc.

</TABLE>

     In  the  six  months ended June 30, 1998, three
individual customers  each  accounted for 18, 13,
and  12  percent  of  the Company's  revenues.   In
1997, three individual  customers  each accounted
for 20, 13, and 10 percent of the Company's
revenues. In 1996, three individual customers each
accounted for 17, 14 and 10  percent  of the
Company's revenues.  In the six months  ended June
30, 1998, five  of the Company's customers accounted
for  58 percent  of the Company's total revenues.
Furthermore,  in  1997 and  1996,  five  of  the
Company's customers  accounted  for  57 percent of
the Company's total revenues.

Other Business Strategies

     The  Company  is  a recognized leader in
providing  business solutions  through  technology
to  the  retail  industry.      The
Company's  viaLink  services  combine  electronic
commerce and leading-edge  Internet-based  applications  to
provide  consumer product  manufacturers,
distributors and retailers the capability of  doing
business  electronically with  all  of  their
trading partners  (the  retail  supply chain).   The
subscription  based viaLink  services   allow
supply   chain     participants    to
electronically  send and receive product, cost,  and
promotional information  in  a  format that is
compatible  with  any  party's system, regardless of
their technological sophistication, and  at a
fraction  of  the  cost of traditional  EDI
(Electronic  Data Interchange)  services  and
systems.   Utilizing  the  Company's experience and expertise
in  the retail  and   distribution industries,  the  Company's
principal   strategy  is to  continue further development and
enhancement of viaLink and ijob.  Sucess of these strategies are 
contingent upon the Company obtaining the necessary resources to 
complete their business strategy.

Security Technologies

     To  minimize  the security risks associated
with  a  shared network  on  the  Internet, the
Company has implemented  security protocols  in
viaLink and ijob.  The services provide  encryption
protection  of confidential information as it passes
through  the Internet.  The  Company has also
constructed a double  "firewall" between  its
services  and the Internet, which  is  intended  to
restrict unauthorized use and prevent security
breaches. Although the  Company has implemented these
security measures, viaLink and ijob  are  vulnerable
to break-ins and similar security  breaches that
jeopardize the security of the information  stored
in  and transmitted  through  the computer systems of
viaLink  and  ijob users,  which may result in
significant liability to the  Company and  also deter
potential customers.  Moreover, the security  and
privacy  concerns  of potential customers, as  well
as  concerns related  to  computer viruses, may
inhibit the  marketability  of viaLink  and  ijob.
The Company does not currently have  product
liability insurance to protect against these risks,
and there can be  no  assurance  that such insurance
will be available  to  the Company on commercially
reasonable terms or at all.

Product Development and Enhancement

     The  Company  will continue to make significant
investments in  product  development, and
enhancement,  as  it  is  able,  to continue  to
provide technological solutions to  its  customers'
business  needs. Historically, the Company has
obtained  customer funding  to develop products and
services which jointly  met  the Company's needs to
remain competitive and the customer's need  to solve
information management problems.  Currently,  the
dynamic nature of  the information technology industry places large
research and development demands  on
businesses  that  desire   to   remain
competitive.   Competing  with larger  firms  with
substantially greater  capital  resources, the
Company has devoted  significant portions  of  available  
resources to stay  abreast of  industry developments and to 
offer competitive products and services.
   
  As  of  August  31, 1998, the Company's product
development staff  and  technical  support staff
consisted  of  19  full-time employees,  including
ijob, Inc., but  consisted  of  up  to  30 employees
from time to time during 1997 and six months ended
June 30,   1998.   The  Company's  total expenditures for
product development  of  viaLink, Solution services (RSA
and CHAINLINK), and  ijob  during 1997 were approximately
$945,000, $400,000  and $530,000,  respectively, for
a total of approximately $1,875,000. Such
expenditures in 1996 were approximately $584,000,
$598,000 and   $22,000, respectively  for  a
total   of approximately $1,204,000.    The  Company's 
total  expenditures for  product development  of  viaLink,
Solution services (RSA and CHAINLINK), and  ijob  during
the  six  months ended  June  30,  1998  were approximately  $579,000. 
These expenditures    represented approximately  21  percent
and 13 percent  of total revenues  for 1997  and  1996, respectively, and
approximately nine percent  of total  revenues for
the six months ended June 30,  1998.  Of  the product development
expenditures,  the  Company   capitalized
software  development  costs and interest totaling
$752,158  and $655,248 in 1997 and 1996,
respectively, and $346,496 in the  six months  ending
June 30, 1998.  The Company anticipates  that  it
will   continue  to  commit  substantial  resources
to product development  in  the  future, including further
development  and enhancement  of  viaLink and ijob;
however, the  amount  of  such capital required is
undeterminable at this time.

Properties

     The   Company's   corporate  headquarters
consists   of   a two-story office facility of approximately 30,000
square feet  at 13800  Benson  Road, Edmond, Oklahoma, which  the  
Company  first occupied in January 1996.  The office facility is 
occupied  under a  ten  year  lease requiring monthly rental payments
of  $24,545 during  the  first 36 months, $27,500
during the next 48  months, and  $28,750 during the
remaining term of the lease.   The  lease expires  on
June  30, 2006.  In connection with  the  Consulting
Division   Sale,   Netplex  will  sublease   from
the Company approximately  15,000  square feet of  the  office
facility  for monthly rental payments of approximately $14,100.

     The  headquarters  facility  of  the  Company
has  internal systems  consisting  of  a  local  area
computer  network   with associated  servers,  a
wide-area  network,  high  speed  ("T1") connectivity
to  the  Internet,  two  RS/6000's,   an  AS/400,
approximately 140 workstations and several testing
labs of pointof-sale  equipment.   The  facility  is
designed  to  support  a projected  increase  in
staff for both traditional  and  viaLink services
and  the  increased office space required  to  house
a production computer operations facility.

Legal Proceedings

     From   time  to  time,  the  Company  may  be
involved   in litigation  relating to claims arising
out of its  operations  in the  normal  course of
business.  The Company is not currently  a party to
any legal proceedings.

             MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
           AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
                          
     The  Common  Stock and the Redeemable Common
Stock  Purchase Warrants began trading separately in
November 1996 (subsequent to the  initial public
offering) on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under
the  symbols  "IQIQ"  and "IQIQW", respectively.
The  following table  sets forth the high and low
closing bid quotations of  the Common  Stock  and
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase  Warrants  as
reported  by  the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers Automated   Quotation  System
("NASDAQ").   The  bid   quotation reflects  inter-
dealer  prices  without  adjustment  for   retail
markups,  markdowns  or commissions and may  not
reflect  actual transactions.   Prior  to  the
fourth  quarter   of   1996,   no established  public
trading market existed for the  Common  Stock and
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Redeemable Common Stock 
                            Common Stock Price      Purchase Warrants Price
                            ------------------      -----------------------
                             High       Low                High      Low
                           -------   ---------            -------   -------
     <S>                    <C>      <C>                   <C>       <C>
         1996
     Fourth Quarter         $6.00    $4.38                  $1.75     $.75

         1997
     First Quarter          $5.38    $3.63                  $1.69     $.63

     Second Quarter         $4.50    $2.88                  $1.00     $.38

     Third Quarter          $5.88    $3.00                  $1.50     $.50

     Fourth Quarter         $4.50    $2.94                  $1.13     $.50

         1998
     First Quarter          $4.50    $2.88                  $1.00     $.38

     Second Quarter         $5.13    $2.38                  $1.19     $.63

</TABLE>



     As  of  September  4, 1998, the closing sale  price  of
the Common  Stock  and the Redeemable common Stock Purchase
Warrants was  $2.88 and $.70, respectively.  As of September
4,  1998  the number  of  record  holders  of the
Company's  Common  Stock  was approximately 825.

     The  Company  has not paid a dividend with
respect  to  its Common Stock nor does the Company
anticipate paying dividends  in the  foreseeable
future.  The proceeds of sale of the  Consulting
Division  will be retained by the Company for further
development and marketing of viaLink and ijob.


             MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                AND PLAN OF OPERATION
                          
Overview

     As  of  the date of this Information Statement,
the  Company is  engaged  in the business of selling
computerized  information management systems and
providing consulting and network  industry solutions
services to retail companies and the product
suppliers of  such  retailers (i.e., manufacturers,
wholesalers  and  other distributors).   The  Company
is  currently  organized  in   two divisions.  The
Network  Services Division  offers  subscription
services  through telecommunications (including
private  networks and  the  World  Wide  Web of the
Internet),  which  include  the Company's  viaLink
and  ijob  services,  network-based  computer
applications,  and  the  production and  operation
of  web  site hosting on the Company's computer systems.  The
Retail and  Store Systems   Consulting  Division
provides  management  consulting, computer   system
integration   support   services   ("customer
support"),   and  markets  software  products  and
applications ("solutions"),  including  the
Company's  proprietary           software
products,  RSA and CHAINLINK, and resells computer
hardware  and point-of-sale systems ("hardware
and product sales").

     The   following  tables  set  forth  selected   results   of
operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and  1996
and  for  the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997, which  are
derived from the financial statements of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           For the Year Ended December 31,
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                          1997                 1996
                                  ---------------------   --------------------
                                    Amount      Percent    Amount      Percent
                                 -----------   --------  ----------   -------- 
<S>                              <C>              <C>        <C>       <C>
Revenues                         $ 9,022,842    100.0%   $9,507,370    100.0%
Expenses:
  Direct Cost of sales             2,211,956     24.5%    2,570,840     27.0%
  Salaries and benefits            6,174,503     68.4%    5,167,571     54.4%
  Selling, general and
    administrative                 2,708,351     30.0%    2,007,999     21.1%
  Interest expense, net               73,581       .8%      219,089      2.3%
  Depreciation and amortization      827,396      9.2%      591,205      6.2%
                                 -----------    -----      ---------   -----
  Total expenses                  11,995,787    132.9%   10,556,704    111.0%
                                 -----------    -----    ----------    -----
Income (loss) before income
  taxes                          $(2,972,945)   (32.9%) $(1,049,334)   (11.0%)
                                 ===========    ======   ==========     =====
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      For the Six Months Ended June 30, 
                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                    1998 (unaudited)         1997 (unaudited)
                                 ----------------------  ----------------------
                                   Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent
                                 ------------  -------- ------------  --------
<S>                              <C>            <C>      <C>           <C>
Revenues                         $ 6,145,703    100.0%   $3,925,936    100.0%
Expenses:
  Direct Cost of sales               981,114     16.0%      691,045     17.6%
  Salaries and benefits            3,393,260     55.1%    2,915,294     74.2%
  Selling, general and
    administrative                 1,146,251     18.7%    1,253,881     31.9%
  Interest expense, net              100,654      1.6%       30,102      0.8%
  Depreciation and amortization      502,187      8.2%      395,732     10.8%
                                 -----------    -----      --------    -----
  Total expenses                   6,123,466     99.6%    5,286,054    134.6%
                                 -----------   ------    ----------    -----
Income (loss) before income
  taxes                          $    22,237       .4%  $(1,049,334)  (34.6)%
                                 ===========    ======  ===========   ====== 

</TABLE>


Results of Operations

     Comparison of the Six-Month Periods Ended June 30, 1998  and 1997

     Statements  of  the  Company's or  management's
intentions, beliefs,  anticipations,  expectations
and  similar  expressions concerning  future  events
contained in  this  Report  constitute "forward-
looking statements" as defined in the Private
Securities Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995
("Act").  Any  forward-looking statements are made by
the Company in good faith, pursuant to the safe-
harbor  provisions  of the Act. As with  any  future
event, there   can  be  no  assurance  that  the events  
described in forward-looking statements made in this Report will
occur or that the  results of future events will not
vary materially from those described  in    the
forward-looking    statements.    These
forward-looking statements reflect management's
current views and projections  regarding economic
conditions, industry environments and  Company
performance. Important factors that could cause  the
Company's  actual  performance and operating  results
to  differ materially from the forward-looking
statements include,  but  are not limited to, changes
in the general level of economic activity in  the
markets  served  by  the Company,  introduction  of
new products  or services by competitors, sales
performance,  expense levels,  interest  rates,
changes  in  the  Company's  financial condition,
availability  of capital sufficient  to  support  the
Company's  level  of  activity, delays  in
implementing  further enhancements to the Company's
viaLink and ijob services, and  the ability of the
Company to implement its business strategies.

     The  Company's  expectations with respect to
future  results of operations  that
may  be  embodied  in  oral  and  written
forward-looking   statements,   including   any
forward-looking statements  that may be included in
this Report, are  subject  to risks  and
uncertainties that must be considered when evaluating
the likelihood of the Company's realization of such
expectations. The Company's actual results could
differ materially.

     Revenues.   Revenues increased $2,219,767 (57
percent)  from $3,925,936  for  the  first six months of  1997  to
revenues  of $6,145,703  for the first six months of
1998.  All categories  of the  Company's  revenues
increased other  than  commissions.   No
commissions  were earned on referrals of certain
hardware  sales during the first six months 1998, as
all hardware sales were made directly  by  the
Company rather than on a  referral  basis  and
directly through the vendor to the customer.

     Hardware  and  Product Sales.  Hardware  and
product  sales increased  $297,225 (38 percent) from
sales of $776,013  for  the six  months ended June
30, 1997 to $1,073,238 for the same period in  1998.  The increase was
the  result of two large equipment sales  totaling approximately $255,000. 
These sales were attributable to referrals from a large retail
software  company, with  whom  the Company has an
informal agreement to serve  as  a preferred supplier
of hardware to its customers.

     Solutions.  Solutions revenues for the first six
months  of 1998  were  $288,269, an increase of
232,637 (418  percent)  from $55,632  for  the  same
period of 1997.  The  increase was principally due to  a  sale
of  the Company's RSA software for approximately
$155,000 in  the first  quarter  of 1998 and the sale
of additional  RSA  software licenses to a current
RSA user for $70,000 in the second  quarter of 1998.

     Consulting  and  System Integration Fees.
Consulting  fees for  the first six months of 1998
totaled $3,812,076 compared  to $2,277,922 for the
same period in 1997, an increase of $1,534,154
(67  percent).   Beginning  in the fourth  quarter
of  1997  the Company  refocused  its resources on
the consulting  and  systems integration  area.  In
the first quarter of 1998 a Vice-President of  Sales
and  Marketing and an additional sales
representative were  hired  to focus primarily on
sales in the consulting  area. The  Company
aggressively pursued new clients and  projects  and
assigned  consulting  personnel  and  programmers
from  internal projects  to  consulting and systems
integration  projects.The increase  for 
the six month period was  the result of these efforts.

     Customer  support.  Revenues for the six months
ended  June 30, 1998 increased $72,673 (30 percent)
to $318,009 from $245,336 for  the six months ended
June 30, 1997.  The increases were  due to additional
customer support contracts obtained throughout 1997
and  in the first six months of 1998.  The increase
was also  due to  a rate increase upon renewal of
certain support contracts and higher  levels  of
billings for hours in excess of  the  standard
contract levels.

     Network  services  and  applications.   Revenues
from the Company's   network   services   and   network
based  computer applications for the six months ended June 30, 1998
were $654,111 compared to $425,654 for the same
period in 1997, an increase  of $228,457 (54
percent).  The increase was principally the result
of  an increase in ijob revenues attributable to a
major contract being in effect for a full six months
in 1998.  Revenue for  ijob increased  $193,783 (83
percent) from $233,258 for the first  six months of
1997 to $427,041 for the first six months of 1998.
The remaining increase was attributable to an
increase in web  site maintenance, hosting, and
viaLink services.  The Company has  and will continue
to make significant expenditures for investment and
development  of  its network subscription services
in  order  to further develop a recurring base of
revenues.

     Since  the fourth quarter of 1997, a major
customer of  ijob has  provided approximately $70,000
in revenue per month.  As  of June  30,  1998,  the
Company made its final $70,000  billing  in regard to
this contract for its ijob services, as this client
did not  renew  their contract.  Minimal amounts of
revenue  will  be earned  from  this customer in the
third quarter of 1998  and  no revenues are expected
from this customer in the fourth quarter of 1998.
Although the Company has replaced a portion of the
revenues lost  in  connection  with the major
contract  through  new,  but smaller  customers,  and
is currently negotiating  with  several major
customers  for  ijob services, the  Company  has  not
yet obtained  contracts  to replace the lost revenues
in  connection with the major customer, and there can
be no assurance that these revenues will be replaced
in the near term.

     As  of  August  6, 1998, ijob has closed its
two  satellite offices  in Oklahoma City as a result
of the major contract  that was  not  renewed.  Using
the two satellite offices the employees of ijob were
running the application for the major customer as an
outsource  function.   They performed the recruiting,
screening, evaluation  and  tracking functions of the
their job  applicants. As  a  result of the work done
with this major client and further market  research
ijob has shifted it focus  from  this  type  of
outsource  service to a license arrangement whereby
the  customer purchases  the  ijob  application,  the
"ijob  in  Source  Human Resource Hiring  Suite",  and  
the  customer   performs these functions.   As  a  result 
of this shift ijob has moved  from  a universal   database
application  to a  proprietary  searchable database.

     Direct  Cost of Sales. Direct cost of sales,
which  consists of  hardware and certain software purchases for
resale, and costs associated  with the Company's
proprietary software products  for the  first six
months ended June 30, 1998 increased $290,069  (42
percent)  to $981,114 from $691,045 for the first six
months  of 1997.   The  increase was attributable to
increased hardware  and product sales and solutions
revenues.

     Salaries  and Benefits.  Salaries, wages, taxes
and  related benefits,  and contract labor expenses
for the six  months  ended June  30, 1998 these
expenses increased $477,966 (16 percent)  to
$3,393,260  from  $2,915,294 for the six months
ended  June  30, 1997.

     During  the  first six months of 1998, the
Company  utilized contract  programmers for client
engagements to a greater  extent than  in  the  same
period in 1997 to meet the skill demands  and
workload  of  clients' projects. Contract labor
expenses  totaled $188,886 during the three months
ended June 30, 1998 compared  to a  total of $158,890
during the three months ended June 30, 1997. For  the
six  months ended June 30, 1998 contract labor
totaled $535,550  compared to $280,666 for the six
months ended June  30, 1997.

     Direct  payroll  costs of salaries and  wages
increased  to $2,862,100  for  the  six  months
ended  June  30,   1998   from $2,605,347.   This
increase  was in  part  associated  with  the start-
up  of ijob, which was not fully staffed until  June
1997. During  the  six months ended June 30, 1997,
the  Company  had  a total  average of 124 full time
employees, compared  to  a  total average  of 123 for
the Company during the six months ended  June 30,
1998.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.
For  the  six months  ended  June 30, 1998 selling,
general and  administrative expenses  decreased
$107,630 (nine percent) to  $1,146,251  from
$1,253,881 for the six months ended June 30, 1997.

     Occupancy   expenses,  including  rent  expense,
utilities, equipment  rentals and leases, for the
first six months  of  1998 increased $46,803 (23
percent) to $247,613 from $200,810 for  the same
period in 1997.  The increases for both the quarter
and  the first six months were primarily due to
increased expenses for  an equipment  lease entered
into in the third quarter of 1997.         The
lease provided new equipment for staff growth and
production  and development equipment for the
continued development of viaLink.

     As  of  August  6,  1998,  ijob, Inc.  has
closed  its  two satellite  offices  in  Oklahoma
City.   Management   does  not anticipate  reopening  
these  or other  satellite offices.  See
"-Network Services and Applications", above.

     General  insurance  increased  $43,148  (554
percent)  from $7,792  for the first six months of
1997 to $50,940 for the  same period in 1998.  These
increases were primarily due to additional insurance
coverage obtained by the Company.   Employee
practice liability insurance was obtained for ijob,
Inc. beginning in  the third  quarter of 1997 due to
the nature of the services of ijob, Inc.   In
addition, directors and officers insurance was
obtained for the Company due to the addition of two
independent members to the  Board  of Directors who
began serving in December  1997  and January 1998.

     Telecommunications  expense increased $47,674
(47  percent) for  the  six months ended June 30,
1998 to $148,836 from$101,162 for  the  same period
in 1997.  These increases were due  to  the expansion
of  the Company's communication systems  for
viaLink, ijob  and  web  site hosting services and greater
long  distance usage due to the increased marketing
activities of the Company.
     
     Supplies  and resources, which consists of
office  supplies, miscellaneous hardware and software
expenses, printing  and  copy charges,  memberships
and subscriptions, decreased  $91,652  (64 percent)
from $142,837 for the six months ended June 30, 1997
to $51,185 for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
In the first and second quarter of 1997 approximately
$19,000 of the supplies  and resources costs were
associated with the start-up of ijob,  Inc., these
non-recurring costs were not incurred during the
first  and second  quarter  of  1998,  which,
contributed  to  the  overall decrease  in supplies
and resources.  The remaining decrease  was the
result of cost reduction and control measures
implemented  by the Company.
     
     Professional  fees  decreased  $108,987  (38
percent)  to $175,023  for  the  six months ended June 30, 1998,
compared  to $284,010  for  the six months ended June
30, 1997.  The  decrease was  primarily a result of
the decrease in professional  services used  by
ijob, Inc. in the first six months of 1998 compared
to the first quarter of 1997, when legal and
consultant services  of approximately $98,000 were
used to assist in the development  and start-up of
ijob, Inc.

     Net   Interest  Expense.   Net  interest
expense  increased $70,552  (234 percent) to $100,654
for the six months ended  June 30,  1998  from
$30,102 for the same period in 1997. Proceeds  of the
Company's initial public offering in November 1996
were used to  pay  off  the Company's total
outstanding bank debt  at  that time.   There  were
no  outstanding  borrowings  on   the   bank line-of-
credit  at the end of the first quarter of  1997.
During the second, third, and fourth quarter of 1997,
certain borrowings were made under the Company's bank
line-of-credit and during  the first  quarter  of
1998,  the Company  completed  a  new  credit
facility with a commercial lender that replaced and
increased the working  line-of-credit with the bank.
As of June 30,  1998,  the new  credit  facility  had
an outstanding  balance  of  $753,196. Average  total
outstanding debt, including shareholder loans  and
capital  leases,  during  the  first  six  months  of
1998 was $1,283,000  compared  to average total outstanding
debt  in  the first six months of 1997 of $816,000.

     Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and
amortization  expense totaled $502,187 for the six
months  ended June 30, 1998 compared to $395,732 for
the same period ended June 30, 1997, an increase of
$106,455 (27 percent).  The increase was due
primarily  to total capital asset expenditures  made
during 1997  totaling $332,987, and being depreciated
during  the  first six months of 1998.  In 1998, the
Company has reduced its capital expenditures  to
only absolutely necessary  items,  and  totaled
$30,679  for  the  six  months ended  June  30,
1998.   Software development  costs capitalized
throughout 1997 totaled  $751,158, and  are  being
depreciated during the first six months of  1998.
During   the  six  months  ended  June  30,  1998,
the   Company capitalized $346,496 of software development costs.
As of August 11,  1998, the Company had no major
capital commitments, and will continue  to  only
make  capital additions  on  a  specific  and
necessary basis.

     Tax  Provision (Benefit).  SFAS 109, "Accounting
for  Income Taxes,"  requires, among other things,
the separate  recognition, measured  at currently
enacted tax rates, of deferred tax  assets and
deferred  tax  liabilities for the tax effect  of
temporary differences  between the financial
reporting  and  tax  reporting bases  of assets and
liabilities, and net operating loss and  tax
credit  carryforwards  for tax purposes.  A
valuation  allowance must  be  established for
deferred tax assets   if  it  is  "more likely than
not" that all or a portion will not be realized.

     The  Company recorded a tax of $8,450 related to
the pre-tax income of $22,237 for the six months
ended June 30,  1998.   As of
June 30, 1998 the Company had a cumulative net
deferred tax asset of  $1,040,990.  Management
believes it is more likely  than  not that  net
deferred  tax   assets will  be  realized  based
upon expected future taxable income and therefore a 
valuation allowance has not been provided.


     Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995

     Revenues.   1997 revenues decreased by $484,528
(5  percent) to$9,022,842  from  total  revenues  of  $9,507,370
in  1996. Revenues in 1996 decreased by $2,082,854 (18 percent)
from  total revenues  of $11,590,224 in 1995.  The
decrease in gross revenues for  1997 was due to an
overall decrease of $566,461 (11 percent) in
consulting  fees,  a  decrease of $865,699  (87
percent)  in solutions  and  license  sales, and a
decrease  of  $120,284  (4 percent)  in  sales  of
hardware and software  for  1997.   These
decreases  of  $1,552,444 were offset by increases
in  recurring revenues,  customer  support  fees,
and  commissions  for  1997. Recurring revenue for
1997, consisting of fees earned for viaLink services,
ijob operations, web-site hosting, and  certain
other items,  increased  $816,527 (439 percent).
The  Company  earned commissions on referrals for
certain hardware sales for  1997  of $175,860,
whereas no commissions were earned in  1996.
Customer support  revenues increased $75,529 (19
percent)  for  1997  over 1996.

     The  $2,082,854 (18 percent) decrease in gross
revenues from 1995  to  1996  was  principally  due
to  overall  decreases  of $1,098,084 (28 percent) in
hardware sales, $674,193 (40  percent) in  solutions
and licenses sales, and $526,151  (9  percent)  in
consulting  fees.  The decreases were offset by  an
increase  of $215,574 (59 percent) in recurring
revenues and customer  support fees.

     Hardware  and  product sales.  Hardware  and
product  sales decreased  $120,284 (4 percent) from
revenues  of  $2,784,380  in 1996  to  revenues  of
$2,664,096  in  1997.  The  decrease  was generally
due to one client purchasing directly from the
vendor in the early  part  ofthe  year,  lower  overall
hardware requirements  and point-of-sale equipment roll-out
schedules  of the  Company's current client base,
plus a changing focus by  the Company  to higher
margin revenue streams.  The direct  purchases by
one  client, however, created earned commissions of
$175,860, which  were  not  present in 1996.  These
commissions  more  than offset  the  gross  margin
decrease on hardware  sales  in  1997. Hardware  and
product  sales in 1996  decreased  $1,098,084  (28
percent)  compared to sales of $3,882,464 in 1995.
The  decrease in hardware sales revenue was the
result of the completion of two large  point-of-sale
hardware installations in 1995, while orders and
installations by customers were generally lower in
1996.

     Solutions.  Solutions and licenses revenues,
which  consists of sales  of the
Company's  proprietary  software  products,
decreased $865,699 (87 percent) in 1997 to $131,800,
compared  to $997,499  in  1996.  A single sale of
the Company's  RSA  product totaling approximately
$898,000 was made in 1996, whereas RSA and CHAINLINK
sales in 1997 totaled only $131,800.  Solutions
revenue decreased $674,193 (40 percent) from
$1,671,692 in 1995, when the Company  made its first
significant sale of RSA for approximately
$1.3 million.

     Consulting   fees.   Consulting  fees  earned
during   1997 totaled  $4,576,234,  a decrease of $566,461  (11
percent)  from consulting revenues of $5,142,695 in
1996.  The decrease was due, in  part,  to  the
conclusion of the revenue stream from several
large  consulting  projects in the first and second
quarters  of 1997  that  were not completely replaced
with consulting revenue from  new  sales until the fourth quarter of 1997.
The  decrease was  also  a  result of the transition
and changing of  focus  to recurring revenue  streams,  viaLink  and  ijob, 
which   moved personnel  from  the consulting area to these
recurring   revenue areas.   Beginning  in  the fourth quarter of  1997
the  Company refocused  more  resources than in the previous
quarters   on  the consulting  and  systems integration area,
aggressively  pursuing new   clients  and  projects.
As  a  result  of  these  efforts, consulting  fees
from the third quarter of 1997  to  the  fourth
quarter of 1997 increased $643,300 (78 percent) from
$827,506  in the  third  quarter  to $1,470,806 in
the  fourth  quarter.  Consulting fees for  1996 decreased  $526,151  (9
percent) from 1995  consulting  fees  of $5,668,846.
The  1996 decrease was primarily  a  result  of  an
overall  lower  level of consulting and systems
integration  work having been performed by the
Company for its customers and due to an
increase   in  utilization  of  consulting
personnel   and programmers for internal research
and development of viaLink.

     Customer   support.   Customer  support
revenues  increased $75,529 (19 percent) to $472,325
for 1997 from $396,796 for 1996. Customer  support
revenues for 1996 increased $29,754 (8 percent) over
1995  revenues of $367,222.  These increases  were
due  to additional  contracts obtained in both 1997 and 1996
and  higher levels  of billings for hours in excess
of the standard  contract levels in both years.

     Network  services  and applications.  Network
services  and applications represented a new
recurring revenue stream  for  the Company
commencing  in  late 1996, that continued  to  grow
and develop  in  1997.  Revenues from the Company's
network  services and  network based computer
applications in 1997 were $1,002,527, an  increase
of  $816,527 (439 percent) over  the  initial  1996
revenues  of  $186,000.   The 1997 total includes
revenues  from ijob, Inc. of $567,841, which
commenced operations in 1997.
The remaining  revenues  of  $434,686  were  derived
from web-site maintenance  and  hosting fees and viaLink  services
fees.  The   viaLink  subscriber  list for both retailers  and
suppliers  has grown  from  20  in  January  1997  to
95  at  March  23,  1998, representing  more than
4,500 stores. The Company  has  and  will continue to
make significant expenditures for investment
in  and development  of  these services in order to shift
the  Company's focus  from only single consulting
projects to recurring network service   revenues  with  expected  
higher  profit margins  and increasing revenue.  The Company believes the
investments made in 1997  will provide further growth
in recurring revenue  in  1998; however, there can be
no such assurance.

     Direct  Cost of Sales. Direct cost of sales,
which  consists of  purchased hardware and certain
software for resale, and costs associated  with  the
Company's proprietary  software  products, decreased
$358,884  (14  percent) to $2,211,956  for  1997
from $2,570,840  for 1996. The decrease in cost of
sales is  generally in  line  with the decrease in
revenues from product and hardware sales and
solutions and license sales for the year.  Direct
cost of  sales in 1996 also decreased by $1,045,847
(29 percent), from $3,616,687  in 1995.  This
decrease in direct cost of  sales  was
attributable  to  the  decrease sales in  hardware
and  software during 1996.

     Salaries  and  Benefits.  Total employee costs
of  salaries, wages,  taxes  and related benefits,
and contract labor  expenses totaled  $6,174,503 for
1997 compared to $5,167,571 for 1996,  an increase of
$1,006,932 (19 percent). These costs for 1995 totaled
$5,673,034, a decrease of $505,463 (9 percent) from
1995 to 1996. During 1997, the Company utilized
contract programmers for client engagements  to a
greater extent than in 1996, which during  such year
virtually  no  contract  programmers  were  utilized. In
addition,  late  in the first quarter of 1997, a
contract  sales executive  was  hired to promote
sales in the solutions  business area  of  the
Company.  Contract labor expenses totaled  $488,710
for 1997 compared to a total of $84,696 for 1996, an
increase  of $404,014 (477 percent). The start-up
costs and expenses of  ijob, Inc.  during  1997
included  $134,984  of  such  contract  labor
expenses, which were not present anytime in 1996.
Certain of  the ijob,  Inc.  contract labor expenses
were converted  to  salaried employees after  June
30, 1997.  Contract labor expenses in  1996 decreased
from  $416,286 in 1995 by $331,590 (80  percent). In
1995  temporary  programmers were hired to meet  the
demand  and workload.

     Direct   payroll  costs  of  salaries  and
wages  increased $677,059  (14  percent) from
$4,880,030 in 1996 to $5,557,089  in 1997.  The
increases were due to increased employed personnel
for the Company, increasing from 105 employees at the
end of 1996  to 115  employees at the end of 1997,
and also the addition  of  new staff  and personnel
in ijob, Inc. during the year to a total  of 21  at
the end of 1997.  In 1996, total salaries and wages
costs actually  decreased by $45,112 (1 percent),
from a total salaries and  wages  costs  of
$4,925,142 in 1995.  The  Company's  total employment
base  remained  relatively  constant  at  105   staff
throughout 1996.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general  and administrative expenses
(SG&A) increased a total  of $700,352  (35  percent)  to  $2,708,351
for  1997,  compared  to $2,007,999 for 1996.  Over
half (54 percent), or $377,299 of this increase  is
due to the start-up costs and ongoing operations  of
ijob,  Inc. throughout 1997.  SG&A in 1996 increased
by  $419,344 (26 percent) compared to $1,588,655 in
1995.

     Other  than  the  operations of ijob, Inc.,
SG&A  increased $323,053  (16 percent) in 1997 when
comparing the operations  for the  Company to 1996,
when no ijob Inc. operations were  present.
Recruiting and staffing costs decreased $44,751 (45
percent) from $99,483  in  1996 to $54,732 in 1997,
due to reduced requirements for  new employee
relocations in 1997 compared to 1996 and  1995.
Recruiting and staffing expenses totaled $90,825 in
1995, only  a small increase of $8,658 (9 percent) to
$99,483 in 1996.

     Travel  expenses for 1997 of $406,937 increased
$26,736  (7 percent)  from  $380,201  in 1996.  The
increase  for  1997  was primarily attributable to
the travel expenses incurred  by  three full-time
viaLink sales representatives that the  Company
began hiring  in  February  of 1997, and by travel
expenses  associated with  sales and marketing
activities of the ijob product.  Travel expenses  for
1996 increased $9,039 (2 percent) from $371,162  in
1995.

     Occupancy   expenses,  including  rent  expense,
utilities, equipment rentals and leases, and
insurance increased a total  of $118,633 (25 percent)
to $599,300 in 1997 from $480,667 in  1996. ijob,
Inc. accounted for $52,330 (44 percent) of this
increase, with   the   start-up  of  two  satellite  offices
and ongoing operations. The remainder of the increase, $66,303,
was primarily due  to increased expenses for an
equipment lease to provide  new equipment   for
staff  growth  and  production  and  development
equipment  for  the  continued development of
viaLink.  Occupancy costs  increased by $142,315 (42
percent) over $338,352 in  1995, as  a result of the
Companies relocation to its new leased office
facilities, which was completed in January of 1996,
and  due  to the   leasing   of  additional
equipment  for  the  development, production and
implementation of viaLink.

     Telecommunications expense increased $106,040
(68  percent) from $154,975 for 1996 to $261,015 in
1997.  ijob, Inc. accounted for  $51,738  (49
percent) of this increase, with  expenses  for
telecommunications  requirements for  the  Internet,
Interactive Voice  Response systems, and the
telecommunications needs at  the two satellite
offices of ijob, Inc.  The remaining increases were
due  to the expansion of the Company's communication
systems  for viaLink  and web-site hosting services
and greater long  distance usage due to the increased
sales and marketing activities of  the Company.
Telecommunications  expense  increased  $47,792
(45 percent) during 1996 compared to $107,183 in 1995,
primarily  due to  the  relocation to the Company's
new facilities in 1996  that allowed for increased
telecommunications capabilities.

     Advertising  and  promotion expenses of
$217,319  for  1997 compared  to  $69,967 in 1996,
increased $147,352 (211  percent). ijob,  Inc.
accounted for $54,451 (37 percent) of this  increase
for ijob advertising and marketing activities, and
the balance of the  increase, $92,901, was due to
increased sales and  marketing promotion  activities
of  viaLink.   During  1997,  the  Company
intensified  its  marketing  and  sales  activities
of  viaLink, including  travel, long distance, and
advertising and  promotion. The  Company anticipates
that advertising and promotion  expenses will
continue to be at higher levels than in prior years
due  to the  increased efforts associated with
marketing of  viaLink  and ijob,  and  with the
addition of a Vice President  of  Sales  and
Marketing  in January 1998.  Expected revenues from
viaLink  and ijob  due to higher levels of selling
and marketing expenses  may not occur until late 1998
or may not occur at all, depending upon market
acceptance.  Advertising expense in 1996 increased
$20,046 (40  percent)  over  1995  balances of
$49,921  due  to  initial marketing associated with
viaLink in 1996.

     Professional  fees  increased  $254,477  (104
percent)   to $498,689  in  1997  compared to
$244,212 in 1996.  Of  the  total increase, ijob,
Inc. accounted for  $137,985 (54 percent) of  the
increase,  which was used for legal and consultant
fees  in  the development  and start-up of the ijob
subsidiary.  The  remaining increase of $116,492
relates to legal fees, accounting fees,  and the  use
of professional consultants for the continued
marketing and  further  development of the Company's
viaLink  Item  Catalog Service  and newly introduced
CSP MARKETLink. These projects  are part  of  the
recurring revenue business area,  as  the  Company
continues to shift its focus from only single
consulting projects to recurring network service
revenues with expected higher profit margins  on
growing revenue streams.  Professional fees  in  1995
totaled  $266,986, an increase of $22,774 (9 percent)
over  1996 fees.

     Interest  Expense.  Net interest expense
decreased  $145,508 (66  percent)  to $73,581 for
1997 from $219,089  for  1996.  The decrease  was
generally due to the repayment of outstanding  bank
debt  in  the fourth quarter of 1996, which was used
largely  to finance the development of viaLink, RSA
and CHAINLINK during  the preceding  two  years.
Proceeds of the Company's initial  public
offering in November 1996 were utilized to pay off
the bank debt. During  the  second, third and fourth
quarter  of  1997,  certain borrowings  were  made
under the Company's bank line-of-  credit, which  had
an  outstanding balance of $490,000 at  December  31,
1997.  Interest  expense increased $70,047 (47
percent)  in  1996 from  $149,042 in 1995. Average
total outstanding debt, including shareholder  loans,
during 1997, 1996  and  1995  was  $910,772,
$2,277,000 and $1,392,000, respectively.

     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and
amortization  expense  totaled  $827,396  for  1997
compared  to $591,205  for  1996, an increase of
$236,191  (40  percent).  The increase  was due to
capital asset expenditures made during  1997 and
1996  totaling  $332,987  and  $625,893,
respectively,  and capitalized software development
costs of $752,158 and  $655,248, respectively.   Of
the total capitalized costs in 1997,  $104,044 of
the  costs  were  associated with the  development
of  ijob. Furthermore,  the  Company  commenced
amortization  of  software development  costs
associated  with  the  viaLink  Item  Catalog Service
system placed in service in January 1997.  Depreciation
and  amortization for 1996 increased $79,711 (16
percent) from  a total  of  $511,494  in 1995,
generally due  to  the  expenditure during  1995  on
fixed assets and software development  costs  of
$376,541 and $650,158, respectively.

     Tax  Benefit.   The  Company  recorded  a  tax
benefit   of $1,112,127 related to the pre-tax loss of $2,972,945
for the year ended December 31, 1997 and a tax
benefit of $366,925 related  to the  pre-tax  loss of
$1,049,334 for the year ended December  31, 1996.
Such  tax benefits were the results of net operating
loss carryforwards of $4,500,000 which, if not
utilized,  will  expire in  2011  and  2012.  The
cumulative net deferred  tax  asset  at December  31,
1997 is $1,049,440. Management believes realization
of  such deferred tax benefit is more likely than not
based  upon expected   future  taxable  income  and
therefore  a  valuation allowance has not been provided.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     In  June  1997,  the  Financial Accounting
Standards  Board issued  a  Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards  No.  131, "Disclosure   about
Segments  of  an  Enterprise   and   Related
Information",   which   establishes   standards   for   reporting
information  about  operating  segments  in  annual
and  interim financial  statements issued to the
shareholders.  This Statement also establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and
services, geographic areas,  and  major customers.  The 
Company plans  to adopt  this Statement in 1998.

Readiness for Year 2000 Issues

     In  1997,  the Company initiated a complete risk
evaluation and  assessment study to determine the
preparedness level of  the Company, customers,
vendors, and other service providers for  the Year
2000 and the subsequent impact on the Company.  The
review will  be  completed  in 1998 and based upon
the  results  of  the review,  ongoing  Year 2000-
impact analysis and  risk  assessment will  continue
as  management deems  appropriate. The  Company expects
to incur internal staff costs as well as
consulting  and other  expenses  related  to the risk
evaluation  and  assessment project.   Although cost
estimates for the project  are  not  yet available,
management  does not anticipate  that  the  remaining
costs associated with assuring that its internal
systems will  be Year  2000 compliant will be
material to its business, operations or financial
condition.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     As   of  June  30,  1998  the  Company  had
cash  and  cash equivalents of $176,338, and working
capital of $37,116,  with  a working  capital  ratio
of 1.02 to 1, as compared  to  a  working capital
deficit of $331,366 as of December 31, 1997. During
the first  quarter  of  1998,  the Company  completed
a  new  credit facility with a commercial lender that
replaced and increased the Company's  former  line-of-
credit with a  bank.   Under  the  new credit
facility the Company may borrow up to $1,000,000;
however, amounts  borrowed  are limited to 75% of the
Company's  accounts receivable  as  defined  by the
new facility.   The  facility  is collateralized by
accounts receivable and all tangible assets  of the
Company and is guaranteed by three principal officers
of the Company.  As of June 30, 1998, the Company had
borrowed  $753,196 under  the  new credit facility,
bearing interest at 11.25%.  In addition, during
the first quarter of 1998 the
Company obtained a credit  facility  including  a
$1,000,000  large  sale  financing option  with  IBM
Credit Corp., whereby the Company  may  finance
directly  with  IBM  Credit Corp. large  sales  of
hardware  and software.  As of June 30, 1998, there
was $142,172 financed under the  IBM Credit Corp.
arrangement, which was included in accounts payable.

     As  of  August  11, 1998, the working capital
line-of-credit has been extended to July 15, 2000
from the original due date  of July 1999 under
essentially the same terms and conditions. As  of
August  11,  1998,  the Company had borrowed $649,100
under  its working  capital line-of-credit and had an
unused  line-of-credit of  $350,000; however, under
the terms of the borrowing base  the actual
availability was $88,535.

     During  the  six  months  ended  June  30,
1998,  net  cash increased  a  total  of $95,569. Net
cash provided  by  operating activities for the first
six months of 1998 was $278,152 compared to  net
cash  used in the first six months of 1997 of
$320,522. This  increase  in  cash  was due the
improved  operating  income levels during the six
month periods ending June 30, 1998 compared to  1997.
Income of $13,787 for the six months ended  June  30,
1998  was  recorded compared to a loss of $908,273
for  the  same period  of  1997. Accounts receivable
increased  a  net  $386,020 during  the  six months
ended June 30, 1998, from  $1,337,332  at December
31, 1997, to $1,723,342 at June 30, 1998, primarily
due to  increased  revenues  for the period.
Accounts  payable  and accrued liabilities increased
a net of $224,956 primarily due  to liabilities
associated with the purchase of hardware for resale.

     During  the  six  months ended June 30,  1998,
the  Company expended $30,679 for investing
activities in various fixed assets and  $346,496  for
software development costs of its  proprietary
software products, compared to total expenditures of
$326,322 and $271,190,  respectively, for the same
items  in  the  six  months ended  June 30, 1997.  As
of August 11, 1998, the Company had  no material firm
cash commitments for capital expenditures, nor does
the  Company  expect to incur any material cash
commitments  for capital  expenditures  for  the
remainder  of  1998,  other  than capitalized
internal staff costs for software development of ijob  and  
viaLink, and only as those
resources  are available for internal development.

     During  the  three  months ended June  30,
1998,  financing activities  provided  net  cash of
$194,592,  which  was  mainly provided  by  net
borrowings under the new  credit  facility  of
$263,196. Payments on the Company's capital lease
obligations  of $72,003  and  a decrease in the book
overdraft of $23,619  offset the  borrowings. During 
the six months ended June 30,  1997  the Company used 
net cash of $72,493 in financing activities.
 
    The  Company anticipates that its operations and
strategies will  be funded through cash and cash
equivalents and is seeking strategic partners for its
viaLink services and resources to implement its business 
strategy. The Company believes that  these  sources of funds
will be sufficient to  satisfy  the Company's
operating and capital requirements  for  at  least
12 months.    There  may  be  circumstances,
however,  that   would accelerate the Company's use
of such financing sources.  If  this occurs, the
Company may, from time to time, incur indebtedness or
issue,  in  public  or  private  transactions,
equity  or   debt securities.  There can be no
assurance that the Company  will  be able  to  obtain
requisite financing when needed  on  acceptable
terms.

At   August   31,  1998,  pursuant  to  ten  separate
three-year promissory  notes, Robert L. Barcum, Robert N. Baker
and  Russell L. Reinhardt, shareholders and executive
officers of the Company, had  aggregate outstanding
loans to the Company of $443,455  (the "Shareholders'
Loans"). The proceeds of the Shareholders'  Loans
were  utilized  to  fund operating costs and
development  of  the Company's viaLink network
subscription services and RSA  software application.
The Shareholders' Loans bear interest  at  rates  of
8.5  percent  to  11.5 percent per annum, and  mature
commencing March  8, 1999 through December 21, 2001.
In addition, on October 15, 1996, the Company issued
a promissory note to David B. North, a shareholder
and executive officer of the Company, in redemption
of  22,500  shares of Common Stock of the Company
issued  to  Mr. North  in  connection with the merger
of VCRI, in  the  principal amount of $39,375,
bearing interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum,
with a maturity date of November 15, 2000.  The
proceeds from the sale of the Consulting division
will be used to pay  the promissory  notes  held  by
the executive officers  plus  accrued interest of
approximately $72,000.




       BUSINESS AND PROPERTY OF NETPLEX GROUP
                          
    All information contained in this Information Statement
regarding Netplex was furnished by the Netplex for
inclusion herein or obtained from the Annual Report
on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1997,
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") on April 15, 1998, the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30,
1998, as filed with the Commission on August 19,
1998, and the Form 8-K dated June 22, 1998, as filed
with the Commission on July 2, 1998.  See "Available Information."

Corporate Profile

     Based  in  McLean, Virginia with twelve offices   throughout
the  U.S.,  The Netplex Group,  Inc.,  together  with
its  wholly owned   subsidiaries  ("Netplex  Group"),
is   an   Information Technology (IT) company that
provides the people, technology, and processes  to
build,  manage,  and protect business   information
systems.   Through the strategic teaming of business   consulting
practice    areas,   operating    units,    and
wholly    owned subsidiaries,   Netplex Group  believes that it is
positioned  to deliver:

     *   IT  Solutions  - Design  and  implementation of systems
         solutions  to address IT related business needs;
     *   IT  Staffing  - Staff augmentation and flexible  task
         outsourcing; and
     *   IT  Contractor  Resources - Business services for the
         independent  IT Consultant.

     The  following   describes  these three business
areas  and provides  an at-a-glance look at the
industries served, strategic alliances,    geographic
positioning, and engagement   confidence that  Netplex Group  
believes  makes  Netplex Group a preeminent supplier of information 
technology services and solutions.

     Netplex  Group was incorporated in 1986. From
1986  to  June 1996,   Netplex Group, under
the name  CompLink,  Ltd.,  developed
and  marketed a  communications  software product.

     On   June  7,  1996,  Netplex  Group   (formerly   known  as
CompLink,   Ltd. or "CompLink") acquired and merged
with  Netplex Group,   Inc.  and  America's   Work
Exchange,  Inc. (combined entities referred to as " Old Netplex")
by   issuing approximately   3,245,000 shares of Common Stock.
The  agreement also provided for CompLink to issue 1,691,000 options
to purchase its  Common  Stock  in  exchange for the
1,691,000   outstanding options  to  purchase  the
Common Stock of  Old Netplex.   The mergers  have
been  accounted  for under the purchase  method  of
accounting  as  a reverse  merger,  since  the
shareholders   of the acquirees,  who have common control,  received 
the  larger percentage   of  the voting  rights of the combined
entity.  The mergers  resulted  in a recapitalization  of Old Netplex,
so that  the  resulting  capitalization
after the mergers  will  be that of CompLink's,
giving effect to the new share issuance  and the  elimination
of  CompLink's   accumulated  deficit.    The acquisition  of the 
assets and  liabilities  of CompLink has been accounted for at book 
value, which approximates fair value.

     *   IT Solutions

     Through    a     collection    of    specialized     systems
integration   and  IT   consulting practices,   each
capable  of providing  focused   business  solutions
by  combining  in-depth expertise,    proven  methods, and
leading technologies,   Netplex Group  believes  it  delivers  
superior  quality  and measurable
results.  The Netplex Group IT Solutions practice
areas are:

      .    Network   Systems   Integration    (NSI):    providing
           networked  office automation solutions;

      .    Enterprise   Network   Management   (ENM):   providing
           network  management solutions;

       .   Enterprise  Systems  Management  (ESM):    providing
           solutions to manage the systems that run businesses; and

       .   Business   Protection   Services   (BPS):   providing
           solutions  that keep businesses in business.

     These  IT Solutions practice areas span  several
performance   disciplines, including: 

     *    Strategic Planning         *    Custom Software Development
     *    Information Security       *    Technology Integration
     *    Hardware Product
             Fulfillment             *    Software Product Fulfillment
     *    Project Management         *    Systems Training
     *    Network Management         *    Systems Management
     *    Systems Integration        *    Business Resumption Planning

     Each   practice  area  employs  a  team  of   subject-
matter experts to help businesses develop, implement, and support
their IT objectives.  Adherence to comprehensive management
techniques helps   ensure  that  every  detail in a
project  plan is subject to  quality  control and
measures of technical excellence.   This commences
with an evaluation of the current user  environment
and IT  goals  and  ends  with a review process for
determining  the impact of value-added improvements.

     Many   hardware   and   software  suppliers
have   engaged Netplex   Group    to   manage   the  implementation
of   their technologies (see "Strategic Alliances").

The IT Solutions Market

     The IT solutions  market is  experiencing
record growth  in the   commercial   and  government sectors.  
The  IT services industry  is estimated at over $126 billion in the
U.S. and  even larger internationally.   It is growing  at
an  estimated  18% average  annual  rate.   The demand for 
IT services is  growing, driven  by  the  Year  2000  problem,
the   Internet,  short technology  cycles,   business    process
reengineering, increasing   global  competition,
and  other  factors.   While  mainframes   continue  to be the  largest  
area  of demand   for work    assignments,  client/server
and   network    technology demand  is on the rise.
The  consulting segment,  which includes information
systems integration  services,  feasibility  studies,
business   protection  services,   cost-effectiveness
analysis, and technical and management program
assistance, continues to  be the  fastest  growing
sector of the IT      professional   services
industry.  This segment is forecast to grow at a rate
of 21.1% to reach $18.3 billion in aggregate revenue
by   2001.

*        IT Staffing

     Netplex  Group   recognizes  the need for
technical  staff augmentation.    IT    Staffing  Services    provides
help to organizations   confronted   with   technical
staffing   needs.  Clients  gain  access  to  the Netplex Group
recruiting team, which  maintains a proprietary  Database of a
qualified  pool  of 40,000+  IT   professionals  with
the talent and  flexibility  to undertake  virtually
any technical  task. Netplex Group  believes that
the  ability  of its  consultants  enables  it  to
deliver qualified, results-oriented technical staffing services.

     Seasoned    professionals  with  many  years of   business
experience  provide strategic direction,  planning, and  input
on  complex  technical  issues.  Consultants, engineers, 
project managers, analysts, developers,  technicians,  and  other  IT
professionals   provide  additional  capacity to
solve  technical staffing  needs. Whether a need for
technical  services   arises during  peak   periods,
systems  planning  sessions,   project
roll-outs,   or  technology   transitions,   Netplex
Group    IT Staffing    believes  it  can  apply  a   qualified,
customized skill-set  to quickly fulfill a client engagement.

     The   Company,   in  business  to  serve as an
extension  of the  client's  IT  organization,  believes  it  is
capable  of providing  staff to  manage  any IT operation.  The
Netplex Group technical  staff accepts   direction   from  the   client  in
fulfilling  all project  objectives;  thus,  allowing
the  client to  maintain  full  control   over  the      timeline   and
project course.   Netplex Group IT Staffing  Services
provides the  human and   technical   resources  to keep its  client's
on-schedule, technology-aware,    and   quality-fastened.
Netplex   Group's staffing  services are located primarily in New York, 
New Jersey, and  Washington, D.C., where The PSS Group, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Netplex Group acquired in January, 1998,  has  been providing   
technical  personnel for engagements  throughout  the Washington, D.C.
metropolitan area since 1991.

The IT Staffing Market

     The  IT  Staffing   industry   continues  to
grow.   Recent Bureau  of  Labor statistics indicate
Personnel Supply  Services added  43,000 jobs
(seasonally  adjusted) in February  of  1998.
Compared to a year earlier,  February's job growth
was up 5.6% in Personnel  Supply,  the highest year-
to-year   percentage  growth since  April and March
of 1997,  respectively.  Staffing   growth is
expected  to  remain  strong throughout  1998 with a
growth rate   of  over  25%  in   information   technology
and   other professional   specialties.   INPUT,  a
market  research   firm, estimates the total IT
market  in the U.S.  at $231  billion  in 1997.
According  to  INPUT, compound   annual  growth  in
the U.S.     Information     Technology
Commercial   Professional Services
Market will continue at a rate of 17.3% through
2001.  In   1996,   every  segment  of  the  IT
professional   services industry   grew  faster  than  forecast   
by   INPUT evidencing ongoing,  rising  demand  for  these  services.
Organizations are increasingly  turning to external
IT services   organizations  to develop,
support and enhance  their  internal IT  systems.
By outsourcing   IT services,  companies are able to
(i)  focus  on their core  business,  (ii) access
specialized  technical skills, (iii)  implement  IT
solutions more rapidly,  (iv)  benefit  from flexible staffing,
providing a variable cost  solution  to  a
fixed  cost  issue,  and  (v)  reduce  the  cost  of
recruiting, training,    and  adjusting  the  number
of  employees   as   IT requirements change.

     Netplex   Group,    through  its  wholly  owned
subsidiary Software  Resources  of  New Jersey, now
known  as  Contractor's Resources   ("CR"),
believes it can offer a specially  tailored program
to  both  IT  consultants and  business.   This
service arrangement enables  the  independent
contractor  to escape  the administrative   burdens
of incorporation; thereby,   focusing
on  providing  the  technical  skills  that
businesses seek.

     Consultant    Advantage   -   CR   allows   an
independent contractor   consultant to reap the  benefits of
incorporation, without incorporating.   These  IT   consultants 
become CR employees  set  up  with  their  own  personal
profit   centers administered by CR. This enables these  professionals
to  pursue a  vast array of  assignments that would
otherwise be impractical or cost prohibitive.

     The  business  services  that  CR  provides  IT
consultants include:

     *    Contract Review and Administration  *  Financial Reporting
     *    Group Medical, Dental, etc.         *  401K and Pension
                                                       Administration
     *    Payroll Administration              *  Personal Account Management

     Personal  Account   Management  is  coordinated   through a
designated   Profit  Center Manager- a   highly-trained   service 
professional who helps  consultants manage their  business  from the   
review  of  a consultant's  contract   to  the   seamless
administration of benefits and financial planning.

     Business   Advantage   -   CR   offers businesses    a
convenient    solution   for consolidating   the
administration and    delivery   of   employee   services  to
their   existing independent    contractor  base.  Because   CR
alleviates the administrative  burdens   that  independent
contractors   face, while   offering  a  premier  set  of  benefits  and
"employment services"  to  help  the  independent
contractor  function  more seamlessly,   businesses
are able to  reap   the   benefits   of consolidated
billing,  central  administration  processing,    and
focused  application  of  a consultant's technical skills.

     CR  attracts  independently-minded  IT consultants  who want to  
take  advantage of today's favorable market  for  independent contractors and be
free of the arduous and  time-consuming  tasks associated   with  managing  
their  own  corporation. Businesses want  to keep the  administrative  burdens
that  contractors face to  a  minimum allowing their
consultants to concentrate on their assignments.

The IT Contractor Resources Market

     The   Department   of Labor  estimates   that
by  the  year 2000  at  least 44% of all workers  will  be  in
data  services, gathering,   processing,  retrieving,
or analyzing  information. Already  an  estimated two-
thirds of U.S. employees work  in  the services
sector.   This   environment   calls   for
different organizations  and different  kinds of workers.  As
recently  as the  1960's, almost  one-half of all workers  in  the
industrialized  countries  were involved in making or
helping  to make  things.  It is  predicted  that by
the year 2000,  however, no developed  country  will  have  more  than
one-sixth   or one-eighth  of its  workforce in the traditional
roles of making and moving  goods.  It is these  trends  that are driving  
the contractor   resources  market as more and  more
people   shift from  permanent  to  flexible and part-time
employment,  many  as independent contractors. It is
estimated  that less than half the workforce   in
the   industrialized      world  will   be   holding
conventional  full-time jobs in organizations by the
year  2000. Those  full-timer  or insiders will be
the new  minority.   Every year  more  and  more
people will be  self-employed.   The  U.S. contingent
workforce    of     temporaries, self-employed,
part-timers, or consultants grew by 57% during the
decade of  the 80's.

Industries Served by Netplex Group

     Netplex  Group  has  supplied  services   around
the  world within  the  public and private sector,
but has  tailored  its service    offerings,   primarily,   to   U.S.-based
commercial organizations.   Presently,  Netplex Group  delivers
information solutions,  technical  staff
augmentation,  and IT contractor services to several  well-known
organizations  within   many industries including  Telecom/Communications,
Retail, Insurance, Legal & Professional Services, Pharmaceutical,
Associations,    Utilities,     Health    Care, Distribution,
Manufacturing,  and Financial Services.  Although the  in-roads Netplex  
Group  has  made  to these markets  are  expansive,  the diverse  picture  it
presents is only a sample of  the  range  of services
and solutions that Netplex Group believes it provides
on a daily and on-going basis.

Strategic Alliances

     Netplex Group has engaged in strategic
partnerships  (i.e., compliance  with  certified
training   programs)   with  leading software     and
hardware   producers  to  become  a  full-service
Information   Solutions   provider.  Among  the
companies   for which  Netplex  Group  is  certified  to  re-sell
and  implement technologies are:

     Compaq                        IBM                  Remedy
     Envive                        Microsoft            Tivoli
     Hewlett-Packard               Novell               Unisys

     In  addition,  Netplex Group has provided
services  to  many other organizations over the past
three years, including:

     Amdahl                        Charles Schwab        New York Life
     America Online                Chase Manhattan       SIAC
     Arthur Andersen               Hewlett-Packard       U.S. West
     AT&T                          Hoffman-LaRoche       Union Camp
     Bell Atlantic                 Mobile                Lucent Technologies
     Unisys                        BellSouth             MCI 
     United Nations                CNA Insurance         World Bank

Geographic Positioning

     Netplex  Group is strategically positioned in the
Northeast, Mid-West,  and Mid-Atlantic region of the U.S.,  and
has  offices in Chicago,  Connecticut,  New Jersey,
New York, North Carolina, and  Washington,  D.C.
Netplex Group has assisted   organizations throughout
the  United States with their networked   information
systems  goals  and internationally  has served
clients  in  such countries as Ireland and Turkey.
Netplex Group  intends  to  open new   offices  in
other  geographic  markets.  To date,  however, the
Company  has not  entered  into any leases  with
respect to such  offices   and  there  can be no
assurance   that   Netplex Group  will in fact open
such offices.

Engagement Confidence

     Netplex  Group  is aware of the threats  posed
to  business from   unreliable  information systems,
insecure   environments, lack  of technical
resources,  and unnecessary downtime.  Netplex Group
believes that experience enables it to provide the
answers to    some  common  and   not-so-common
problems  dealing   with
information  systems.  Netplex Group  believes  this
knowledge, coupled with its technical  resource
base, industry  experience, and  growth,  reinforces
the ability of Netplex Group to  fulfill virtually
any technical request.

Growth Strategy

     Expand Existing IT Staffing Locations and Open
New Branches

     Netplex   Group  believes  it  can significantly increase
revenue in its three existing IT staffing locations in New  York, 
New Jersey, and Washington,  D.C. Netplex Group will  attempt  to achieve
this growth by  expanding  the sales and   recruiting
organization in each location and increase business
to  existing customers.

     The   Company  will also open  locations  in
cities that  it believes to have high growth and
market potential. Netplex  Group intends  to
accomplish this goal in part by recruiting a  skilled
Branch   Manager for each new location.  These
managers will  be responsible      for   developing
local accounts and  building  the
branch   by   hiring   sales  people,    technical
recruiters, administrators and replicating the systems  and
procedures  from the   existing  operations.  The
expansion  of IT Staffing  also provides  a  greater
supply  of  technical   talent  to  the  IT Solutions practice.

     Expand Existing IT Solutions Practices

     Netplex  Group  believes that it can
significantly   expand its  present IT Solutions
practice by expanding its sales  staff, encouraging
practice area cross-selling,  and   promoting   lead
generation     from   the   IT   staffing   and   IT
contractor organizations.   The  natural  project  oriented
migration   of personnel   across  practice  units,   enhanced
with  business opportunity      recognition     training,
marketing    skills  development, and market lead generation incentives,
will  create an effective low cost  marketing  force.
Netplex Group  believes that   effective  utilization
of this  force  will  give  the  IT Solutions   Practice a
competitive and cost efficient   advantage over  marketing  approaches 
of traditional IT solution  providers and  will  enable  the  Company
as a whole to cross  sell  its varied  services  between  practice  units  
IT staffing  and  IT contractor resources.

     Expand Contractors Resources Business

     The   Company   believes   that  the   trend  of   predicted
continued   growth  of the free-lance  worker in the
market  will naturally   fuel the  expansion  of the IT
Contractors    Resource business.   The  realization  by  these  
professional    services providers    that  their  hours  spent  on  clients
are   more profitable   to  them  than hours spent performing
"back-office" administrative tasks should direct them
to an outsource solution. Netplex  Group intends to
build upon this trend by education  and recruitment  campaigns
through first  time    marketing   in publications   and  participation
in job fairs. Netplex  Group will  also  focus on  encouraging  large
organizations  employing independent  consultants    to
become    advocates of the "contractor  employee"  approach 
thus reducing  their risk of tax audits  and  the  potential tax penalties
of having  "independent contractors" deemed employees
by the  Internal  Revenue  Service. The   expansion
of the  Contractors  Resources  business   also
provides  Netplex  Group  with access to a unique
reservoir  of high talent IT consultants.

Strategic Acquisitions

     Netplex  Group  believes that  acquisitions  are
a  valuable and  important   means  of achieving
critical  mass, enhancing market share,  increasing  capabilities 
to deliver large, complex solutions, and supplementing internal
growth. Netplex Group  will seek  to  acquire
companies in the  IT  Staffing   industry  to
facilitate   its expansion into new territories or to
acquire  IT solutions  businesses that offer
additional  strength to existing practice   areas.
Netplex   Group    currently   expects   that
acquisitions  will be limited to profitable
companies.   Netplex Group  is  not  currently
negotiating   to  acquire  any  other business  and
has no  commitments, understandings or arrangements
with respect to any such acquisition.

     Netplex   Group's   ability  to  expand
successfully   by acquisition   depends on many factors,  including the
successful identification  and acquisition of
businesses and    management's ability   to   integrate   and
operate   the   new    businesses effectively.  The anticipated  
benefits from any acquisition  may not  be  achieved unless the
operations of the acquired  business are
successfully   combined with those of Netplex  Group
in  a timely   manner.  Netplex  Group's  senior
management  team   is experienced   in   identifying   acquisition
targets  and   has already   successfully integrated
businesses into Netplex Group's existing infrastructure.

Operations and Support Services

     From  its  headquarters in McLean,  Virginia,
Netplex  Group provides  its  IT  Staffing  branch
locations, IT Solutions practices   areas,   and   Contractor   Resources
business  with centralized support services,  including   marketing,   
finance and   accounting,  information  systems,  legal
support,   human resources, and purchasing.

     All  of Netplex Group's  branch locations are
linked by, and can  communicate  over  a  Wide  Area
Network   managed   by  a centralized  Management
Information  Systems department  at  the McLean
headquarters. Branch locations rely on this  network
for access to Netplex Group's technical talent
database and corporate Intranet.

     Netplex  Group also uses numerous techniques to
govern  and guide  sales,  recruiting, financial, and
operating  activities. Netplex  Group  believes the
investment made in  these  processes will  enhance
its ability to grow and attract and retain superior
technical and managerial talent.

Customers

     Netplex  Group  strives  to provide   technical
talent  and services to help businesses deliver
reliable,  timely, and secure information  across
networked  systems.   To  accomplish   this, Netplex
Group  places great  emphasis in  developing
long-term client  relationships.  Positioning  itself  as a
specialist  in strategically  selected  "best-of-
class" technology  and  talent, Netplex  Group
strives to reinforce its clients' image  of  the
Company    as  being   uniquely   qualified   to
provide    the knowledge,  experience and capacity to deliver  IT
services  and solutions. This is increasingly
important  as clients   seek  to reduce   the  number
of vendors  with which  they  do  business.
For  this  reason,  the  Company  has  begun to focus
significant efforts on qualifying for - and remaining
on - multiple  clients' vendor   lists.  Netplex
Group is  currently  approved on several vendor
lists of Fortune 500 companies.  Netplex Group
maintains a  broad  and   well-balanced  client base.
No  single   customer accounted for more than 10% of
Netplex Group's  revenue over  the past year.

Competition

     The   IT   services  industry  is  fragmented
and   highly competitive   at  both  the  local  and  national
levels.   Many participants  in  the information  technology
consulting  market have  significantly greater
financial,  technical, and  marketing resources  -
and generate greater revenue - than Netplex  Group.
Many  of these  competitors have a nationwide
presence equivalent to, or greater than, that of
Netplex Group.

     The   information   technology  services
market   includes participants  in  a  variety  of market    segments,    
including systems    consulting   and   integration    firms,
professional services  companies,   application   software  firms,   
temporary employment  agencies,  professional  services  groups
of computer equipment and software companies,
accounting firms, and  general consulting  firms.
Some of the firms with  which  Netplex  Group
competes in various  geographic and service markets
are  Andersen Consulting,  Cap  Gemini  America,
Computer  Task  Group,  Inc., Alternative Resources, Inc, and The Registry.

     The    Company    believes    the   principal competitive
factors in the IT  services industry  include responsiveness  to fulfill   
client  needs,  speed of systems integration,  quality
of    service,    technical   expertise,    project    management
capabilities, and price.

     In  staffing for client  projects,  Netplex
Group   competes for IT consultants with many of
those same  companies as well  as other   local  and
regional   technology  or  staffing    service
providers.   Several   competitive  factors  affect
a  company's success in recruiting and retaining such
professionals  including compensation,  availability
of benefits,  a  continuous  flow  of quality
assignments,   and  access to  advanced   training
and technical  support.  Netplex  Group   believes  it is   well
positioned  in all of these areas to attract the
highest  quality IT talent.  IT Staffing and CR offer
Netplex Group a  competitive advantage to access a
valuable pool of high talent independent IT consultants.

Intellectual Property

     Netplex  Group  does  not  hold any  patents  or
registered trademarks  other  than  those of Onion
Peel.  However, Netplex Group  considers  the  Netplex Group name  
and  its Database  of independent consultants to be highly
proprietary. Employees.  As of  August 31, 1998,  Netplex Group had
approximately  510 fulltime employees (including
permanent and contract employees).

     The    Company    is   responsible   for,   and   pays   the
employer's  share of,  Social Security  taxes (FICA),  federal
and    state    unemployment    taxes,    worker's compensation
insurance,   and  other costs relating to all of  its employees.
Netplex  Group  offers  a  suite  of  benefits  to
its  contract employees that is a different selection
than  offered  permanent employees.  Netplex Group
believes  that its relations with  its employees are good.

Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

     Private Placement

     On  September 19, 1996, Netplex Group  raised
approximately $3,000,000   through a
Private  Placement  offering of  units  of
equity   securities  (the "1996  Private Placement").
Each  unit of  equity   securities  consists of one share of
$.01 par  value class  A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred
Stock")  and one   Common  Stock   warrant  to
purchase   one  share  of  the Company's  $0.001 par
value Common Stock ("Common Stock")  at  an exercise
price of $2.50.

     Each  share  of  Preferred  Stock is convertible   into  one
share  of  Common  Stock at any time, at the
discretion  of  the holder.  The Preferred Stock
earns cumulative dividends    at  10%
per  annum,  payable  in either  cash or  additional   shares  of
Preferred  Stock  at  Netplex Group's  option.
Subject  to  the conversion   rights,
Netplex Group  may  redeem  the   Preferred
Stock  at  its  stated  value  (which is $2 per
share)  plus  all accrued  and unpaid  dividends
upon:  (1)  registration  of  the shares  underlying
the Preferred  Stock, and (2) 30 days written
notice  given  at  any  time  upon the  Common  Stock   attaining
certain  per  share trading  prices and maintaining
such  prices for  a  specified  period.  The
Preferred Stock has a  per  share liquidation
preference  of the  greater  of:  (i) $4  per  share
plus  any accrued and unpaid  dividends,  or (ii) the
amount that would have been received if such shares
were  converted to Common Stock on the business day
immediately prior to liquidation.

     Each   warrant  issued  in  connection  with
the  Private Placement became  exercisable on March 19, 1997,  and
expires  on September  19, 2001. Netplex Group has the right  to  call      
the warrants   at  a  redemption  price  of $.01  per
share   upon:  (1)  registration  of the shares  underlying  the
warrant (2)  30 days  written   notice given at any
time upon  the  Common  Stock attaining  trading
prices of $5 per share  and  sustaining  such prices
for twenty (20) trading days.

     Onion Peel

     The  Company  acquired Onion Peel Solutions L.L.C.   ("Onion
Peel"),  a  Raleigh,  NC based  provider  of  network management solutions
as of July   1,  1997.   For  consideration,  the
Company   issued   80,000  shares of its  Common
Stock  to  the owners of Onion  Peel.  Additional   shares   may  be
issued contingent   upon the closing  price of Netplex
Group's   Common Stock  on  December  31, 1998.  The
cost of the  acquisition  was determined  to  be
$400,000. The acquisition was  accounted  for using
the purchase method of accounting.

     PSS

     On  January 30, 1998,  Netplex Group  completed
the purchase of  all  of  the  stock of The PSS
Group,   Inc.   ("PSS"), the technical professional staff augmentation
operations and business of Preferred Systems Solutions,  Inc.
("Preferred") and formerly   a  wholly   owned
subsidiary   of  Preferred.   In consideration  for the purchase, 
Netplex Group paid $300,000  at closing and on or before January 15,
1999 will  pay  $300,000  in cash  or   200,000
shares   of  its   Common Stock   or any
combination  thereof, at Preferred's option. Netplex
Group  used working  capital to finance the
acquisition. The  agreement  also provides  that
Preferred will receive additional consideration
(the   "Earn-out")   if  PSS  meets  certain operating  targets.
Such  Earn-out may be paid at Netplex Group's option
in  cash  or its  Common  Stock,  or any combination
thereof.  In  connection with  the  acquisition,
Netplex Group and PSS have entered  into employment
agreements  with certain   employees  of  PSS.   The
acquisition   was   accounted  for  using  the purchase   method
of accounting.

     In  order  to  focus on Netplex Group's  core
business  and reduce corporate  losses, Netplex Group
completed the sale  of its   WorldLink   technology   product  business
("WorldLink")to XcelleNet,  Inc. in December 1996 for
a sale price of $3  million in cash.

     As  a  result  of this sale,  the  Company  has
redirected most  of the  technical talent from the
WorldLink team to its  IT Solutions practice groups.

     Automated Business Systems

     On  June 18, 1998, the Company completed the
purchase of all of  the   stock  of  Automated
Business  Solutions  and  Kellar Technology  Group, Inc.
(collectively referred to as "ABS").    In consideration
for  the purchase, the Company paid $200,000  and issued
450,000  shares of its Common Stock.  The agreement
also provides  that  the former  shareholders  of  ABS  will 
receive additional  consideration (the "Earn-out") if  ABS
meet  certain operating  targets.   In  connection
with  the  acquisition,  the Company  has  entered
into employment  agreements  with  certain employees
of  ABS.  The acquisition was recorded effective
June 30, 1998 using the purchase method of
accounting.  The results of operations for the period
from June 18, 1998 to June 30, 1998 are
not material and the future results of operations of
ABS will  be included beginning effective July 1,
1998.

Properties

     Netplex  Group  leases approximately 10,000
square  feet  of space  in McLean, Virginia for its
corporate  offices  and   the operations  of  some of
the IT  Solutions practice at  a  monthly rental rate
of $15,754.  Netplex Group  also leases  office space
in  New  York  City,  Central and Western New
Jersey,    Raleigh, N.C.  and  the  Greater   Chicago area  
to  serve  as   operating offices  of  its  businesses.  These 
leases expire on  different dates from May 2000 to June 2001.

     Prior   to  the   Netplex Group/CompLink
Merger  of June 1996,   the   Company's  primary operating facility
and corporate headquarters was located in Great Neck,
NY. As a result   of  the Merger  the Company's  corporate  offices  
moved  from   these facilities  to  its  McLean,   VA  headquarters.
Netplex  Group settled  the  remaining obligation under the Great 
Neck   office lease in March 1997 for approximately $320,000.

     The   Company   believes  that the  space in its existing
corporate   and   branch facilities  should be adequate  for  the 
foreseeable   future  to  support the  growth  of  its  
existing operations   in the  geographic  areas in  which   it 
currently operates.  The  Company  expects to expand its
operations   into new   geographic regions  in the
future  and will need to  lease additional   branch
offices   to support  operations  in  those regions.

Legal Proceedings

     From  time to time,  disagreements with
individual employees and disagreements as to the
interpretation,  effect or nature of the  individual
agreements arise in the   ordinary   course  of
business   and may  result in legal  proceedings
being commenced against Netplex Group.

     On  December  31,  1996,  ACS Ltd.,  a software
distributor based   in  the  United  Kingdom,   filed
a  complaint   against Technology    Development
Systems  ("TDS")   a   wholly   owned subsidiary   of
Netplex Group,  in the Circuit   Court  of  Cook
County, Illinois.  ACS alleges that TDS breached its
obligations under the Distributor Agreement  between
the  Plaintiff  and  TDS for  the  WorldLink  product
when Netplex Group directed TDS  to sell  the
WorldLink product  technology to a third party. ACS
is demanding  a sum exceeding one million dollars for
the breach  of contract. The case is  currently  in discovery.
In the  opinion of Management  and Netplex Group's  legal counsel,
the lawsuit has  little merit,  and the outcome of the pending
lawsuit  will not   have  a   material   adverse
effect   on  the Company's financial  condition,  liquidity or the  
results  of operations. Netplex  Group intends to vigorously
defend against the lawsuit. The  TDS  subsidiary
which  was part of  CompLink  is  currently inactive
with no assets. This action has been settled  on
terms favorable to Netplex.

     On  September 4, 1997, Data Systems Analysts,
Inc.  ("DSA"), a  software  design  and consulting
company,  filed  a  complaint against TDS and Netplex
Group in the United States District Court -  District
of  New Jersey, alleging copyright infringement  and
breach  of  Netplex Group's  agreement to pay certain
royalties. The  Complaint claims  damages  in  excess
of  $3,000,000   plus punitive  damages.  The case is
currently in  discovery.  In  the
opinion  of  Management,  the lawsuit has little
merit,  and  the outcome  of the pending lawsuit will
not have a material  adverse effect  on the
Company's  financial  condition,  liquidity   or
the   results  of operations. Netplex Group intends
to vigorously defend against the lawsuit.

     Netplex  Group is not currently  involved in any
litigation or  proceedings  which if decided  against
the  Company   would have  a  material  adverse  affect,  
either individually   or  in the  aggregate.  To Netplex
Group's  knowledge,  no other   legal proceedings,
that if decided  against  the  Company  would  have a
material  adverse  affect, are currently contemplated
by  any individuals, entities or governmental
authorities.

     The  principal risks that Netplex Group insures
against  are workers'    compensation,  personal
injury,   property  damage, general liability,  and
fidelity losses. Netplex Group  maintains insurance
in  such   amounts  and with  such coverages   and
deductibles as management believes are reasonable and
prudent.

           MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK OF NETPLEX GROUP;
             RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
                          
     The   Common   Stock  of the  Company  is
traded   on  the NASDAQ   SmallCap   market ("NASDAQ") and  
on  the Boston  Stock Exchange.

     NASDAQ  recently  enacted  new  requirements
for  continued listing  on  NASDAQ. NASDAQ has
advised Netplex Group   that  it believes  that
Netplex Group  fails to meet the requirement  that
NASDAQ   companies  have  net  tangible  assets   of
at least $2,000,000.   The   Company  believes  that  with
the   proceeds from  two   recently  completed
Private  Placements it  is  in compliance   with
NASDAQ's  net  tangible  assets requirement. However there
can be no assurance that Netplex Group will continue to meet the
applicable  requirements  for  continued listing.  In
addition, Netplex Group has an oral  hearing   with
NASDAQ   scheduled  for April 30, 1998 to review
whether Netplex Group is in compliance  with the new  requirements
and to review the terms of one of the Private Placements.

     The   failure  to  meet the  maintenance criteria in  the
future  may result in the Common Stock no longer being   
eligible for   quotation  on NASDAQ and trading,  if any,  
of  the  Common Stock   would thereafter   be  conducted   
in  the non-NASDAQ over-the-counter   market. As a result of such
delisting  of  the Common  Stock  from  NASDAQ,   it
may  be  more     difficult   for investors  to dispose of,
or to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of, 
the Common Stock.

     The    regulations   of   the   Securities   and
Exchange Commission   ("Commission") promulgated   under  the   Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934, as amended  ("Exchange
Act"),   require additional  disclosure  relating to the market for
penny  stocks. Commission  regulations  generally
define a penny stock to be  an equity  security  that
has a market  price of less   than   $5.00 per
share,   subject   to  certain exceptions.         A   disclosure
schedule   explaining   the  penny stock  market  and
the  risks associated   therewith   is required   to
be   delivered   to  a purchaser  and various sales
practice requirements are imposed on broker-dealers
who  sell penny stocks  to  persons   other  than
established   customers  and   accredited   investors
(generally institutions).  In  addition,  the  broker-
dealer  must provide the  customer  with  current  bid and  offer
quotations  for the penny   stock,  the compensation
of the  broker-dealer  and  its salesperson  in  the
transaction and monthly account      statements
showing  the  market  value  of each  penny  stock
held  in  the customer's   account.   If  the
Company's   securities   become subject to the
regulations  applicable to penny stocks (i.e.,  by
NASDAQ  delisting),   the market liquidity  for
Netplex  Group's securities  could be severely
affected.  In such an  event,  the regulations on
penny  stocks  could  limit  the   ability   of
broker-dealers to sell the  Company's  securities
and  thus  the ability  of  purchasers  of Netplex
Group's  securities  to  sell their securities in the
secondary  market.  In the absence of  an active
trading  market,   holders  of  the  Common  Stock  may
experience substantial difficulty in selling their securities.

Price Range of Netplex Group Common Stock

     The    quotations    set  forth  in   the
table  reflect inter-dealer   prices,   without  retail  mark-up,
markdown   or commission,  and may  not   necessarily   represent  actual
transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 Fiscal 1996                  High              Low
<S>                                          <C>                <C>
1st Quarter..............................    $3.50              $2.38

2nd Quarter (OTC Electronic Bulletin
              Board commencing  June   20)    3.38               2.77
3rd Quarter..............................     3.38               2.31
4th Quarter..............................     4.00               3.25


                 Fiscal 1997
1st Quarter..............................    $3.25              $2.75

2nd Quarter (NASDAQ SmallCap
          Commencing April 20)...........     3.25               1.88

3rd Quarter..............................     3.13               1.50

4th Quarter..............................     2.94               0.75


                 Fiscal 1998
1st Quarter..............................    $1.75                .69

2nd Quarter..............................     1.91               1.25

</TABLE>


     Netplex  Group   has not paid any cash
dividends on  its Common   Stock and does not intend to pay cash
dividends  on  its Common  Stock for the foreseeable
future. Netplex Group  intends to retain future earnings,if any, to
finance   future development.

     As  of  June  28,  1998,   there  were
approximately 159 holders  of  record of Netplex Group's  Common
Stock. Netplex Group   believes that at such date there were in
excess  of  500 beneficial owners of Netplex Group's Common Stock.

 NETPLEX GROUP MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                          
Overview

     The  Netplex   Group  is an  Information
Technology   (IT) company that provides the expertise
and  information  systems  to link   employees,
customers,    prospects,    suppliers        and 
manufacturers  to help  "network-enable" organizations.
Netplex Group   re-sells   technology   products   when
necessary  to deliver to customers fully integrated system
solutions.

     Netplex  Group  is headquartered  in McLean,
Virginia  and has  branch  offices  in  the Reston,
Virginia,  New  York  City, Central New   Jersey,
Raleigh,  North  Carolina  and  Chicago Metropolitan markets.

     In  June  1996, Netplex Group (formerly known
as  CompLink, Ltd.) acquired and merged (the
"Merger")  with  America's   Work Exchange,  its wholly  owned
subsidiary Software  Resources  of New  Jersey, now known as 
Contractors Resources ("CR"),  and  The Netplex  Group,   Inc.
(collectively  referred to  as  "Netplex
Group")  in a reverse merger transaction by issuing
approximately 3,245,000  shares  of Common
Stock, or 50.4% of  Netplex  Group's
then outstanding  Common Stock after giving effect to
the Merger. The  Merger   agreement   provided  for
the   Company   to  issue options  to purchase
1,691,000 shares of Netplex Group's  Common Stock  in exchange for
options to purchase 1,691,000  shares  of
Netplex  Group's  Common Stock. As a result,  Netplex
Group  was considered the acquirer for accounting purposes.

     The    assets   and   liabilities   of CompLink and  its
wholly    owned   subsidiary,  Technology Development Systems
("TDS"),  were recorded by Netplex Group at merger
date  at  book value  which  approximated  fair
value.  At  merger,  CompLink's operations
consisted   primarily  of  the   distribution   of
WorldLink   remote  and  mobile  workforce automation  software
developed  by  TDS. Netplex Group discontinued the
operations  of its  software  development  and  distribution
segment  upon  the completion of the sale of its
interest in the WorldLink  product technology for $3.0 million in 
December 1996.

     Netplex  Group's   operations  have been concentrated  on
providing  IT  services  and solutions to  U.S.-based
commercial organizations since the beginning of 1997.

     In  July  1997,  Netplex Group acquired the  net
assets  of Onion  Peel  Solutions,  L.L.C  ("Onion
Peel")  to  broaden  its customer  base  and  expand
the  fulfillment   capacity  of  its Enterprise
Systems Management service offerings in exchange  for
80,000 shares of its Common Stock, subject to
adjustment.

     The   statement of operations  for the year ended December
31,  1997  reflects the results of Onion Peel from July 1,  1997,
the  date of acquisition.  The statement of
operations,  for the year  ended  December 31, 1996,
reflects the results of Complink commencing  on June
1, 1996.  The operations of TDS are  included in  the
statement of operations  for the year ended  December
31, 1996, as  discontinued operations beginning on
June 1, 1996.

     On  January 30, 1998,  Netplex Group  completed
the purchase of  all  of  the  stock  of The PSS Group, 
Inc.   ("PSS") the technical   professional staff augmentation
operations and business of Preferred Systems Solutions,  Inc.
("Preferred") and formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Preferred.    In consideration  for the purchase, Netplex Group paid
$300,000  at closing and on or before January 15, 1999 will  pay 
$300,000  in cash  or 200,000   sharesof  its   Common Stock   or   any
combination  thereof, at Preferred's option. Netplex
Group  used working  capital to finance the acquisition. The
agreement  also provides  that  Preferred will receive
additional consideration (the   "Earn-out")   if  PSS  meets  certain
operating  targets. Such  Earn-out may be made at
Netplex Group's option in  cash  or its  Common
Stock, or any combination  thereof. If Netplex  Group
elects  to  pay the Earn-out in Common Stock, the
value  of  the Common  Stock will be based on the
average closing price  of  the Company's
Common  Stock for the last quarter  of  the  year  in
which  the  payment was made.  The  purchase  price
of  the  PSS acquisition was   determined   to  be  $600,000
(subject to adjustment  for  contingent consideration) and was
preliminarily allocated to the fair value of the assets
and liabilities   acquired.    Netplex  Group   is amortizing the
fulfillment   database (resume database) over 7 years
using  the straight-line method.

    On  June  18 1998,  Netplex Group  completed the
purchase of  all of the stock of Automated  Business
Solutions and Kellar Technology  Group, Inc.
(Collectively  "ABS"). In  consideration for  the
purchase,   Netplex  Group  paid  $200,000  and
issued 450,000  shares of its Common Stock. The
agreement also  provides that  the  former
shareholders of ABS will receive   additional
consideration    (the   "Earn-out")   if   ABS meets
certain operating  targets.  In connection with the
acquisition,  Netplex Group   has  entered  into
employment  agreements  with  certain employees of
ABS. The  acquisition  was recorded  effective  June
30, 1998 using the purchase method of accounting.
The results of operations for the period from June
18, 1998 to June 30, 1998 are not   material  and the
future  results  of  operations of  ABS
will  be   included   beginning  effective  July  1,
1998.    The purchase  price  of the ABS  acquisition  was
determined  to  be $791,000 (subject to adjustment
for contingent consideration) and was  preliminarily
allocated  to  the  fair   value of the
assets  and liabilities acquired. Netplex Group is
amortizing the goodwill resulting from the
acquisition over a  estimated  useful life of 15
years  using the  straight-line method.

     The  above   acquisitions and disposition have
resulted  in Netplex  Group  emerging  in 1997 with
three  distinct  areas  of business operations:
Design and implementation of  solutions  for IT
systems  related  business  needs,  IT   Solutions; Staff
augmentation  and flexible task outsourcing,  IT Staffing, 
and: Business   services  for  the independent  IT   Consultant,
IT Contractor Resources.

     The  following   table  sets forth  the  revenue
and  gross profit of each of the business areas for
1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               IT                IT               IT
           Contractor          Solutions        Staffing           Total
            Resources
         ----------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------------
<S>      <C>           <C>   <C>      <C>  <C>     <C>  <C>          <C>
Revenues $32,048,350 100%  $5,221,555 100%  $3,198,229  100% $40,468,134  100%
 %           79.2%            12.9%             7.9%             100%
Cost of
   Sales  30,952,246 96.6%  2,335,658 44.7%  2,127,740  66.5%  35,415,644  87.5%
%            87.4%              6.6%            6.0%              100%
Gross
   Profit   1,096,104  3.4%  2,888,897 55.3%  1,070,489  33.5%   5,052,490 12.5%
%            21.7%              57.1%           21.2%              100%

</TABLE>


     The   following   table  sets  forth  the revenue,   gross
profit,   business  unit expenses,  and business unit
income  of each  of  the business  areas for the six
months ended  June  30, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Consolidated Operating Results by Segment
                 Amounts in Thousands
                           
                           
                                              Six Months Ended
                                                June 30,
                                                  1998        1997
     <S>                                       <C>        <C>
     Operating revenues
       IT solutions                             $5,623     $2,039
       IT Staffing                               4,931      1,444
       IT Contractor's Resources                17,123     16,226
                                               -------    -------  
            Operating revenues                 $27,677    $19,709

     Gross profit
       IT Solutions                              2,758      1,027
       IT Staffing                               1,200        374
       IT Contractor's Resources                   586        498
                                                ------     ------
            Gross profit                         4,544      1,899

     Gross profit margin
       IT Solutions                               49.1%      50.4%
       IT Staffing                                24.3%      25.9%
       IT Contractor's Resources                   3.4%       3.1%
                                                 ------      -----
            Gross profit margin                   16.4%       9.6%

     Business Unit Expenses
       IT Solutions                               2,189      1,328
       IT Staffing                                1,213        619
       IT Contractor's Resources                    499        463
                                                  -----     ------  
            Business unit expenses                3,901      2,410

     Business Unit Income
       IT Solutions                                 569       (301)
       IT Staffing                                  (13)      (245)
       IT Contractor's Resources                     87         35
                                                  -----      ------     
             Business unit income                   643       (511)

     Corporate Expenses                           1,058        829

     EBITDA                                        (415)    (1,340)
     Interest, taxes, depreciation
       & amortization                               373        167
                                                --------   -------
     Net operating loss                         $  (788)  $(1,507)
                                                ========  ========

</TABLE>

Results of Operations

     Six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997

     Revenue   for the six months  ended June  30,1998
increased approximately   $8.0  million  or  40%  to
approximately   $27.7 million,  as  compared to $19.7
million for the  same  period  in 1997. This increase
includes a $3.6 million or 176% increase  in
IT  Solutions  revenue, a $3.5 million or  242%
increase  in  IT Staffing  revenue, and a $900,000 or
6% increase in IT Contractor Resources  revenue.
The  increase  in  revenues  is  due  to  a
combination   of growth,  better  integration  across
the  three business  units  and the acquisition of
Onion Peel  and  the  PSS Group.

     Gross   Profit  for  the  six  months  ended
June   30,1998 increased   approximately $2.6 million
or 139%  to  approximately $4.5  million as compared
to approximately $1.9 million  for  the same   period
of 1997.  This  increase  includes  an increase  of
approximately    $1.7   million   or   170%   in   IT
Solutions gross   profit,    an approximately  $826,000  or
221% increase in  IT  Staffing  gross  profit and
a $88,000 or 18% increase  in IT Contractor
Resources  gross profit. The  increased IT
Solutions   gross  profit is primarily  due  to  an
increase  in revenues  from  the IT Solutions
practice areas  including  Onion Peel.  The increase
in IT Staffing is attributable to growth  and to  the
acquisition of The PSS Group,  Inc in January 1998.
The IT Contractor Resources increase is due to
revenue growth.

     Gross Profit margin  increased to  approximately  16.4%  for
the six months ended June 30,  1998,  from
approximately  9.6  % for  the same  period  of 1997,
this increase  is due to  higher revenue   growth
rates in the IT  Solutions   and  IT  Staffing
businesses  than  experienced  in  the  IT
Contractor  Resources business. IT Solutions and IT
Staffing offerings generate  higher gross profit
margins than IT Contractor Resources services.

     Business   unit  expenses  for the six  months ended   June
30,   1998  increased approximately   $1.5  million or  62%
to approximately   $3.9  million  from approximately $2.4  million
for the same period of 1997. This increase  includes
increases in IT Solutions   and  IT  Staffing business  unit
expense of approximately $861,000  and  $594,000, respectively.
The IT Solutions increase includes  increases   of approximately
$600,000 for the inclusion of Onion Peel operations (acquired
in July   1997)   as  well  as  an expanded   sales force,
and practice management.  IT Staffing  business unit
expense increase is  primarily  due  to the
acquisition  of PSS in  January  1998, including  the
expansion of the Reston,   VA  facility  and  the
opening of the Tampa office in April 1998.

     Business   unit  income for the six months ended  June  30,
1998  was   approximately $643,000 as compared  to
an  operating business  unit loss of $511,000 for the
same period of 1997, an increase   of   approximately   $1.2   million.
This increase includes increased  business unit profits from IT
Solutions, IT Staffing   and   IT  Contractor   Resources   of
approximately $870,000,   $232,000,   and  $52,000, respectively.

     Corporate  expense for the six months ended
June  30,  1998 increased  approximately $230,000 or
28%  to  approximately  $1.1 million from
approximately  $829,000 when compared  to the  same
period   of  1997.   This   increase   reflects   an
additional investment   in  corporate  development
capability  to   support the  growth  of operations.

     Earnings  before  interest, income taxes,
depreciation  and amortization ("EBITDA") for the six
months  ended June 30,   1998 was  a  loss  of
$415,000 as compared to a loss of  approximately $1.3
million  for  the same period of 1997,  an
improvement  of approximately     $925,000.  The
components  of  this   improvement
are discussed above.

     Depreciation,  amortization  and interest expense  for  the
six   months  ended  June  30,   1998   increased
approximately $206,000  to approximately   $373,000   from
approximately $167,000   for  the  same  period  of  1997.  This
increase   is principally  due to increased  borrowings  under
Netplex  Group's line of credit facility in the six
months ended June 30, 1998  as compared to the same
period of 1997.

     No   provision or benefit for income taxes was required  for
either the six months ended June 30, 1998 or 1997.

     The   net   loss  decreased   approximately $718,000   to
approximately  $788,000 from approximately  $1.5
million  in  the same  period  of  1997.  The
components of this improvement  are discussed above.

     Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996

     Revenue   for the year ended  December  31,
1997  increased approximately   $6.9  million  or
21%  to  approximately   $40.5 million,  as  compared
to $33.5 million for the  same  period  in 1996.
This increase  includes a $5.6 million or 21% increase  in IT 
Contractor Resources  revenue,  a $1.6        million  or  100%
increase  in IT Staffing  revenue  offset by a
$300,000 or 5% net decrease  in  the  IT   Solutions
revenue.   The  IT   Solutions decrease  includes a $1.3
million  decrease in  IT  Solutions
revenues  driven  principally from declines in
computer  product resales  and  was  partially offset
by  a  $1.0  million  revenue increase  generated  by Onion
Peel which was  acquired  in  July 1997.

     Gross  Profit for the year ended December 31,
1997 increased approximately  $2.4 million or 92% to
approximately  $5.1 million as compared to
approximately  $2.6 million for the same period of
1996.   This  increase   includes  a  $325,000
increase  in   IT Contractors  Resources  gross
profit, an approximately   $500,000 increase  in  IT
staffing  gross  profit  and  a  $1.5 million
increase  in  IT   Solutions  gross profit.  The
increase  in  IT Contractors Resources  and IT  Staffing
gross   profit   are principally   due to the increases
in revenues.  The increase  in IT Solutions
gross   profit  is primarily  due to a shift in the
IT  Solutions product mix to a higher proportion of
pure service revenues  than in  1996  and  the
inclusion of the Onion  Peel  business   which was
added to IT  Solutions  through a July 1, 1997
acquisition.

     Gross  Profit  increased to approximately  12.5
%  in  1997 from    approximately  8.0%  in  1996,
primarily  due  to   the increased  IT Solutions and
IT Staffing  services revenues  which generate higher
gross profit margins.

     Selling,   general  and  administrative
expenses  for  the year  ended December 31, 1997
increased   approximately $2.7 million  or 51.9% to
$7.9 million from $5.2 million for the  same
period  of  1996.   The   primary  reason for  the
increase  in selling, general and administrative 
expenses is the expansion of  the sales and recruiting
forces, and the hiring and training of technical   staff
to pursue  and  prepare  for   prospective
client  engagements,  all of which  began in the
third     quarter of 1996 and  continued throughout 1997.

     Other income (expense) for the year ended
December 31,  1997 decreased by $65,000 or 171% to
approximately  $26,000 of  other expense  in 1997
from  approximately $38,000 of other  income  in
1996.   The   primary  reason for the  decrease is the  reduction
in  cash   balances  from the  Company's  losses in
1997  coupled with  increased borrowings on its line of credit
facility  during 1997.
    
     The   loss   from   continuing   operations
before   taxes increased  by   approximately $352,000
or 14% to  $2.9 million from $2.5  million.  The  components
of this increased loss  are discussed above.

     As  a  result   of the net loss no  provision or benefit
for   income  taxes  was required  in 1997.  In 1996
the  Company recorded a $34,000  benefit for income
taxes  generated from  a change   in   the   Company's 
deferred  tax  asset    valuation allowance.

     Income   from   discontinued   operations  of approximately
$488,000  in  1996, resulted from Netplex Group's
discontinuance of  its  software  development and
distribution  business. This income   includes a gain
from the  disposal  of the business  of
approximately   $1.8  million  which  resulted
primarily from the  sale of the WorldLink product technology  to
XcelleNet, Inc.   offset  by  losses  of
approximately $1.3 million from the operations of
this business from the date of its  acquisition  in
the   merger   with   CompLink  (June 1,   1996  for   accounting
purposes) through the disposal date.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     At   June   30,  1998  Netplex  Group  had  cash and  cash
equivalents   of   $2,084,428.   Netplex  Group  had   $1,894,742
outstanding  on its line of credit facilities and had
long  term capital  lease  obligations of $216,450.
At  December  31,  1997 Netplex Group had cash and
cash equivalents of $353,005.  Netplex Group had
$1,316,300  outstanding on its line of credit
facility and had long term capital lease obligations
of $109,096.

Netplex Group's liquidity and capital resources were
increased by the following:

     For  the six  months  ended  June  30,  1998
the  Company's cash   increased  by $1,731,000.  This
increase is  comprised  of cash  used  in  operating
activities of approximately   $702,000 cash   used in
investing  activities  of  approximately $329,000 and
cash  provided  by  financing  activities  of
approximately $2.8 million.

     The   Company  is  actively  pursuing  the
acquisition   of additional  qualified companies  to
broaden its  customer   base, expand  its
technical   capacity  and enhance  its  fulfillment
capability.  Netplex  Group  has  identified  several   potential
acquisition  candidates,  has signed a letter of
intent with  one such  candidate,  and  is  currently
engaged  in  due  diligence activities  of this
company. The letter of intent is  subject  to the
satisfactory   completion  of due   diligence   by
Netplex Group and the  negotiation  of the terms of
this  acquisition  in a  definitive agreement.  There
can be no  assurances  that  the Company   will
complete   the  definitive  agreement  for   the
acquisition of this company.

     As  of  June 30,  1998,  Netplex Group
maintains a line  of credit  with  a bank which
allows  the  Company  to  borrow   the lesser  of
$2,000,000  or 80% of  eligible accounts receivable.
Advances against this line of credit bear interest at 0.75%  over
the  bank's  prime  rate and require Netplex  Group
to  maintain certain  financial  covenants. Netplex
Group  had  borrowings  of $1,895,000  on  this  line
of credit as of June  30,  1998.   The expiration of
this line of credit was extended from July 2,  1998
to October 31, 1998.

     The   Company   will  discuss  with the bank the   extension
of  its  line  of credit facility  prior to its expiration  in
October  1998,  as well as entering  into discussions
with  other financial institutions to expand its
credit facility.

     Netplex  Group also had a line of credit
facility   with  a bank  that it acquired in the PSS
acquisition (the "PSS  line  of credit"). Netplex
Group retired the PSS line of credit  in  April 1998
and      repaid  the  outstanding  balance  of
approximately $803,000.

     In  January 1998,  Netplex Group  completed the
purchase  of all  of  the  stock  of PSS and on June
18, 1998,  Netplex  Group completed  the  purchase
of  all  of  the  stock  of  ABS.   See additional
discussion  of the  PSS and   ABS   acquisitions  in
Note  2  -Acquisitions  to the unaudited
consolidated  financial statements   of  Netplex
Group  appearing  elsewhere in this Information Statement.

     Capital   expenditures  for the six months ended  June  30,
1998 were  approximately $183,000.

     Between  January 1, 1998 and June 30,  1998,
Netplex  Group has raised  additional equity totaling
$3,069,000, as follows:

     In  February  1998  Netplex Group raised
$100,000   through the sale of 80,000 shares of non-
registered  Common Stock plus  a warrant to purchase
an additional 100,000 warrants at $1.20.

     In  March 1998 Netplex Group raised  $1,457,000
of financing in a    Private  Placement with accredited
investors and employees  of  Netplex Group.  Netplex Group 
issued shares  of non-registered  Common Stock to purchasers
who have agreed not to sell  or otherwise  distribute
their shares for a period  of  one year. These
restricted shares carry registration  rights and were
offered  at  $1.00 per share. The funds will be used
to  finance operations and additional acquisitions.

     On   April 7,  1998  Netplex Group  completed
the  sale  of 1,500  units of a  Private Placement,
totaling $1.5 million,  to various  purchasers The
Zanett Corporation ("Zanett")  acted as
placement   agent   for  the   Private   Placement.
The    sale represents  the first half of a  transaction  that
will   include the  sale  of an additional  1,500
units for $1.5  million  at  a future  date.  Zanett
Lombardier purchased 1,500 units at $1,000 per  unit,
with each unit consisting of a prepaid  Common  Stock
purchase   warrant  entitling  the holder to acquire
such  number of  shares   of  the  Company's  Common
Stock  as  is  equal  to $1,000 divided   by  an  adjustable
exercise price  and  an additional   incentive  warrant
to acquire 52  shares of  Common Stock  (or an aggregate of
78,000 shares of Common  Stock).   The Company  also granted Zanett
a warrant to purchase 39,000  shares of  Common
Stock. Zanett also received  placement   fees  and  a
non-accountable   expense  allowance equal  to
12.53%   of  the proceeds  of the  offering.  The  second  half of the
transaction is  for  the  sale to  Zanett of an
additional   and  committed 1,500  units,  for $1,000 per 
unit,  contingent on Netplex  Group recording  three
consecutive quarters of increased  profits  and revenues, 
excluding any extraordinary  items. With  respect  to
the  second half of the  transaction,  the exercise
price of the purchase   warrants and the incentive
warrants will be based  on the  bid  price  of  the
Common  Stock  at  the time  of  such
closing.  The  funds  from the  Private Placement
will be   used to fund      operations    and   acquisitions.    Under
NASDAQ regulations,   certain   aspects   of   the
transaction    must receive shareholder
approval.  NASDAQ has also  advised Netplex
Group  that  it will review the terms of the Private   Placement.
Such  shareholder  approval is expected in Netplex
Group's annual meeting. Netplex Group
believes that the proceeds should ensure
that  Netplex Group will exceed  NASDAQ's  published
net tangible assets  requirement of $2 million.

     On  April  26,   1998,  the  Company  raised $150,000  of
financing   in  a  private placement with  accredited
investors. Netplex  Group  issued non registered shares of
Common  Stock  to purchasers   who have agreed not to
sell or otherwise  distribute their  shares  for  a
period  of  one  year.  These  restricted
shares  carry registration  rights and were offered
at $1.50  per share.  The  funds  will  be  used  to
finance  operations  and additional acquisitions.

     On  April   27,   1998,  the  Company  raised
$48,125  of financing   in  a  private placement with  accredited
investors. Netplex  Group  issued non registered shares of
Common  Stock  to purchasers   who have agreed not to
sell or otherwise  distribute their shares  for  a
period  of  one  year.  These  restricted
shares  carry registration rights and were offered at
$1.375  per share.  The  funds  will  be
used to  finance   operations  and additional acquisitions.

     Based   on  its  current   operating  plan,
Netplex   Group believes that  the  net
proceeds from the  Private Placements
together  with  cash   anticipated  to be provided
by  operating activities  and  amounts   expected  to  be
available  under   a renegotiated line of credit (of
which there can be no  assurance) will  be sufficient  to
meet its anticipated   cash  needs  for working  capital
and capital  expenditures for at least the  next 12 months.
Thereafter,  if cash generated  from  operations  is insufficient to
satisfy Netplex Group's  liquidity  requirements,
Netplex   Group  may  seek   to  sell   additional equity   or
convertible   debt   securities   or   obtain
additional  credit facilities.   However,  no assurance can be given
that  any  such additional  sources of financing will
be available on  acceptable terms  or  at  all. The
sale of additional  equity or convertible debt
securities  could result in additional  dilution to
Netplex Group's  stockholders.  A portion of Netplex
Group's cash may  be used   for    acquisitions   or
to   acquire   or   invest in complimentary businesses or
products or to obtain the  right  to use complementary technologies.

     Netplex Group is expecting to incur operating
losses  until it  achieves   quarterly revenue and
operating income  levels  of approximately
$15,000,000 and $700,000, respectively.  While  it
cannot  be  certain  as  to  when such   levels  of
revenue  and profitability  can be attained,  Netplex
Group  anticipates  that such  levels  will be
achieved  during the next  twelve   months. The
Company  will  continue to make significant
investments  in its    technical workforce,
marketing,     training and infrastructure  to increase
productivity,   build   its   core
competency  practice  unit skill base and product
offerings  and foster growth of its operations.

Forward-Looking Statements

     This  Information Statement contains certain
forward-looking statements  within the meaning of
Section 27A of the   Securities
Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and Section 21E of  the
Securities Exchange Act  of  1934, as
amended, which  are  intended  to  be
covered  by  the  safe  harbors   created   thereby.    Investors
are    cautioned   that  all forward-looking
statements  involve risks  and uncertainty,  (including  without
limitation,   future financings and expenses,
revenues and income of Netplex Group, as well   as
general   market   conditions)   though  the
Company believes   that the assumptions  underlying
the  forward-looking statements contained   herein
are  reasonable,  any   of   the
assumptions could be inaccurate, and therefore, there
can  be  no assurance that the  forward-looking
statements included in  this Information Statement
will prove to be accurate. In light of  the
significant   uncertainties  inherent  in  the
forward-looking statements included
herein,   the   inclusion  of such
information   should  not be  regarded as a
representation  by Netplex  Group or any other person that the
objectives and  plans of Netplex Group will be
achieved.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     In  February  1997,  FASB issued SFAS No. 129,
"Disclosure of  Information   about Capital
Structure"  which  is  effective for   the year  ending
December  31,  1998.  This statement continues the previous
requirements  to disclose   certain
information  about  an  entity's  capital   structure
found    in Accounting   Principles  Board (APB) Opinion  No.
10,   "Omnibus Opinion  -1966"  and  No.  15,  "Earnings  per
Share"  and  FASB Statement No.  47,
"Disclosure  of  Long-Term   Obligations."
Netplex  Group  has  been subject to the
requirements  of  those standards and as a result
does not expect the  adoption  of  SFAS No.  129  to
have a material  impact on Netplex Group's financial
statements.

     In   June   1997,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  130
"Reporting Comprehensive Income", which is
effective for the  year  ending
December  31,  1998.  This statement  establishes
standards   for the   reporting  and  display  of
comprehensive  income  and its components  in the
financial statements.  Earlier application  of this
standard  is  permitted;  however,  upon  adoption
Netplex Group  will  be  required  to   reclassify
previously   reported annual and   interim
financial   statements.   The   Company
believes  that  the   disclosure  of   comprehensive
income  in accordance  with the provisions  of SFAS No. 130 will
not  impact the  manner  of   presentation  of its
financial  statements  as currently and previously
reported.

     In  June  1997,  FASB  issued  SFAS No.  131,
"Disclosures about   Segments  of  an  Enterprise
and Related   Information", which  is effective  for the
year ending December   31,   1998. This    statement 
requires   companies   to present  certain information 
about operating    segments    and   related
information,   including geographic and major
customer  data,  in its  annual   financial
statements and in  condensed  financial
statements for interim periods.  Netplex Group
believes that  the adoption  of  SFAS  No.  131
will   impact  the    manner of
presentation  of its financial statements.

     In   October,    1997,  the  AICPA   Accounting    Standards
Executive    Committee  issued  Statement   of Position   97-2,
"Software  Revenue  Recognition" ("SOP 97-2"),  which
supercedes Statement  of Position 91-1 "Software
Revenue  Recognition.   SOP 97-2  focuses  on  when
and in what amounts   revenue  should  be recognized 
for  licensing, selling,  leasing,   or otherwise
marketing  computer software, and is effective  for
transactions entered  into in fiscal years beginning
after December 15,  1997. Netplex  Group  does not
believe that the adoption  of  this  new
pronouncement  will  have  a material  impact  on
its  financial position and results of operations.

Inflation

     Netplex  Group  does  not  expect   inflation
to   have   a significant  adverse  impact on its
operations.

Year 2000 Compliance

  Netplex  Group has  assessed  and  continues to
assess  the impact of the Year 2000 issue on its
operations,  including  the development  of cost
estimates for, and the extent of programming changes
required  to address,  this issue. Although  final
cost estimates have yet to be determined,  Netplex
Group  expects that these  Year  2000  costs will not
be material to Netplex  Group's expenses  during 1998
and 1999.

          DESCRIPTION OF NETPLEX SECURITIES

      Pursuant to its Certificate of Incorporation,
Netplex Group is  authorized to issue up to
20,000,000 shares of common  stock, $.001  par  value
("Netplex Group Common Stock"),  and  2,000,000
shares of Class A 10% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock,
$.01 par value (the "Class A Preferred Stock"), and
2,000,000 shares of Class  B Preferred Stock, $.01
par value (the "Class B Preferred  Stock"). As  of
June 30, 1998, the  outstanding capital stock of
Netplex consisted  of 9,618,825 shares of Netplex
Group Common Stock  and 1,102,983  shares  of  Class
A Preferred  Stock.   The  Class  B Preferred Stock
will be issued to the Company in connection  with the
Consulting   Division  Sale.   See   "Consulting
Division Sale-Terms of the Acquisition Agreement and Earnout
Agreement."

     The following description of certain matters
relating to the capital  stock of Netplex Group is a
summary and is qualified  in its        entirety   by
the  provisions  of  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation of Netplex.  See "Available
Information."

Netplex Group Common Stock

      The  holders of outstanding shares of Netplex
Group  Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably
such dividends, if any,  as may  be declared from
time to time by the Board of Directors  out of
assets legally available therefor, subject to the
payment  of preferential dividends with respect to
any preferred  stock  that may be outstanding.  In
the event of liquidation, dissolution and winding-up
of Netplex Group, the holders of outstanding  Netplex
Group  Common  Stock  will be entitled to share
ratably  in  all assets  available  for distribution
to the NetPlex  Group  Common Stock  shareholders
after payment of all liabilities and  subject to  the
prior distribution rights of the holders of any
preferred stock  that  may  be  outstanding  at  that
time.   Holders   of outstanding Netplex Group Common
Stock are entitled to  one  vote per  share  on
matters submitted to a vote by the Netplex  Group
Common Stock shareholders.  The Netplex Group Common
Stock has no preemptive  rights and no subscription,
redemption or  conversion privileges  and  does  not
have cumulative voting  rights,  which means  that
holders of a majority of shares voting for  the  elec
tion of directors can elect all members of the Board
of Directors subject  to  election.   In general, a
majority  vote  of  shares represented   at  a
meeting  of  Netplex  Group   Common   Stock
shareholders  at  which a quorum (a majority of  the
outstanding shares  of Common Stock) is present is
sufficient for all actions that require the vote or
concurrence of shareholders, subject  to and
possibly in connection with the voting rights of the
holders of  any preferred stock that from time to
time may be outstanding and entitled to vote with the
holders of the Netplex Group Common Stock.

Class A Preferred Stock

      The  Class  A  Preferred Stock possess all such
rights  and privileges that are afforded to preferred
stock by the  New  York Business  Corporation Law in
the absence of any express grant  or limitation of
rights or privileges provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation  of  Netplex  Group.   The
designations  and the preferences,   conversions  and  other  rights,
voting   powers, restrictions,  limitations  as to
dividends,  qualifications  and terms and conditions
of the shares of the Class A Preferred Stock as  set
forth in the Certificate of Incorporation are
summarized below.

      Dividends.  Dividends may be declared and paid
or set apart for payment upon the Class A Preferred
Stock out of any assets or funds  of  Netplex  Group
legally available for  the  payment  of dividends.
Holders of Class A Preferred Stock, as a class,  are
entitled  to  receive,  when and as  declared  by
the  Board  of Directors   of  Netplex,  out  of  any
funds  legally  available therefor, cumulative
preferred cash dividends on a pro rata basis of  $.20
annually or at the option of Netplex Group issuance
of Netplex  Group  Common  Stock in payment of  the
cash  dividend. Dividends  may not be declared and
paid or set apart for  payment upon  the  Common
Stock or any other preferred stock  unless  all
dividends,  including cumulative dividends, then
payable  on  the Class A Preferred Stock shall have
been paid.

      Voting  Rights.  Holders of the Class A
Preferred Stock  do not have any voting rights other
than as provided by law.

      Liquidation  Rights.   In  the event  of  any
liquidation, dissolution  or winding-up of the
affairs of Netplex  Group,  and before  any
distribution or payments are made to the holders  of
the  Common  Stock and any other class of stock,
holders  of  the Class A Preferred Stock will be
entitled to receive a liquidating distribution  of
$4.00  per share plus  accumulated  and  unpaid
dividends  before  any distribution of assets  will
be  made  to holders of Common Stock or any other
class of stock or the amount the  holders of the
Class A Preferred Stock would receive if  the Class
A  Preferred Stock were converted to Netplex Group
Common Stock.

      Conversion  Privileges.  Each share of  Class
A  Preferred Stock is convertible, at such holder's
option, into one share  of Netplex  Group  Common
Stock at any time, subject  to  customary adjustments
to prevent dilution upon the occurrence  of  certain
future  events.   Netplex  Group is obligated  at all  times  to
reserve and keep available, free from preemptive
rights, unissued or  treasury  shares of Netplex
Group Common Stock sufficient  to effect the
conversion of all the issued and outstanding shares
of Class A Preferred Stock.

     Redemption.  Netplex Group may, at its option
and subject to certain  conditions,  redeem the Class
A Preferred  Stock  on  at least  30 days' notice, in
whole and not in part, at any time  at $2.00 per
share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the
date fixed for redemption, subject to the holder's
right to convert to Net Plex Common Stock.

Class B Preferred Stock

      The  Class  B  Preferred Stock possess all such
rights  and privileges that are afforded to preferred
stock by the  New  York Business  Corporation Law in
the absence of any express grant  or limitation of
rights or privileges provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation  of  Netplex  Group.   The designations  and the
preferences,   conversions  and  other  rights, voting   powers,
restrictions,  limitations  as to dividends,
qualifications  and terms and conditions of the
shares of the Class B Preferred Stock as  set  forth
in the Certificate of Incorporation are summarized
below.
      Voting  Rights.  Holders of the Class B
Preferred Stock  do not have any voting rights other
than as provided by law.
      
    Liquidation  Rights.   In  the event  of  any
liquidation, dissolution  or winding-up of the
affairs of Netplex  Group,  and before  any
distribution or payments are made to the holders  of
the  Common  Stock and any other class of stock
other  than  the Class  A Preferred Stock, holders of
the Class B Preferred  Stock will  be entitled to
receive a liquidating distribution of  $3.50 per
share  plus  accumulated  and unpaid  dividends
before  any distribution of assets will be made to
holders of Common Stock or any other class of stock
or the amount the holders of the Class B Preferred
Stock would receive if the Class B Preferred Stock
were converted to Netplex Group Common Stock.
    
  Conversion  Privileges.  Each share of  Class
B  Preferred Stock is convertible, at such holder's
option, into one share  of Netplex  Group  Common
Stock at any time, subject  to  customary adjustments
to prevent dilution upon the occurrence  of  certain
future  events.   Netplex  Group is obligated  at
all  times  to reserve and keep available, free from
preemptive rights, unissued or  treasury  shares of
Netplex Group Common Stock sufficient  to effect the
conversion of all the issued and outstanding shares
of Class B Preferred Stock.

     Redemption.  Netplex Group may, at its option
and subject to certain  conditions,  redeem the Class
B Preferred  Stock  on  at least  30 days' notice, in
whole and not in part, at any time  at $2.00 per
share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the
date fixed for redemption, subject to the holder's
right to convert to Net Plex Common Stock.


             COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA
                          
     Set  forth  below  are  unaudited earnings  per
share  from operations  and net tangible book value
per share of  the  Common Stock  on  a  historical
and pro forma basis and  the  per  share dilution on
a pro forma basis.  The historical earnings per share
information is based upon the weighted average shares
outstanding for  the six months ended June 30, 1998.
Pro forma earnings  per share  are  derived  from
the unaudited pro  forma  consolidated financial
statements  appearing elsewhere  in  this
Information Statement.   The net tangible book value
per share  for  the  pro forma   presentation is
based upon the number of shares of Common Stock  of
the Company and Netplex Group Common Stock,
including common  share  equivalents, outstanding for
the six months  ended June  30,  1998, adjusted to
include the shares of Netplex  Group Common  Stock
underlying the Netplex Preferred Stock  issued  in
connection with the Consulting Division Sale.  "Net
tangible book value"  per share represents the amount
of the Company's tangible net worth (total tangible
assets, less total liabilities) divided by  the total
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.   The
information  set  forth below should be read in
conjunction  with the  unaudited  financial
statements of the Company  and  Netplex Group  and
the notes related thereto appearing elsewhere in
this Information Statement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     As of or for
                                                   the Six Months
                                                  Ended June 30,1998

 <S>                                                    <C>
     Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.
     Historical:
         Earnings per share                               $  0.01
         Dividend per share                                   -
         Net tangible book value per share                $   .40
     Pro Forma:
         Loss per share                                   $ (0.44)
         Dividend per share                                   -
         Net tangible book value per share                $  1.16
         Anti-Dilution per share                              .76  

     The Netplex Group, Inc.
     Historical:
         Loss per share                                   $ (0.11)
         Dividend per share                                   -
         Net tangible book value per share                $  0.21
     Pro Forma:
         Earnings per share                               $   .
         Dividend per share                                   -
         Net tangible book value per share                $   .14
         Dilution per share                               $  (.07) 

</TABLE>


                AVAILABLE INFORMATION
                          
       Each  of  the  Company  and  Netplex  is
subject  to  the informational  reporting
requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act  of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in
accordance therewith  files reports, proxy statements
and other  information with  the  Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). The
Company's Commission file number is 000-21729 and
Netplex's Commission  file  number  is  001-11784.
Such  reports,   proxy statements and other
information can be inspected and copied  at, and
copies of such material can be obtained at prescribed
rates from,  the  Public Reference Section maintained
by the Commission at  Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza,  Washington,
D.C. 20549-1004, and at  the  following  the Chicago
Regional  Office, Northwestern Atrium Center,  500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661-2511 and  New York  Regional Office, 75 Park
Place, 13th Floor, New  York,  New York  10007.
Each  of the Company's Common  Stock  and  Netplex
Common  Stock  is  quoted  on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market.  The reports,  proxy  statements and other information
filed  by  the Company  or Netplex with the
Commission may also be inspected  at the  offices of
The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. ("Nasdaq"), 1735  K
Street,  N.W.,  Washington, D.C. 20006-1506.   In
addition,  the reports, proxy statements and other
filings, including annual and quarterly   reports,
made  with  the  Commission   through its 
Electronic  Data  Gathering,  Analysis  and
Retrieval  ("EDGAR") system  are publicly available
through the Commission's  site  on the World Wide Web
on the Internet, located at http://www.sec.gov and
through Nasdaq's site located at
http://www.nasdaq.com.  This Information Statement
has been filed with the Commission  through EDGAR,
as well as the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the
year ended  December 31, 1997, as filed with the
Commission  on  April 15,  1998,  the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-QSB for  the  quarter
ended  June 30, 1998, as filed with the Commission on
August  19, 1998,  and  the Form 8-K dated June 22,
1998, as filed  with  the Commission on July 2, 1998,
of Netplex. The Company will  provide without  charge
to  each  person who receives  this  Information
Statement, upon written or oral request, a copy of
any  agreement specifically  referenced  in this
Information  Statement,  unless such  agreement  is
attached and provided as a  portion  of  this
Information  Statement.   Such requests  should  be
directed to Applied  Intelligence Group, Inc. , Attention  Robert
N.  Baker, Vice  President,  at 13800 Benson Road,
Edmond,  Oklahoma  73013-6417,  telephone:  (405) 936-2300.  The Company's
Internet  home page can be located   on the World Wide Web at
http://www.aig.vialink.com and Netplex's Internet
home  page  can be located on the World Wide Web at
http://www.netplexgroup.com.

   Index to Audited, Interim and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial
                           Statements
                                
[S]                                                                    [C]


Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.

     Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of
           June 30, 1998                                                  F-2
     Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for
           the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998                             F-3
     Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for
          the Year Ended December 31, 1998                                F-4
     Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
          Statements                                                      F-5


     Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) as of June 30, 1998
          and December 31, 1997                                           F-6
     Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the
          Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997                         F-7 
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Unaudited)
          for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998                          F-8
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows(Unaudited) for the Six
          Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997                             F-9
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)               F-10


     Independent Auditors' Report                                         F-11
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996         F-12
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
          December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                                F-13
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
          Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                    F-14
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
          December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                                F-15
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                           F-16



The NetPlex Group, Inc.

     Unaudited Pro Forma Condendsed Consolidated Balance Sheet
        as of June 30, 1998                                               F-25
     Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
        for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998                            F-26
     Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
        for the Year Ended December 31, 1997                              F-27
     Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements       F-28
 

     Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) as of
        June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997                              F-29
     Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
        for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997                  F-30
     Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows(Unaudited)
        for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998                           F-31
     Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)    F-32


     Independent Auditors' Report                                        F-38
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996        F-39
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
          December 31, 1997 and 1996                                     F-40
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years
         Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996                                F-41
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
          December 31, 1997 and 199 6                                    F-42
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                          F-43


     Unaudited Pro Forma Condendsed Consolidated Balance Sheet
        as of March 31, 1998                                             F-61
     Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
        for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998                        F-62
     Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
        for the Year Ended December 31, 1997                             F-63
     Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements      F-64 
                                                               

Automated Business Sytems of North Carolina, Inc. and Combine Company

    Combined Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of March 31, 1998
         and December 31, 1997                                            F-65
    Combined Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings (unaudited)
         for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and the year
         ended December 31, 1997                                          F-66
    Combined Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the three
         months ended March 31, 1998 and the year ended December
         31, 1997                                                         F-67
    Notes to the Combined Financial Statements (undaudited)               F-68



</PAGE> F-1

                       APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
          Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are
provided to illustrate the effect of the sale of the Consulting Division 
of Applied Intelligence Group ("the Company"), Inc. to the Netplex
Group, Inc. on the historical financial statements of the Company,
as if this sale had occurred, for balance sheet purposes, on June 30, 1998
and, for statement of operations purposes on January 1, 1998 and
January 1, 1997.  The pro forma consolidated statements of operations
are not necessarily indicative of operating results which would have
been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning
of the period presented and should not be construed as representative
of future operations.  For purposes of these pro forma consolidated statements,
the sale has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting,
based on a preliminary estimate of the historical costs of the assets sold.
The pro forma adjustments described in the accompanying notes are based on
available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes
are reasonable.  These pro forma financial statements should be read
in conjunction with the Company's Report on Form 10-KSB for the year
ended December 31, 1997 and Report on Form 10-QSB for the six months
ended June 30, 1998.


                   APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
   
                       As of June 30, 1998
                            (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Pro Forma Adjustments
                                              --------------------     Pro Forma
                               June 30, 1998   Debits     Credits  June 30, 1998
                               ------------- ---------  ---------- -------------
ASSETS
<S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Current assets
 Cash and cash equivalents      $  176,338  $3,000,000 a $ 554,830 c $1,273,312
                                                           400,000 d
                                                           753,196 e
                                                           195,000 f
 Accounts receivable-trade,net   1,723,342                 202,067 b  1,521,275
 Other receivables                  47,413                               47,413
 Inventory                           7,427                   7,427 a       -
 Current portion of deferred
   tax asset                        44,502                  44,502 a       -
 Prepaid expenses                  122,829                   4,100 g    118,729
                                ----------  ----------  ----------   ----------
   Total current assets          2,121,851   3,000,000   2,161,122    2,960,729

Furniture, equipment and
 leasehold improvements, net     1,235,608     450,000 a   900,000 a    785,608
Software development costs, net  1,837,375     328,181 a   664,182 a  1,501,374
Deferred tax asset, net            996,488                 996,488 a       -
Other assets                        64,599   1,000,000 a    16,826 g  1,047,773
Other assets                    ----------  ----------  ----------   ----------

  Total assets                  $6,255,921  $4,778,181  $4,738,618   $6,295,484
                                ==========  ==========  ==========   ==========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and
    accrued liabilities        $1,731,974   $  72,000 c              $1,259,974
                                              400,000 d
  Deferred revenue                254,567     202,067 b                  52,500
  Current portion of capital
   lease obligation                98,194                                98,194
                              -----------   ---------  -----------   ----------

    Total current liabilities  2,084,735      674,067                 1,410,668
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------

Capital lease obligations          6,419                                  6,419
Notes payable to shareholders    482,830      482,830 c                    -
Long-term debt                   753,196      753,196 e                    -
Deferred tax liability              -                      189,203 a    189,203

Stockholders' Equity
 Common stock                      2,741                                  2,741
 Paid-in capital               4,525,996                              4,525,996
 Retained earnings (deficit)  (1,599,996)    195,000 f   2,165,582 a    160,457
                                              20,926 g
                                             189,203 a
                             -----------  ----------    ----------   ----------

   Total stockholders'equity  2,928,741      405,129     2,165,582    4,689,194
                             ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------

   Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity    $6,255,921   $2,315,222    $2,354,785   $6,295,484
                            ===========   ==========    ==========   ==========

</TABLE>
                     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                           pro forma consolidated financial statements.


</PAGE> F-2

                  APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
            PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
               For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Pro Forma Adjustments
                                           -----------------------    Pro Forma
                             June 30, 1998   Debits     Credits    June 30, 1998
                             ------------  ----------- ----------- -------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES
 Products, Hardware,
   Point of Sale Equipment     $1,073,238  $1,073,238 h $    -        $    -
 Solutions, Software Licenses     288,269     288,269 h      -             -
 Consulting Fees & System
  Integration Services          3,812,076   3,716,799 h      -           95,277
 Customer Support Fees            318,009     318,009 h      -             -
 Recurring Revenue                654,111        -           -          654,111
 Commissions on Hardware
   sales direct by Vendor            -           -                         -
                               ----------  ----------   ----------    ---------
                Total Revenue   6,145,703   5,396,315        -          749,388

DIRECT COST OF REVENUE OF
  PRODUCTS AND SOLUTIONS         981,114        -          981,114 i       -
                              ----------   ----------   ----------    ---------
                               5,164,589    5,396,315      981,114      749,388
                              ----------   ----------   ----------    ---------

EXPENSES
Salaries and benefits          3,393,260      87,500  j  1,969 868 k  1,510,892
Selling, general and
 administrative                1,146,251        -          441,731 l    704,520
Interest expense, net            100,654        -          100,654 o       -
Depreciation and amortization    502,187        -          162,647 m    339,540
                              ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------
  Total Expenses               5,142,352      87,500     2,674,900    2,554,952
                              ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  INCOME TAXES                   22,237    5,483,815     3,656,014   (1,805,564)
                                                                     
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR
  INCOME TAXES                    8,450         -            8,450 n     -
                             ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
    
NET INCOME (LOSS)            $   13,787   $5,483,815    $3,644,464  $(1,805,564)
                             ==========   ==========    ==========  ===========
								

Weighted average shares
 outstanding - Basic          2,731,083                               2,731,083
                             ==========                              ==========

Net income (loss) per
  common share - Basic       $     0.01                              $    (0.66)
                             ==========                              ==========

Weighted average common
 shares outstanding
  - Dilutive                  2,789,518                                2,731,083
                             ==========                               ==========


Net income (loss) per
 common share - Dilutive    $      0.01                              $    (0.66)
                            ===========                              ==========

</TABLE> 

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                  pro forma consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-3

                  APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
            PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                 For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
							                                    		    		                
                                            Pro Forma Adjustments
                                           -----------------------   Pro Forma
                              December 31,                         December 31,
                                 1997         Debits     Credits        1997    
                             ------------  ----------- -----------  ------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
REVENUES
 Products, Hardware,
   Point of Sale Equipment     $2,664,096  $2,664,096 h $    -        $    -
 Solutions, Software Licenses     131,800     131,800 h      -             -
 Consulting Fees & System
  Integration Services          4,576,233   4,100,597 h      -          475,636
 Customer Support Fees            472,326     472,326 h      -             -
 Recurring Revenue              1,002,527        -           -        1,002,527
 Commissions on Hardware
   sales direct by Vendor         175,860     175,860 h                    -
                               ----------  ----------   ----------    ---------
                Total Revenue   9,022,842   7,544,679        -        1,478,163

DIRECT COST OF REVENUE OF
  PRODUCTS AND SOLUTIONS       2,211,956        -        2,211,956 i       -
                              ----------   ----------   ----------    ---------
                               6,810,886    7,544,679    2,211,956    1,478,163
                              ----------   ----------   ----------    ---------

EXPENSES
Salaries and benefits          6,174,503     175,000  j  3,641,548 k  2,707,955
Selling, general and
 administrative                2,708,351        -        1,152,421 l  1,555,930
Interest expense, net             73,581        -             -          73,581
Depreciation and amortization    827,396        -          340,759 m    486,637
                              ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------
  Total Expenses               9,783,831     175,000     5,134,728    4,824,103
                              ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  INCOME TAXES               (2,972,945)   7,719,679     7,346,684  (3,345,940)
                                                                     
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR
  INCOME TAXES               (1,112,127)   1,112,127        74,070 n     -
                             ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
    
NET INCOME (LOSS)           $(1,860,818)  $8,831,806    $7,420,754  $(3,345,940)
                             ==========   ==========    ==========  ===========
								

Weighted average shares
 outstanding - Basic          2,727,438                               2,727,438
                             ==========                              ==========

Net loss per
  common share - Basic       $    (0.68)                             $    (1.23)
                             ==========                              ==========

Weighted average common
 shares outstanding
  - Dilutive                  2,727,439                                2,727,438
                             ==========                               ==========


Net loss per
 common share - Dilutive    $     (0.68)                             $    (1.23)
                            ===========                               ==========

</TABLE>

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                  pro forma  consolidated financial statements.



</PAGE> F-4



                  APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
           NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               (unaudited)

                  June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997
 


(a) This adjustment records the sale of the assets associated with the
    Consulting Division of the Company to Netplex for $3,000,000
    in cash and 643,000 shares of Netplex Class B Preferred Stock
    (valued at $1,000,000.

(b) This adjustment eliminates deferred revenue that will transfer
    to Netplex upon closing.

(c) This adjustment records the payment of shareholder notes including
    the related accrued interest.  A portion of the proceeds of the sale
    of the Consulting Division will be used for payment of these notes.

(d) This adjustment records the payment of past due accounts payable
    that will be paid from the proceeds of the sale of the Consulting
    Division.

(e) This adjustment records the payment of the Company's credit facility
    with a commercial lender that will be paid with the proceeds of
    the sale of the Consulting Division.

(f) This adjustment records finder's fees, legal, accounting and
    other expenses of the transaction  that will be paid from the
    proceeds of the sale of the Consulting Division.

(g) This adjustment eliminates trademark, goodwill and prepaid as
    a result of the sale Consulting Division of the Company.

(h) This adjustment eliminates the revenue directly related to the
    Consulting Division of the Company acquired by Netplex.

(i) This adjustment eliminates the direct cost of revenue associated
    with the product and solutions revenue of the Consulting Division.

(j) This adjustment accrues the estimated salary for the new CEO of
    the Company.

(k) The adjustment eliminates the direct and indirect payroll,
    taxes and benefits and contract labor associated with the
    Consulting Division.

(l) This adjustment eliminates the direct and indirect selling, general 
    and administrative expenses associated with the Consulting Division
    of the Company.

(m) This adjustment eliminates the depreciation and amortization of the
    fixed assets and capitalized software development costs that were 
    acquired by Netplex in the purchase of the Consulting Division of
    the Company.

(n) This adjustment records a valuation allowance against the tax 
    benefit of the net operating loss carryforward generated during
    the period as it is more likely than not that some or all of the
    net deferred tax asset will not be realized.

(o) This adjustment eliminates interest expense because the proceeds of
    the sale will pay the Company's credit facility and shareholder notes.


</PAGE> F-5


                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                   ASSETS                            June 30,        December
                                                       1998          31, 1997
                                                    ----------      ----------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C> 
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                      $  176,338      $   80,769
     Accounts receivable-trade, net of allowance
       for doubtful accounts of $3,713 at June 30,
       1998 and $1,724 December 31, 1997             1,723,342       1,337,322
     Other receivables                                  47,413          44,893
     Inventory                                           7,427           8,707
     Current portion of deferred tax asset              44,502          44,502
     Prepaid expenses                                  122,829          51,634
                                                    ----------      ----------
       Total current assets                          2,121,851       1,567,827

Furniture, equipment & leasehold improvements, net   1,235,608       1,462,575
Software development costs, net                      1,837,375       1,735,420
Deferred tax asset                                     996,488       1,004,938
Other assets                                            64,599          33,393
                                                    ----------      ----------
       Total assets                                 $6,255,921      $5,804,153
                                                    ==========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'EQUITY

Current liabilities:
     Book overdraft                                 $      -        $   23,619
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities        1,731,974       1,507,018
     Deferred revenue                                  254,567         236,134
     Current portion of capital lease obligation        98,194         132,422
                                                    ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities                         2,084,735       1,899,193

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion        6,419          44,194
Notes payable to shareholders                          482,830         482,830
Long-term debt                                         753,196         490,000
                                                    ----------      ----------
       Total liabilities                             3,327,180       2,916,217

Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $.001 par value;
       30,000,000 shares authorized; 2,740,990 and
       2,729,509  shares issued and outstanding at
       June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997               2,741           2,730
     Additional paid-in capital                      4,525,995       4,498,988
     Accumulated deficit                            (1,599,995)     (1,613,782)
                                                    ----------      ----------
       Total stockholders' equity                    2,928,741       2,887,936
                                                    ----------      ----------
       Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $6,255,921      $5,804,153
                                                    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
                                

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
               consolidated financial statements.
</PAGE> F-6
                                
                                


                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                           (Unaudited)
                                
         For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1998               1997
                                            ----------        ----------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>
Revenues                                    $6,145,703        $3,925,936


Expenses:
     Direct cost of sales                      981,114           691,045
     Salaries and benefits                   3,393,260         2,915,294
     Selling, general and
        administrative                       1,146,251         1,253,881
     Interest expense, net                     100,654            30,102
     Depreciation and amortization             502,187           395,732
                                            ----------        ----------
       Total expenses                        6,123,466         5,286,054
                                            ----------        ----------


Income (loss) before income taxes               22,237        (1,360,118)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes             8,450          (451,845)
                                            ----------        ----------
Net income (loss)                           $   13,787         $(908,273)
                                            ==========        ==========

Weighted average shares
   outstanding-Basic                         2,731,083        2,726,947
                                            ==========       ==========


Net income (loss) per common share-Basic    $     0.01       $   (0.33)
                                            ==========       ==========
Weighted average shares
   outstanding-Dilutive                      2,789,518        2,726,947
                                            ==========       ==========


Net income (loss) per common share-Dilutive $     0.01       $   (0.33)
                                            ==========       ==========

</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
               consolidated financial statements.
                                
</PAGE>F-7                             
                                
                                
                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                           (Unaudited)
                                
             For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998
                                
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Additional
                                  Common Stock        Paid-in     Accumulated
                                 Shares    Amount     Capital       Deficit
                               ---------   -------   ----------   -----------
<S>                            <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1997     2,729,509   $ 2,730   $4,498,988   $(1,613,782)

  Exercise of stock options        4,380         4        6,064          -

  Stock issued under Employee
      Stock Purchase Plan          2,068         2        5,220          -

  Stock issued under Employee
     Stock Bonus Plan              5,033         5       15,723          -

  Net income                        -            -         -           13,787
                               ---------   -------   ----------  -----------
    Balance, June 30, 1998     2,740,990    $2,741   $4,525,995  $(1,599,995)
                               =========   =======   ==========  ===========


</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
               consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-8
                                
                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                           (Unaudited)
                                
         For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997
                                
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1998               1997
                                                -----------        -----------
<S>                                            <C>                <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss)                            $    13,787        $ (908,273)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
 to net cash  provided by (used in)
 operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                    502,187           395,732
   Deferred income tax provision (benefit)            8,450          (451,845)
   Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable      (386,020)          592,918
   Decrease (increase) in other receivables          (2,520)           58,445
   Decrease in inventory                              1,280            16,821
   Increase in prepaid expenses                     (71,195)          (79,366)
   Increase in other assets                         (31,206)          (47,321)
   Increase in accounts payable and
      accrued liabilities                           224,956            66,639
   Increase in deferred revenue                      18,433            35,728
                                                 ----------       -----------

Net cash provided by (used in)operating activities  278,152          (320,522)

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures                             (30,679)         (326,322)
   Capitalized expenditures for software
    development                                    (346,496)         (271,190)
                                                 ----------       -----------
Net cash used in investing activities              (377,175)         (597,512)

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Decrease in book overdraft                       (23,619)         (255,617)
   Proceeds from long-term debt                   2,740,116           392,000
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options,
     stock bonus and stock purchase plans            27,018             1,581
   Payments of capital lease obligations            (72,003)          (65,457)
   Payments of shareholder loans                        -             (20,000)
   Payments on long-term debt                    (2,476,920)         (125,000)
                                                 ----------        -----------
Net cash provided by (used in)
   financing activities                             194,592           (72,493)
                                                 ----------        -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash                      95,569          (990,527)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period                                             80,769          1,821,014
                                                 ----------        -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period       $  176,338        $   830,487
                                                 ==========        ===========

</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
               consolidated financial statements.


</PAGE>F-9

                  APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (Unaudited) 

                            June 30, 1998

NOTE 1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. (the "Company") provides
business solutions through technology to the retail industry.
The Company's viaLink services combine Electronic Commerce and
leading edge Internet-based applications to provide consumer
product manufacturers, distributors, and retailers the capability
of doing business electronically with all of their trading
partners.  The subscription-based viaLink service allows supply
chain participants to electronically send and receive product
cost and promotional information in a format that is compatible
with any party's system, regardless of their technological
sophistication and at a fraction of the cost of traditional EDI.
The Company also provides a diversified range of management
consulting and systems integration services to the retail supply
chain.   Through the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, ijob,
Inc., the Company provides a human resource recruiting
application accessible through either the Internet or by
telephone.  The Company's clients and customers range from small,
rapidly growing companies to large corporations and are
geographically dispersed throughout the United States.


NOTE 2.    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have
been prepared by the Company in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles for interim financial information
and with the instructions to Form 10-QSB. Accordingly, they do
not include all of the information and footnotes required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial
statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring items) considered necessary for a
fair presentation have been included.  These interim unaudited
consolidated  financial statements should be read in conjunction
with the audited financial statements and related notes included
in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB as filed on March
31, 1998.

Operating results for the six month period ended June 30, 1998
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for the full year ended December 31, 1998.


NOTE 3.  RECONCILIATION FOR BASIC AND DILUTIVE EARNINGS PER SHARE ("EPS")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         For the Six Months Ended 6/30/98
                                      Income          Shares       Per Share
                                    (Numerator)    (Denominator)     Amount
                                     ---------      -----------    ---------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Basic EPS
   Income available to common
   shareholders                        $13,787        2,731,083       $0.01
                                                                      =====
Effect of Dilutive Securities             -              58,435
                                       -------        ---------
Dilutive EPS
   Income available to common
   shareholders plus assumed
   conversions                        $13,787         2,789,518       $0.01
                                      =======         =========       =====
</TABLE>


Options to purchase 462,500 shares of common stock at an average
exercise price of $4.75 per share were outstanding during the
first six months of 1998 but were not included in the computation
of diluted EPS because the options' exercise prices were greater
than the average market price of the common shares.  The options,
which expire on November 30, 2001 and March 1, 2007 were still
outstanding at the end of the quarter ended June 30, 1998.  In
addition, options to purchase 666,197 and 578,697 shares of
common stock at a weighted average price of $4.07 and $4.21 were
outstanding during the three month period ended June 30, 1998 and
during the three month and six month periods ended June 30, 1997,
respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted
EPS because the effect of these outstanding options would be
antidilutive.  These options expire June 12, 1999 through March
1, 2007.

</PAGE>F-10



              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors
Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
of  Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. as of December 31, 1997
and   1996   and  the  related  statements  of   operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each  of  the  three
years   in  the  period  ended  December  31,  1997.   These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility  of
the  Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express
an  opinion on these consolidated financial statements based
on our audits.

We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  auditing standards.  Those standards require  that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about  whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence  supporting  the amounts  and  disclosures  in  the
financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management,  as  well  as evaluating the  overall  financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits  provide
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to  above
present  fairly,  in  all material respects,  the  financial
position  of Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. as of December
31,  1997 and 1996 and the results of its operations and its
cash  flows for each of the three years in the period  ended
December  31,  1997  in conformity with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.



                                        COOPERS & LYBRAND
L.L.P.

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
March 23, 1998


</PAGE>F-11


                 APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   December 31, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION

                                
                   ASSETS                    1997          1996
                                          ----------    ----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents               $   80,769     $1,821,014
  Accounts receivable - trade, net of
    allowance for doubtful accounts of
    $1,724 in 1997 and $5,631 in 1996      1,337,322      2,009,837
  Other receivables                           44,893        314,874
  Inventory                                    8,707         28,159
  Current portion of deferred tax asset       44,502           -
  Prepaid expenses                            51,634         76,264
                                          ----------     ----------
      Total current assets                 1,567,827      4,250,148

Furniture, equipment and leasehold
  improvements, net                        1,462,575      1,632,147
Software development costs, net            1,735,420      1,308,099
Deferred tax asset, net                    1,004,938           -
Other assets                                  33,393        117,141
                                          ----------     ----------
      Total assets                        $5,804,153     $7,307,535
                                          ==========     ==========

    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Book overdraft                         $   23,619     $  284,760
  Accounts payable and accrued
  liabilities                             1,507,018      1,078,506
  Deferred revenue                          236,134        332,449
  Current portion of notes payable
    to shareholders                            -           107,375
  Current portion of capital lease
    obligations                             132,422        135,151
                                         ----------     ----------
      Total current liabilities           1,899,193      1,938,241

Capital lease obligations, net
  of current portion                         44,194        176,618
Long-term debt                              490,000           -
Notes payable to shareholders, net
  of current portion                        482,830        389,000
Deferred income taxes                          -            62,687
                                         ----------      ---------
     Total liabilities                    2,916,217      2,566,546

Commitments and contingencies    (Notes 7 and 10)

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.001 par value;
   30,000,000 shares authorized; 
   2,729,509 and 2,726,500 shares
   issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively  2,730          2,727
  Additional paid-in capital             4,498,988      4,491,226
  Retained earnings (deficit)           (1,613,782)       247,036
                                        ----------      ---------
      Total stockholders' equity         2,887,936      4,740,989
                                        ----------      ---------
        Total liabilities and 
         stockholders' equity           $5,804,153     $7,307,535
                                        ==========     ==========

</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
              

</PAGE> F-12

                      APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1997          1996         1995
                            -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                         <C>          <C>           <C>  
 
Revenues                    $ 9,022,842   $ 9,507,370   $11,590,224

Expenses:
  Direct cost of sales        2,211,956     2,570,840     3,616,687
  Salaries and benefits       6,174,503     5,167,571     5,673,034
  Selling, general and
    administrative            2,708,351     2,007,999     1,588,655
  Interest expense, net          73,581       219,089       149,042
  Depreciation and
    amortization                827,396       591,205       511,494
                            -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total expenses       11,995,787    10,556,704    11,538,912
                            -----------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes               (2,972,945)   (1,049,334)       51,312

Provision (benefit) for
  income taxes               (1,112,127)     (366,925)       42,754
                             ----------    ----------    ----------

Net income (loss)           $(1,860,818)  $  (682,409)   $    8,558
                            ===========   ===========    ==========

Basic and diluted earnings:
  Net income (loss) per
    common share            $      (.68)  $      (.37)   $     .005
                            ===========   ===========    ==========

Weighted average common
  shares outstanding          2,727,438     1,838,522     1,755,628
                            ===========    ==========    ==========

</TABLE>




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
financial statements.


</PAGE> F-13

                     APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
            For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Additional
                        Common Stock       Paid-in      Retained
                      Shares    Amount     Capital      Earnings
                    ---------  -------   -----------   ----------
<S>                 <C>         <C>       <C>          <C> 
Balance,
December 31, 1994   1,500,000   $1,500    $   66,484    $ 920,887

Net income               -        -             -           8,558
                    ---------   ------    ----------    ---------
Balance,
December 31, 1995   1,500,000    1,500        66,484      929,445

Vantage Capital
Resources, Inc
Merger.,              610,000      610       394,317          -

Stock redemptions    (383,500)    (383)      (40,742)         -

Initial public
offering            1,000,000    1,000     4,071,167          -

Net loss                 -        -             -         (682,409)
                   ----------    ------    ----------     --------
Balance,
December 31, 1996   2,726,500    2,727     4,491,226       247,036

Exercise of stock        
options                   444     -              279          -   

Stock issued under
Employee Stock
Purchase Plan           2,565        3         7,483          -

Net loss                 -        -             -      (1,860,818)
                    ---------   ------    ----------   ----------
Balance (Deficit),
December 31, 1997   2,729,509   $2,730    $4,498,988  $(1,613,782)
                    =========   ======    ==========  ===========
      
</TABLE>
      
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
financial statements.

</PAGE> F-14





                    APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS              
           For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1997          1996         1995
                                     ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income (loss)                   $(1,860,818)  $(  682,409) $     8,558
Adjustments to reconcile net income
 (loss) to net cash provided by
 operating  activities:
   Depreciation and amortization         827,396       591,205      511,494
   Deferred income tax provision
     (benefit)                        (1,112,127)     (241,730)     158,237
   Loss on disposal of fixed assets         -            5,720           35
   Decrease (increase) in accounts
     receivable                          672,515       363,680     (602,282)
   Decrease (increase) in other
     receivables                         269,981       (95,995)    (143,580)
   Decrease (increase) in inventory       19,452        (5,767)       1,484
   Decrease (increase) in prepaid
     expenses                             24,630        19,974      (75,473)
   Decrease (increase) in other assets    83,748       (68,698)     119,747
   Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable and accrued liabilities     428,512      (184,601)     308,505
   Increase (decrease) in deferred
     revenue                             (96,315)      207,986       67,143
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities                  (743,026)      (90,635)     353,868
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures                 (332,987)     (625,893)    (376,541)
   Capitalized expenditures for
     software development               (752,158)     (655,248)    (650,158)
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------
Net cash used in investing activities (1,085,145)   (1,281,141)  (1,026,699)
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Increase (decrease) in book
     overdraft                          (261,141)      115,294      169,466
   Payments of wholesale financing plan     -             -      (1,020,126)
   Proceeds from long-term debt        1,270,000     5,609,000    2,435,000
   Proceeds from shareholder notes         6,455        39,375       76,000
   Proceeds from exercise of stock
     options                                 279         -             -
   Proceeds from employee stock
     purchase plan                         7,486         -             -
   Proceeds from sale of stock              -        4,425,969         -
   Payments of capital lease
     obligations                        (135,153)     (111,347)     (24,610)
   Payment of shareholder note           (20,000)        -             -
   Payments on long-term debt           (780,000)   (6,904,000)  (1,140,000)
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------

Net cash provided by financing
   activities                             87,926     3,174,291      495,730
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------

Net increase (decrease) in cash       (1,740,245)    1,802,515     (177,101)

Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of period                  1,821,014        18,499      195,600
                                      ----------   -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period                       $   80,769   $ 1,821,014  $    18,499
                                      ==========   ===========  ===========

Supplemental disclosures of
cash flow information:

   Cash paid for interest             $  123,778   $   251,967  $   138,575
                                      ==========   ===========  ===========
   Cash paid for income taxes,
     net of cash received for
     income taxes                     $  114,852   $   (10,000) $   127,871
                                      ==========   ===========   ==========
Supplemental disclosures of noncash
investing and financing activities:

   Capital lease obligation incurred  $    -       $   205,938  $   241,788
                                      ==========   ===========  ===========

</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
financial statements.
               
               
</PAGE> F-15   
               
                APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     General Description of Business.   Applied Intelligence
     Group, Inc. ("the Company") provides a diversified range of
     management consulting and computer system integration
     services, along with providing network services and network
     based computer applications.  All services are focused
     primarily on the retail and wholesale distribution
     industries. Through the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, ijob, Inc.,
     the Company also provides a comprehensive automated human
     resource recruiting, testing, and screening process
     utilizing the technologies of the Internet and interactive
     voice response.
     
     The Company's clients and customers range from small,
     rapidly growing companies to large corporations and are
     geographically dispersed throughout the United States.
     
     Principles of Consolidation.  The consolidated financial
     statements  include the accounts of the Company and its
     wholly-owned subsidiary, ijob, Inc., which was formed June
     30, 1997.  All material intercompany balances and
     transactions have been eliminated.
     
     Use of Estimates.   The preparation of financial statements
     in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     requires the use of management's estimates and assumptions
     in determining the carrying values of certain assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
     liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
     reported amounts for certain revenues and expenses during
     the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from
     those estimates.
     
     Cash and Cash Equivalents.   For purposes of the statement
     of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid
     investments with a maturity of three months or less at the
     time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
     
     Risks from Concentrations.   Financial instruments which
     potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit
     risk consist principally of temporary cash investments and
     accounts receivable.  The Company places its temporary cash
     investments with high credit quality financial institutions.
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts
     receivable are limited due to the size of customers and
     their dispersion across different regions.  The Company does
     not believe a material risk of loss exists with respect to
     its financial position due to concentrations of credit risk.
     
     The Company's revenues are in part dependent on large
     license fees and systems integration contracts from a limited
     number of customers.  In 1997 and 1996, three customers
     individually accounted for 20, 13, and 10 percent and 17,
     14, and 10 percent of the Company's total revenues,
     respectively.  In 1997 and 1996, approximately 57 percent of
     the Company's total revenues were attributable to five
     clients.  It is anticipated that the Company's revenue
     derived from current and future large clients will continue
     to represent a significant portion of its total revenues.
     The loss of, or reduced demand for products or related
     services from, any of the Company's major clients could have
     a material adverse effect on the Company's business and
     results of operations.
     
     Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements.
     Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated
     at cost. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are
     charged to expense as incurred.  Upon disposition, the cost
     and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the
     accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in
     operations for the period.  The Company depreciates
     furniture and equipment using the straight-line method over
     their estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 10 years.
     Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease term
     using the straight-line method.

</PAGE>                           F-16

     Revenue Recognition.   The Company recognizes revenues as
     the services are provided.  Revenues collected in advance
     are deferred and recognized as earned. Revenues for fixed-
     price contracts are recognized using the percentage of
     completion method. Accounts receivable include unbilled
     amounts of $193,355 and $534,756 at December 31, 1997 and
     1996, respectively.
     
     Direct Cost of Sales.   Direct Cost of sales represents the
     cost of hardware and certain point-of-sale software acquired
     for resale, including royalty payments required for sale of
     the Company's proprietary software products.
     
     Earnings per Share.   The Company presents basic and diluted
     earnings per share ("EPS") as required under Statement of
     Accounting Standard No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," ("SFAS
     128"), which was adopted in fiscal year 1997.  Securities
     that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future that
     were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because
     to do so would have been antidilutive include common stock
     options and warrants outstanding at December 31, 1997 and
     1996 of 583,078 and 435,208, respectively.
     
     Income Taxes.   The Company accounts for income taxes under
     the liability method.  Accordingly, deferred taxes are
     determined based on the difference between the financial
     statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the
     enacted tax rate in effect in the years in which the
     differences are expected to reverse.  Deferred tax expense
     represents the change in the net deferred tax liability
     balance.
     
     Costs of Product Development.   The Company incurred costs
     and expenses of approximately $1,875,000, $1,204,000, and
     $1,060,000 for product development in 1997, 1996, and 1995,
     respectively.  A substantial portion of these costs relates
     to development of a network subscription service that the
     Company made available to subscribers in January of 1997.
     Certain of these costs are capitalized as Software
     Development Costs (See Note 4).
     
     Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements.   In June 1997,
     the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a Statement
     of Financial Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
     Income", the objective of which is to report and disclose a
     measure of all changes in equity of a company that result
     from transactions and other economic events of the period
     other than transactions with owners.  The impact of adopting
     SFAS 130, which is effective for the Company in 1998, is not
     considered to be material.
     
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
     issued a Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
     131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
     Information", which establishes standards for reporting
     information about operating segments in annual and interim
     financial statements issued to the shareholders.  This
     Statement also establishes standards for related disclosures
     about products and services, geographic areas, and major
     customers.  The Company plans to adopt this Statement in
     1998.
   
     Reclassifications.   Certain reclassifications of prior year
     balances have been made to conform to the current year
     presentation.
     
</PAGE>                               F-17



2.   WHOLESALE FINANCING PLAN:

     During 1995, the Company had a wholesale financing agreement
     and Flexible Payment Plan with IBM Credit Corporation
     ("IBMCC").  The credit agreement generally called for a
     credit line of $1,500,000, with the borrowing base or
     advance rate calculated at 75% of accounts receivable and
     100% of IBM inventory items.  The credit agreement was
     collateralized by the accounts receivable, inventories and
     fixed assets of the Company.
     
     The balance due under this plan of $1,209,186 was
     extinguished on July 25, 1995 and the financing agreement
     was canceled.
     
3.   FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS:
     
     Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements at December
     31, 1997 and 1996 consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>   
                                                     1997        1996
                                                 ----------- -----------
     <S>                                         <C>         <C>
     Furniture and fixtures                      $   482,818 $   461,203
     Computer equipment                            2,029,864   1,788,312
     Computer software                               657,498     595,730
     Leasehold improvements                           55,779      47,727
                                                  ----------- ----------
                                                   3,225,959   2,892,972

     Less:  accumulated depreciation
        and amortization                          (1,763,384) (1,260,825)
                                                 -----------  ----------
     Furniture, equipment and leasehold
        improvements, net                        $ 1,462,575 $ 1,632,147
                                                 =========== ===========

</TABLE>

     Included in furniture and fixtures in 1997 and 1996 was
     $125,886 of assets under a capital lease.  Included in
     computer equipment in 1997 and 1996 was $321,840 of assets
     under capital leases. The accumulated depreciation for all
     assets under capital leases at December 31, 1997 and 1996
     was $195,177 and $105,636, respectively.
     
4.   SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS:
     
     The Company capitalizes certain costs, including interest,
     that are directly related to the development of software.
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards No. 86, capitalization of costs begins when
     technological feasibility has been established and ends when
     the product is available for customers. Capitalized software
     development costs are amortized using the straight-line
     method over the estimated useful life of five years.
     Amortization of capitalized software costs for December 31,
     1997, 1996, and 1995 was $324,837, $176,756 and $193,246,
     respectively.  Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1997
     and 1996 was $841,826 and $516,989, respectively.
     
     The Company continually assesses whether the unamortized
     capitalized cost of software development is impaired.  This
     assessment is based on the future cashflows expected to be
     generated by the related product.  If an impairment is
     determined, the amount of such impairment is calculated
     based on the estimated net realizable value of the related
     asset. During 1996, the Company wrote-off $294,000 of fully
     amortized capitalized software development costs. No write
     offs were made in 1997.

     Total interest costs for the year ended December 31, 1997,
     1996, and 1995 were $116,183, $291,089 and $171,106,
     respectively, of which $54,423 and $22,064, were capitalized
     in 1996 and 1995, respectively. No interest was capitalized
     in 1997.

 </PAGE>                               F-18
     
5.   LONG-TERM DEBT:
     
     On July 19, 1995, the Company entered into a revolving
     credit agreement (the "Agreement") with a bank whereby the
     Company could borrow, under two separate notes, up to the
     lesser of $3,000,000 or the borrowing base as defined in the
     agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the revolving credit
     agreement, upon successful completion of the Company's
     initial public offering, the working capital note of
     $800,000 was paid in full on November 27, 1996, and in
     October, 1997, and December 1997, the terms of the remaining
     note were renegotiated to a credit line of $500,000.
     Interest on the note was prime plus 0.5% at December 31,
     1997, which was 9%.
     
     During the first quarter of 1998, the Company completed a
     new credit facility with a commercial lender that replaced
     the revolving credit agreement with the bank.  Under the new
     credit facility the Company may borrow up to $1,000,000;
     however, amounts borrowed are limited to 75% of the
     Company's accounts receivables as defined by the new
     facility.  The facility is collateralized by accounts
     receivable and all tangible assets of the Company and is
     guaranteed by three principal officers of the Company.  The
     promissory note under this agreement is due July 15, 1999.
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had borrowed $490,000
     under the former facility with the bank, and as of March 23,
     1998 had borrowed $569,030 under the new facility with the
     commercial lender, which was partially used to pay off the
     bank facility.  The amounts borrowed at December 31, 1997
     are classified as long-term in conjunction with the terms of
     the new facility.  The interest rate on the new facility is
     prime plus 3%.  In addition, during the first quarter of
     1998 the Company obtained a credit facility including a
     large sale financing option with IBM Credit Corp., whereby
     the Company may finance directly with IBM Credit Corp. large
     sales of hardware or software.  As of March 23, 1998 no
     borrowings had been made under this facility.
     
6.   NOTES PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS:
     
     Notes payable to shareholders, who are also executive
     officers of the Company, at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
     consist of the following:

<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997      1996
                                                -------   -------
    <S>                                       <C>        <C>
    8.50% notes payable to shareholders, due
       at maturity on March 8, 1999            $ 60,000  $ 60,000

     11.50% note payable to shareholder, due
       at maturity on April 5, 1999              55,000      -

     11.50% note payable to shareholder, due
       at maturity on April 21, 1999             77,000      -

     8.50% notes payable to shareholders, due
       at maturity on January 3, 2000            20,000    40,000

     10.00% note payable to shareholder, due
       at maturity on July 28, 200               30,800    28,000

     10.00% note payable to shareholder, due
       at maturity on November 15, 2000          39,375    39,375

     10.00% note payable to shareholder, due
       at maturity on January 5, 1998              -       55,000

     8.50% note payable to shareholder, due
       at maturity on April 1, 2001              46,655    43,000


     10.00% notes payable to shareholders,due
       at maturity on December 21, 2001         154,000   231,000
                                               --------  --------

                                                482,830   496,375
     
     Less current portion                          -      107,375
                                               --------  --------
     
                                               $482,830  $389,000
                                              =========  ========
</TABLE>

     Interest expense for 1997 and 1996 related to the notes
     payable to shareholders was $46,473 and $44,375,
     respectively.
     
     Combined aggregate maturities of long-term debt and notes
     payable to shareholders are as follows at December 31, 1997:
     
<TABLE>
        <S>                                    <C> 
        1998                                   $   -
        1999                                    682,000
        2000                                     90,175
        2001                                    200,655
                                               --------
                                               $972,830
                                               ========
</TABLE>

</PAGE>                          F-19


7.   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
     
     On April 30, 1996, the Company amended its Certificate of
     Incorporation to eliminate its previously authorized and
     designated classes of Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting
     Common Stock, to authorize a single class of Common Stock
     with 30,000,000 shares authorized, par value $.001 per
     share, and to authorize 10,000,000 shares of Preferred
     Stock, $.001 par value per share.  Furthermore, the Company
     made a stock dividend distribution to its existing
     shareholders to cause the number of shares of the Company's
     Common Stock outstanding to increase from 541,000 to
     1,500,000.  All stockholders' equity amounts have been
     restated to reflect this stock dividend.
     
     On June 12, 1996, the Company merged with Vantage Capital
     Resources, Inc. ("VCRI").  The merger was accounted for as
     an acquisition of VCRI by the Company in a manner similar to
     the pooling of interests method of accounting.  To
     consummate the merger, the Company exchanged 610,000 shares
     of its Common Stock for all of the outstanding common shares
     of VCRI.  VCRI has no operations and, at the time of the
     merger, had total assets of $541,151 and total liabilities
     of $103,291.

     On October 14, 1996, the Company redeemed 1,000 shares of
     common stock issued to a former executive officer in
     consummation of the merger of VCRI with the Company, for
     $1.75 per share for an aggregate amount of $1,750. On
     October 15, 1996, the Company redeemed 22,500 shares of
     common stock that was also issued to an executive office and
     director in consummation of the merger of VCRI with the
     Company, for $1.75 per share for an aggregate amount of
     $39,375.  In redemption of the shares, the Company issued a
     promissory note in the principal amount of $39,375, bearing
     interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum (payable at
     maturity), with a maturity date of November 15, 1997.  This
     note has been extended to November 15, 2000
     
     Pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated October 15, 1996,
     two former executive officers and directors exchanged
     360,000 shares of common stock, which were issued in
     consummation of the merger of VCRI with the Company for
     stock options, exercisable on November 20, 1998, to purchase
     360,000 shares of common stock for $5.00 per share on or
     before November 30, 2001.  The Company has agreed that if it
     files a registration statement or an amendment to a
     registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with
     the United State Securities and Exchange Commission, the
     holders of the stock options have the right through December
     31, 2001, to include in such registration statement the
     stock options and or the common stock or other securities
     issuable upon exercise of the stock options at no expense to
     the holders of the stock options.  In addition, the
     executive officers and directors resigned as executive
     officers and directors of the Company, and their employment
     agreements were terminated effective June 12, 1996, without
     any payment of or continuing right to receive compensation
     under such employment agreement.
     
     The Company's initial public offering was consummated on
     November 20, 1996, pursuant to which the Company sold a
     total of 1,000,000 common shares at an offering price to the
     public of $5 per share, and 920,000 redeemable common stock
     purchase warrants, including the underwriter's over-
     allotment option, at $.125 per share.  Each warrant entitles
     the holder to purchase one share of common stock at $5.00
     per share (subject to adjustment) during the three-year
     period commencing November 20, 1996.  The warrants are
     redeemable by the Company, for $.125 per warrant, on not
     less than 30 nor more than 60 days' written notice if the
     average closing price per share of common stock is at least
     $7.00 per share during a period of 30 consecutive trading
     days ending not earlier than 20 days before the date the
     warrants are called for redemption and provided that there
     is then a current effective registration statement under the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
     issuance and sale of the common stock upon exercise of the
     warrants.  The net proceeds from the initial public offering
     to the Company were approximately $4,071,000, after
     deducting expenses of $428,162 and underwriting discounts.
     
     The Company established the Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.
     Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Employee Stock Purchase
     Plan" or "Plan") in April 1997, which was approved by the
     shareholders at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on June
     3, 1997.  The Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides the
     opportunity for employees to purchase the Company's Stock
     through payroll deductions, to encourage participation in
     the ownership and economic progress of the Company.  Plan
     participants may contribute up to $20 per pay period into
     their account to purchase whole shares of the Common Stock
     of the Company at pre-determined calendar quarter grant
     dates or exercise dates. The price will be 85 percent of the
     per share fair market value on the granting date or the
     exercise date, whichever is the lesser, of the purchase
     period. The number of shares of Common Stock authorized and
     reserved for issuance under the Plan is 100,000 shares.  As
     of December 31, 1997, 2,565 shares of Common Stock have been
     purchased by Employees of the Company, and are included in
     the total outstanding shares as of December 31, 1997.

 </PAGE>                             F-20


8.   STOCK OPTION PLAN:
     
     In 1995, the Company created the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the
     "Plan"). The Plan provides for incentive stock options and
     non-incentive stock options to key management, directors,
     key professional employees or key professional non-employee
     service providers of the Company. In April 1996, the Company
     amended the Plan to authorize and reserve up to 300,000
     shares of Common Stock for issuance of options under the
     Plan.
     
     The Plan permits the issuance of qualified and nonqualified
     stock options. The Company issued 360,000 options not
     pursuant to the Plan (see Note 7), which become exercisable
     after 2 years and expire after 5 years from the original
     grant date.  The exercise price for all options granted to
     date was based on the fair market value on the date of the
     grant.
     
     Activity pertaining to the options is as follows:
     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Number of  Weighted Average
                                               Shares    Exercise Price
                                             ---------  ----------------
     <S>                                     <C>            <C>
     Outstanding at January 1,  1995            -            $   -
     
                Granted                      45,513            0.63
                Exercised                       -                -
                Canceled                        -                -
                                             ------     
     Outstanding at December 31, 1995        45,513            0.63
     
                Granted                     396,238            4.69
                Exercised                      -                -
                Canceled                     (6,543)           0.80
                                            -------
     Outstanding at December 31, 1996       435,208            4.32
     
                Granted                     167,500            3.76
                Exercised                      (444)           0.63
                Canceled                    (19,186)           3.31
                                            -------
    Outstanding at December 31, 1997        583,078           $4.19

                                            =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>    
    
                              Outstanding Options
                    ------------------------------------------------
                                 Weighted Average     Weighted
                    Number of        Remaining         Average
    Exercise Price   Shares       Contractual Life  Exercise Price
    --------------  ---------    -----------------  ---------------
    <S>             <C>               <C>                <C>
    $0.63 - $1.80     70,578          8 years             $1.02
    $3.50 - $5.00    512,500          7 years             $4.63
</TABLE>
    
     The Company applies APB Opinion 25 in accounting for its
     stock options issued pursuant to the Plan.  Accordingly,
     based on the nature of the Company's grants of options, no
     compensation cost has been recognized in 1997, 1996 and 1995.  Had
     compensation been determined on the basis of fair value
     pursuant to FASB Statement No. 123, net income (loss) and
     net income (loss) per share would not have been materially
     impacted.

                         
 </PAGE>                    F-21

     On February 9, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company
     adopted the 1998 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Non-
     Qualified Stock Plan" or "Plan"), to attract, retain and
     motivate directors, executive officers, key employees and
     independent contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries
     by way of granting non-qualified stock options with stock
     appreciation rights attached. The Non-Qualified Stock Plan
     authorizes and reserves up to 300,000 shares of Common Stock
     for issuance and options under the Plan.  The option price
     shall not be less than 85 percent of the fair market value
     of the Common Stock on the date of grant.  All options
     pursuant to the Plan expire after ten years from the date of
     grant.  The Board of Directors has the discretion to fix the
     period and the time at which any options granted under the
     Plan may be exercised.
     
     As of March 23, 1998, the Company has issued 87,500 stock
     options to two outside Directors and one independent
     contractor, with exercise dates from December 31, 1998
     through December 31, 2000, at an exercise price of $3.125
     per share, as long as the individuals continue to serve the
     Company.

     On February 10, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company
     adopted the 1998 Stock Grant Plan (the "Stock Grant Plan" or
     "Plan") to attract, retain and motivate consultants,
     independent contractors and key employees of the Company and
     its subsidiaries by way of granting shares of stock in the
     Company.
     
     The Stock Grant Plan authorizes and reserves up to 150,000
     shares of Common Stock of the Company for issuance under the
     Plan.  Shares of Common Stock received pursuant to the Stock
     Grant Plan restrict the sale, transfer or other disposal of
     said shares for a period of one year.  As of March 23, 1998,
     no shares of Common Stock had been issued under the Stock
     Grant Plan.

 </PAGE>                         F-22


9.   INCOME TAXES:
     
     The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes
     for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are as
     follows:

<TABLE>
                                       1997        1996       1995
                                  ------------  ---------   ---------
    <S>                           <C>           <C>         <C>
    Current                       $     -       $(125,195)  $(115,483)
    Deferred                       (1,112,127)   (241,730)    158,237
                                  -----------   ---------   --------- 
    Provision (benefit) for
     income taxes                 $(1,112,127)  $(366,925) $   42,754
                                  ===========   =========  ==========
</TABLE> 

     The difference in federal income taxes at the statutory rate
     and the provision for income taxes for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                        1997        1996        1995
                                    -----------   ---------    -------
     <S>                            <C>           <C>          <C>  
     Income tax expense (benefit)
       at federal statutory rate    $(1,010,801)  $(356,773)   $17,446
     State income taxes                (118,918)    (41,973)     2,052
     Nondeductible expenses               9,320       6,071     15,960
     Revision of prior year estimate       -         14,273       -
     Other                                8,272      11,477      7,296
                                    -----------   ---------    -------       
     Provision (benefit) for
       income taxes                 $(1,112,127)  $(366,925)   $42,754
                                    ===========   =========    =======
</TABLE>

     Deferred  tax  assets  (liabilities) are  comprised  of  the
     following:

<TABLE>
                                                 December 31,
                                            ---------------------  
                                                1997       1996
                                            ----------  --------- 
     <S>                                   <C>          <C>
     Deferred tax assets:
       Allowance for doubtful accounts      $      655  $   2,140
       Compensated absences                     43,847     40,977
       Tax carryforwards                        24,969     22,929
       Net operating loss carryforward       1,730,999    452,613
                                            ----------  ---------
                                             1,800,470    518,659
     
     Deferred tax liabilities:
       Intangible assets                      (659,460)  (497,078)
       Depreciation and amortization
                                               (91,570)   (84,268)
                                            ----------  ---------
     Net deferred tax asset (liability)     $1,049,440  $ (62,687)
                                            ==========  =========
</TABLE>
         
     Management believes realization of the cumulative net
     deferred tax asset at December 31, 1997 is more likely than
     not based upon expected future taxable income and therefore
     a valuation allowance has not been provided.
     
     At December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss
     ("NOL") carryforwards for Federal and State purposes of
     approximately $4,500,000 and $4,900,000, respectively, and
     other carryforwards of approximately $66,000.  The Federal
     and State NOL carryforwards expire as follows: $1,100,000
     and $1,500,000, respectively, in 2011 and $3,400,000 for
     both in 2012.

 </PAGE>                           F-23
 
10.  LEASES:
     
     The Company leases its office and storage space under
     operating leases.  The terms range from month-to-month up to
     ten years and include options to renew.  The Company also
     leases office equipment under various noncancelable lease
     agreements.  Total rental expense in 1997, 1996 and 1995 for
     all leases was $455,369, $333,225 and $210,962,
     respectively.
      
     Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable leases at
     December 31, 1997 follows:
    <TABLE>
    <CAPTION>
                                              Capital   Operating
                                               Leases     Leases
                                              -------- ----------
     <S>                                      <C>      <C>              
     1998                                     $146,130 $  456,656
     1999                                       46,020    441,386
     2000                                         -       402,158
     2001                                         -       332,211
     2002                                         -       330,000
     Thereafter                                   -     1,026,000
                                              --------  ---------  

     Future minimum lease payments             192,150 $2,988,411
                                                       ==========
     Less amount representing interest          15,534
                                              --------
     Present value of minimum lease payments  $176,616 
                                              ========

11. RETIREMENT PLAN:
   
    The Company has a profit sharing plan ("the Plan") for
    certain eligible employees who have attained the age of 18
    and completed one year of service.  Under the Plan, employer
    contributions are made at management's discretion.
    Participants may contribute up to 6% of earnings as eligible
    contributions and up to 15% of earnings in total for any
    Plan year.  The Company's discretionary matching percentage
    is equal to each participant's share of total eligible
    contributions for a year.  The Company made no contributions
    in 1997, 1996, and 1995.
    
    
12.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
     
     The carrying values of financial instruments included in
     long-term debt approximate their fair values due to the
     nature and terms of the instruments involved.


13.  MANAGEMENT'S PLANS FOR IMPROVED OPERATIONS
    
     The Company operated in 1997 without the services of its Vice President  
     of Sales and Marketing who left the Company in late 1996. In January, 
     1998, Mr. Larry R. Davenport joined the Company as Vice President
     of Sales and Marketing.  With his extensive experience, the Company 
     expects to improve its sales effort in 1998.  In addition, the Company
     has entered into negotiaions with a large retail software company,
     whereby the Company will serves as the preferred supplier of hardware
     to their customers and may obtain consulting engagements to install
     their software.  Substantial hardware sales and consulting revenues
     are expected from such arrangement in 1998.  In addition, in
     the first quarter of 1998 the Company obtained a $1,000,0000 credit 
     facility to replace its existing bank facility.  Further, in
     support of the potential hardware sales discussed above, the 
     Company obtained a large sale financing facility of $1,000,000
     with IBM Credit Corp., whereby the Company may finance directly with
     IBM Credit Corp. large sales of hardware and software.  There can be
     no assurance that increased revenues and a return to profitability
     will results from the above events.
     


</PAGE> F-24



                  THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                            As of June 30, 1998
                               (Unaudited)


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                As Reported
                                  Netplex                              Proforma
                               June 30, 1998       Adjustments     June 30, 1998
                               -------------      -------------    -------------
ASSETS
<S>                             <C>              <C>                   <C>
Current assets;
 Cash and cash equivalents      $2,084,428         $(3,000,000) A    $3,084,428
                                                     4,000,000  B              
 Accounts receivable, net        7,889,632             202,067  A     8,091,699
 Prepaid expenses                  410,003              11,527  A       421,530
                                ----------         -----------       ----------
   Total current assets         10,384,063           1,213,594       11,597,657

                        
Property & equipment, net          994,697             450,000  A     1,444,697
Employee notes receivable          213,792                -             213,792
Acquired software
   development costs                  -                336,001  A       336,001
Fulfilment database, net           863,571                -             863,571
Acquired software, net             379,269                -             379,269
Goodwill, net                    1,058,428           3,185,646  A     4,244,074
Other assets                       241,322              16,826  A       258,148
                               -----------         -----------      -----------
    Total assets               $14,135,142         $ 5,202,067      $19,337,209
                               ===========         ===========      ===========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
                      
  Accounts payable             $1,975,517           $    -           $1,975,517
  Line of credit                1,894,742            2,000,000 B      3,894,742
  Accrued expenses and other    6,064,771              202,067 A      6,266,838
                              -----------           ----------       ----------

    Total current liabilities  9,935,030             2,202,067       12,137,097
                              ----------            ----------       ----------

Other liabilities                266,630                 -              266,630
                              ----------            ----------       ----------
    Total liabilities         10,201,660             2,202,067       12,403,727

Stockholders' Equity
 Class A preferred stock          11,029                  -              11,029
 Class B preferred stock            -                1,000,000  A     1,000,000
 Common stock                      9,618                   381  B         9,999
 Additional paid in capital    9,661,512             1,999,619  B    11,661,131
 Accumulated deficit          (5,748,677)                 -          (5,748,677)
                                                      
                             -----------            ----------       ----------

   Total stockholders'equity  3,933,482              3,000,000        6,933,482
                             ----------             ----------       ----------

   Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity   $14,135,142             $5,202,067      $19,337,209
                            ===========             ==========       ==========

</TABLE>
                     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                             consolidated financial statements.


</PAGE>F-25

                   THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            PRO FORMA CONDENESED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998
                                  (Unaudited)
            
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                     Pro Forma
                             Netplex and                         
                                 ABS              AIG               Pro Forma
                             June 30, 1998      Acquisition       June 30, 1998
                            ------------      -------------        -------------
<S>                           <C>               <C>                 <C>
Revenues                     $30,141,642         $5,396,318 C        $35,537,960

Cost of revenues              24,853,533          2,256,146 C         27,109,679
                             -----------        -----------          -----------
    Gross profit               5,288,109          3,140,172            8,428,281
                             -----------        -----------          -----------

Selling, general and
  administrative expenses      5,952,847          1,199,041 C          7,258,076
                                                    106,188 D

                              ----------        -----------           ----------
  Operating income (loss)       (664,738)         1,834,943 C          1,170,205

Interest expenses, net            80,479             95,000 D            175,479
                              ----------        -----------            ---------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  INCOME TAXES                 (745,217)          1,739,943              994,726
                                                                     
          
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES         -                   -                    -   
                             ----------         -----------           ----------
    
NET INCOME (LOSS)            $ (745,217)         $1,739,943          $   994,726
                             ==========         ===========          ===========
								

Weighted average shares
outstanding, Basic & Diluted 8,223,292                                8,604,244
                             ==========                               ==========

Basic and diluted loss per
  common share               $    (0.10)                              $    0.10 
                             ==========                               ==========

</TABLE>

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                     consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-26


                   THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            PRO FORMA CONDENESED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    For Year Ended December 31, 1998
                                  (Unaudited)
            
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                     Pro Forma
                             Netplex and                         
                                 ABS              AIG              Pro Forma
                           December 31, 1997    Acquisition   December 31, 1997 
                             ------------      -------------       -------------
<S>                           <C>               <C>                 <C>
Revenues                     $44,613,931         $7,544,678 C        $52,158,609

Cost of revenues              38,463,654          5,074,646 C         43,538,300
                             -----------        -----------          -----------
  Gross profit                 6,150,277          2,470,032            8,620,309
                             -----------        -----------          -----------

Selling, general and
  administrative expenses      9,077,948          2,331,070 C         11,621,395
                                                    212,376 D

                              ----------        -----------           ----------
  Operating income (loss)     (2,927,671)           (73,414)         (3,001,086)

Interest expenses, net           26,337            190,000 D            216,337
                              ----------        -----------            ---------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  INCOME TAXES               (2,954,008)           (263,414)         (3,217,423)
                                                                     
          
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES         -                   -                    -   
                             ----------         -----------           ----------
    
NET INCOME (LOSS)           $(2,954,008)        $  (263,414)        $(3,217,423)
                            ===========         ===========          ===========
								

Weighted average shares
outstanding, Basic & Diluted  7,270,863                                7,651,815
                             ==========                               ==========

Basic and diluted loss per
  common share               $    (0.44)                              $   (0.46)
                             ==========                               ==========

</TABLE>

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                     consolidated financial statements.



</PAGE>F-27

                  THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               (unaudited)

                  June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997
 
A                                      Debit        Credit
                                      ----------  -----------
   Accounts receivable                  202,067
   Property and equipment               450,000
   Prepaid and other current assets      11,527 
   Software development costs           336,001
   Other assets                          16,826
   Goodwill                           3,185,646
        Accrued expenses-deferred revenue           202,067
        Cash                                      3,000,000
        Class B preferred stock                   1,000,000
                                     ----------  ----------
                                      4,202,067   4,202,067
                                     ==========  ==========

   Record purchase of AIG at preliminary estimate of fair values of
   assets and liabilities acquired.

B                                        Debit       Credit
                                      ---------    ----------  
   Cash                               4,000,000
      Line of credit-with Bank                      2,000,000
      Common stock                                        381
      Additional paid in capital                    1,999,619
                                     ----------    ----------
                                      4,000,000     4,000,000
                                     ==========    ==========

   Record expected financing of acquisition of Applied Intelligence Group.

C                                    Year                 Six Months
                              ---------------------  --------------------
  Cost of Revenues            5,074,646              2,256,146  
   Selling, G & A expense     1,990,311              1,036,394
   Selling, G&A expense,
      Depre & Amort             340,759                162,647
   Interest                        -                 1,941,131
   Revenue                              (7,544,678)      -      5,396,318
   Net assets (balance
     sheet entry not
     recorded)                 138,962
                           -----------  ---------   ---------  ---------
                             7,544,678  (7,544,678)  5,396,318 (5,396,318)
                            ==========   =========   =========  =========

   Record Applied Intelligence Group estimated profit and loss for the
   year ended 12/31/97 and the six months ended 6/30/98.


D                                    Year                 Six Months
                              ---------------------  --------------------

  Interest expense (at 9.5%)  190,000                    95,000
  Goodwill amortization                                 106,188
    expense                   212,376
     Accrued expenses                    (190,000)               (95,000)
     Accumulated amortization-Goodwill   (212,376)              (106,188)


  Record interest expense on financing and amortization of estimated
  goodwill over fifteen years on a straight-line basis.
                                                   
</PAGE>F-28                                

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
            As of June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           June 30,     December 31,
                                             1998           1997
                                        ------------  --------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>
                ASSETS                                           
Current Assets:                                                  
Cash and cash equivalents               $  2,084,428  $   353,005
Accounts receivable, net                   7,889,632    4,133,148
Prepaids and other current assets            410,003      432,842
                                        ------------  ----------- 
  Total current assets                    10,384,063    4,918,995
                                                    
Property and equipment, net                  994,697      952,546
Employee notes receivable                    213,792      193,464
Other assets                                 241,322       82,738
Fulfillment database, net                    863,571         -
Acquired software, net                       379,267      418,225
Goodwill, net                              1,058,428      346,529
                                        ------------  -----------
  Total assets                          $ 14,135,140  $ 6,912,497
                                        ============  ===========
                                                    
                                                                 
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'EQUITY                            
Current liabilities:                                             
Accounts payable                        $  1,975,515 $    567,805
Line of credit                             1,894,742    1,316,300
Accrued expenses and other                 6,164,771    3,588,594
                                        ------------  -----------   
  Total current liabilities               10,035,028    5,472,699

Other liabilities                            166,630      109,096
                                        ------------  -----------

  Total liabilities                       10,201,658    5,581,795
                                                    
                                                                 
Stockholders' equity:                                            
Class A cumulative preferred stock;                              
   $.01 par value; 2,000,000 authorized,
   outstanding 1,102,983 shares in 1998                          
   and 1,062,500 shares in 1997                                  
   (liquidation preference of the greater of
   [i]two times the stated value of $2                           
   per share plus all accrued and unpaid                             
   dividends, or [ii] the amount that would have                            
   been received if such shares were                             
   converted to Common Stock on the business day                           
   immediately prior to the liquidation)     11,029       10,625
Common stock $.001 par value                                     
   20,000,000 authorized, outstanding                            
   9,618,825 share in 1998                                       
   7,470,370 shares in 1997                    9,618        7,470
Additional paid in capital                 9,661,508    6,272,407
Accumulated deficit                       (5,748,673)  (4,959,800)
                                                               
Commitments and contingencies
                                         -----------  -----------
  Total stockholders' equity               3,933,482    1,330,702
                                                                 
  Total liabilities and stockholders'
    equity                              $ 14,135,140 $  6,912,497
                                        ============  ===========
</TABLE>
                                                                 
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE> F-29

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                
                                               Six Months Ended
                                                   June 30,
                                            -----------------------
                                                1998       1997
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>
                                              
Revenues                                    $27,677,446 $19,708,901
                                            
                                             
Cost of revenues                             23,133,659  17,810,553
                                            -----------  ----------
                                                          
Gross profit                                  4,543,787   1,898,348

                                              
                                              
Selling, general and administrative
   expenses                                   5,252,181   3,444,953
                                             ----------  ----------
                                              
Operating loss                                 (708,394) (1,546,605)
                                             ----------  ----------
                                                
Other income (expense)                                             
Interest income (expenss), net                 (80,479)      39,405
                                             ---------    ---------
                                              
Loss before income taxes                      (788,873)  (1,507,200)
                                              
Income tax provision (benefit)                     -            -
                                            ----------  -----------
                                              
Net loss                                    $ (788,873) $(1,507,200)
                                            ==========  ===========
                                              
Basic and dilutive (loss) per
    common share                            $    (0.11) $     (0.26)
                                            ==========  ===========

                                               
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding, basic and diluted             8,472,566    6,517,750
                                            ==========   ==========

</TABLE>                                
                                
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE> F-30

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                For the Six Months Ended June 30,
                           (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                
                                
                                                      1998         1997
                                                   ----------  ------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>

Operating activities:
                                                                
Net cash flow used in operating activities         $ (701,814) $ (2,218,362)
                                                   ----------  ------------ 
Investing activities:                                           
   Purchases of property and equipment               (182,223)      (54,632)
   Cash paid in acquisition, net of cash acquired    (146,670)         -
   Proceeds from the exercise of stock options           -           69,934
                                                   ----------  ------------     
Net cash flow from investing activities              (328,893)       15,302
                                                                
Financing activities:                                           
   Net proceeds from stock offerings                  3,069,125          -
   Borrowings under line of credit                     (271,199)         -
   Principal payments on capital lease olibations       (35,796)    (15,086)
   Dividends paid on Class A preferred stock                -      (180,695)
                                                    -----------  ----------
                                                                
Net cash flow from financing activities               2,762,130    (195,781)
                                                    -----------  ----------
                                                     
                                                                
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      1,731,423   (2,398,841)
                                                   
                                                                
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period             353,005    3,691,099
                                                    -----------  -----------   
                                                                
                                                                
Cash and equivalents at end of period               $ 2,084,428  $ 1,292,258
                                                   ============  ===========    
                                                                
                                                                
Supplemental information:                                       
   Cash paid (received) during the period for:
     Interest                                      $     86,182  $     4,612
                                                   ============  ===========
                                                                
      Income taxes                                 $       -     $      -
                                                   ============  ===========
                                                                 

</TABLE>
                                
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                
                                
                                
              
                            
</PAGE> F-31                           
                                




            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     June 30, 1998 and 1997
                           (Unaudited)

(1)  General
     -------
   The   accompanying  unaudited  condensed   consolidated
   financial   statements  of  The  Netplex  Group,   Inc.    and
   Subsidiaries  ("Netplex" or the "Company") have been  prepared
   in  accordance  with generally accepted accounting  principles
   for interim financial information and with the instructions to
   Form  10-Q  and  Rule 10-01 of Regulation  S-X.   Accordingly,
   certain information and note disclosures normally included  in
   the   financial   statements  presented  in  accordance   with
   generally  accepted accounting principles have been  condensed
   or  omitted.   The Company believes the disclosures  made  are
   adequate  to  make the information presented  consistent  with
   past   practices.   However,  these   condensed   consolidated
   financial  statements should be read in conjunction  with  the
   consolidated  financial statements and notes thereto  included
   in  the  Company's annual report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal
   year ended December 31, 1997.

   In  the  opinion  of  the Company, the accompanying  condensed
   consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments  and
   reclassifications   (which  include  only   normal   recurring
   adjustments)   necessary  to  present  fairly  the   financial
   position  of the Company as of June 30, 1998 and December  31,
   1997,  the results of its operations for the three months  and
   six  months ended June 30, 1998 and its cash flows for the six
   months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997.  Interim results are  not
   necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
   the  fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

   Business
   --------
   Based in  McLean, Virginia with twelve offices throughout the  U.S.,
   The  Netplex  Group,  Inc.  together  with  its  wholly  owned
   subsidiaries, is an Information Technology (IT)  Services  and
   Solutions  company  providing the  people,  technologies,  and
   processes that build, manage, and protect business information
   systems.  Through the strategic teaming of business consulting
   practice   areas,   operating   units,   and   wholly    owned
   subsidiaries,  Netplex  believes  that  it  is  positioned  to
   deliver:  IT Solutions - Design and implementation of  systems
   solutions to address IT related business needs; IT Staffing  -
   Staff  augmentation  and  flexible task  outsourcing;  and  IT
   Contractor  Resources - Business services for the  independent
   IT Consultant.

   Basis of Presentation
   ---------------------
   The accompanying financial statements include the accounts  of
   Netplex  Systems,  Inc.  (formerly The  Netplex  Group,  Inc.)
   America's  Work  Exchange, Inc., its wholly  owned  subsidiary
   Software   Resources  of  New  Jersey,  Inc,  now   known   as
   Contractors  Resources  ("CR"), Onion Peel  Solutions,  L.L.C.
   ("Onion  Peel"), and PSS Group, Inc.  ("PSS")  for  the  three
   months  ended June 30, 1998.  The financial statements exclude
   the  accounts  of  Onion Peel and PSS for the  three  and  six
   months  ended  June  30, 1997 because the effective  dates  of
   their  acquisitions,  which  were  accounted  for  using   the
   purchase  method of accounting, were subsequent  to  June  30,
   1997.  Only  the  balance sheet of Automated Business  Systems
   ("ABS")  acquired  in June 1998 is included in  the  financial
   statements.  The  Company's statement of  operations  for  the
   three and six months ended June 30, 1998 does not include  the
   results  of  operations of ABS from June 18, 1998 (acquisition
   date) to June 30, 1998, as such amounts are not material.

</PAGE>                             F-32

   All  significant intercompany transactions were eliminated  in
   consolidation.
   
   Earnings (loss) per share
   -------------------------
   Basic  net  loss  per share is calculated using  the  weighted
   average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during   the
   periods.   Diluted  net loss per common  share  is  calculated
   using  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and
   dilutive  potential  common  shares  outstanding  during   the
   periods.  For the three month and six month periods ended June
   30,  1998  and  1997, the assumed exercise  of  the  Company's
   outstanding   stock  options  and  warrants  and   Convertible
   Preferred  Stock has not been included in the  calculation  as
   the effect would be anti-dilutive.

  A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the
  basic and diluted EPS for the three months and the six months
  ended June 30, 1998 and 1997, is provided below:


                                           Income     Shares        Per-Share
                                       (Numerator) (Denominator)      Amount
                                       ----------   -----------     --------- 
    Three months ended June 30, 1998                               
     Net Loss                          $ (373,616)                    
     Preferred stock dividend               55,149
                                       -----------
     Basic and diluted EPS                                         
      Loss to common shareholders      $ (428,765)    9,172,542    $ (0.05)
                                       ==========                  =======      
    Three months ended June 30, 1997                               
     Net Loss                          $ (741,349)                        
     Preferred stock dividend              82,500
                                       ----------
     Basic and diluted EPS                                         
      Loss to common shareholders      $ (823,849)    6,577,870    $ (0.13)
                                       ==========                  =======     
    Six months ended June 30, 1998                                        
     Net Loss                          $ (788,873)                        
     Preferred stock dividend             111,612
                                       ----------
     Basic and diluted EPS                                                
      Loss to common shareholders      $ (900,485)    8,472,566    $ (0.11)
                                       ==========                  =======     
    Six months ended June 30, 1997                                        
     Net Loss                          $(1,507,200)                             
     Preferred stock dividend              165,500
                                       -----------
     Basic and diluted EPS                                                
      Loss to common shareholders      $(1,672,700)    6,517,750   $ (0.26)
                                       ===========                 =======
                                                

</PAGE>                                 F-33

(2)  Acquisitions
   ------------
   Onion Peel Solutions L.L.C.
   ---------------------------
   The  Company acquired Onion Peel Solutions L.L.C., a  Raleigh,
   NC  based provider of network management solutions as of  July
   1,  1997, by issuing 80,000 shares of its Common Stock to  the
   members  of  Onion Peel, subject to the issuance of additional
   shares  based  on  the closing price of the  Company's  Common
   Stock on December 31, 1998.  The acquisition was accounted for
   using  the purchase method of accounting, whereby the $400,000
   purchase  price was allocated to the fair value of the  assets
   acquired and the liabilities assumed.



   PSS Group, Inc.
   ---------------
   On January 30, 1998, the Company completed the purchase of all
   of  the  stock  of The PSS Group, Inc. ("PSS"), the  technical
   professional  staff augmentation operations  and  business  of
   Preferred Systems Solutions, Inc. ("Preferred") and formerly a
   wholly  owned  subsidiary of Preferred.  In consideration  for
   the  purchase, the Company paid $300,000 at closing and on  or
   before  January 15, 1999 will pay $300,000 in cash or  200,000
   shares  of  its  Common Stock or any combination  thereof,  at
   Preferred's option. The agreement also provides that Preferred
   will receive additional consideration (the "Earn-out") if  PSS
   meets certain operating targets. Such Earn-out may be paid  at
   the  Company's  option in cash or its Common  Stock  based  on
   future stock prices, or any combination thereof. In connection
   with  the  acquisition, the Company and PSS have entered  into
   employment  agreements  with certain employees  of  PSS.   The
   acquisition was recorded effective January 1, 1998  using  the
   purchase method of accounting.
   
   The purchase price of the PSS acquisition was determined to be
   $600,000  (subject to adjustment for contingent consideration)
   and  was  preliminarily allocated to the  fair  value  of  the
   assets and liabilities acquired, as follows:
   
                                          
   Cash                          $    148,000
   Accounts receivable                800,000
   Fulfillment database               930,000
   Other assets                       122,000
   Less liabilities assumed        (1,400,000)
                                 ------------        
   Net assets acquired           $    600,000
                                 ============
   
   The Company is amortizing the fulfillment database (resume
   database) over 7 years using the straight-line method.

</PAGE>                                   F-34


   Automated Business Systems
   ---------------
   On  June 18 1998, the Company completed the purchase of all of
   the   stock   of  Automated  Business  Solutions  and   Kellar
   Technology Group, Inc. (Collectively "ABS").  In consideration
   for the purchase, the Company paid $200,000 and issued 450,000
   shares of its Common Stock.  The agreement also provides  that
   the   former  shareholders  of  ABS  will  receive  additional
   consideration (the "Earn-out") if ABS meets certain  operating
   targets.  In connection with the acquisition, the Company  has
   entered  into employment agreements with certain employees  of
   ABS.   The  acquisition was recorded effective June  30,  1998
   using  the  purchase  method  of accounting.  The  results  of
   operations for the period from June 18, 1998 to June 30,  1998
   are  not material and the future results of operations of  ABS
   will be included beginning effective July 1, 1998.
   
   The purchase price of the ABS acquisition was determined to be
   $791,000  (subject to adjustment for contingent consideration)
   and  was  preliminarily allocated to the  fair  value  of  the
   assets and liabilities acquired, as follows:
   

                                          
   Cash                          $    205,000
   Accounts receivable                756,000
   Property and equipment              51,000
   Other assets                        33,000
   Goodwill                           673,000
   Less liabilities assumed          (927,000)
                                 ------------
   Net assets acquired           $    791,000
                                 ============
   
   The Company is amortizing the goodwill resulting from the
   acquisition over a estimated useful life of 15 years using the
   straight-line method.
                                               
  
  The  following  unaudited  supplemental  financial  information
  presents   the   consolidated  results  of  the  Company   from
  continuing  operations, on a proforma basis, and the  resulting
  increase   in   common  shares  outstanding,  as   though   the
  acquisitions  of  Onion Peel, PSS and ABS were  consummated  on
  January 1, 1997.
  

                                                                  

                                         Unaudited
                       --------------------------------------------
                       (amounts in thousands, except per share data)
                       --------------------------------------------

                               Three Months      Six Months
                          ------------------  ----------------
                                 June 30,         June 30,
                              1998     1997    1998     1997
                           -------   -------  -------  -------

  Revenue                  $16,070   $11,559  $30,142  $22,826
                           =======   =======  =======  =======
                                                             
  Net loss                    (345)    (920)    (728)  (1,769)
                           =======   =======  =======  =======
                                                              
                                                              
  Weighted Average Shares
    Outstanding               9,623    7,108    8,923    7,048
                           ========   ======   ======   ======
                                                              
                                                              
  Loss per share             $(0.04)   $(0.14)  $(0.09)  $(0.27)
                           ========   =======   ======   ======

</PAGE>                               F-35


(3)  Equity Financings
   -----------------
   Between  January  1, 1998 and June 30, 1998, the  Company  has
   raised additional equity totaling $3,069,000 as follows:
   
   In  February 1998 the Company raised $100,000 through the sale
   of 80,000 shares of non-registered Common Stock plus a warrant
   to  purchase an additional 100,000 shares of common  stock  at
   $1.20.
   
   In March 1998 the Company raised $1,457,000 of financing in  a
   Private  Placement raised primarily from accredited  investors
   and employees of the Company. The Company issued shares of non-
   registered Common Stock to purchasers who have agreed  not  to
   sell or otherwise distribute their shares for a period of  one
   year.   These restricted shares carry registration rights  and
   were  offered at $1.00 per share.  The funds will be  used  to
   finance operations and additional acquisitions.
   
   On  April 7, 1998 Netplex completed the sale of 1,500 units of
   a Private Placement, totaling $1.5 million ($1.3 million after
   fees  and expenses).  The sale represents the first half of  a
   transaction that could include the sale of an additional 1,500
   units  for  $1.5  million at a future  date,  subject  to  the
   satisfaction  of  certain conditions. Each unit  sold  in  the
   private placement consisted of a prepaid Common Stock purchase
   warrant entitling the holder to acquire such number of  shares
   of the Company's Common Stock as is equal to $1,000 divided by
   an  adjustable  exercise  price and  an  additional  incentive
   warrant  to acquire 52 shares of Common Stock (or an aggregate
   of  78,000 shares of Common Stock).  The Company also  granted
   the  placement  agent a warrant to purchase 39,000  shares  of
   Common  Stock  plus  a  placement fee  and  a  non-accountable
   expense  allowance  equal to 12.53% of  the  proceeds  of  the
   offering.  The second half of the transaction would be for the
   sale  of  an additional and committed 1,500 units, for  $1,000
   per unit.
                                               
   
   In  April 1998 the Company raised $198,000 of financing in two
   Private  Placements  raised  from  accredited  investors.  The
   Company  issued  shares  of  non-registered  Common  Stock  to
   purchasers who have agreed not to sell or otherwise distribute
   their  shares  for  a  period of one year.   These  restricted
   shares carry registration rights and were offered at $1.375 to
   $1.50 per share.  The funds will be used to finance operations
   and additional acquisitions.
   
   The  above  equity  financings enabled the Company  to  exceed
   NASDAQ's  published  net  tangible  asset  requirement  of  $2
   million and continue its listing on the NASDAQ SmallCap  Stock
   market.

</PAGE>                                   F-36

(4)  New Accounting Pronouncements
   -----------------------------
   In  June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS'  SFAS  No.
   131  Segment  Information.   This standard  is  effective  for
   reporting  periods  beginning January 1, 1998.  SFAS  No.  131
   amends  the  requirements  for public  enterprises  to  report
   financial  and  descriptive information about  its  reportable
   operating  segments.  Operating segments, as defined  in  SFAS
   No.  131,  are components of an enterprise for which  separate
   financial  information is available and is evaluated regularly
   by  the  Company in deciding how to allocate resources and  in
   assessing performance.  The financial information is  required
   to  be  reported  on the basis that it is used internally  for
   evaluating  the segment performance.  The Company believes  it
   operates  in  three  segments as  defined:  IT  Solutions,  IT
   Staffing, and IT Contractors Resources.  The Company  believes
   that  the  implementation  of this pronouncement  will  affect
   financial statement presentation.

</PAGE>                             F-37



                Independent Auditors' Report

Board of Directors and Stockholders
The Netplex Group, Inc. :

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
of The Netplex Group, Inc. and subsidiaries  (the "Company")
as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity
and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements
referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of The Netplex Group, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.


                                         /s/ KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP

McLean, Virginia
April 10, 1998

</PAGE>F-38

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Consolidated Balance Sheets
                   December 31, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        Assets                         1997             1996
                                                    ----------      ----------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
Current assets:

 Cash and cash equivalents                          $  353,005      $3,691,099
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance
   for doubtful accounts of $133,000
   and $177,000, respectively                        4,133,148       4,304,662
                                                                               
 Notes receivable                                      200,000            -
 Prepaids and current assets                           232,842         350,074
                                                    ----------      ----------

  Total current assets                               4,918,995       8,345,835
                                                    
                                                         
 Property and equipment, net                           952,546       1,090,617
 Other assets                                           82,738          78,988
 Employee notes receivable                             193,464            -
 Acquired software, net                                418,225            -
 Goodwill, net                                         346,529         373,180
                                                    ----------      ----------
  Total assets                                      $6,912,497      $9,888,620
                                                    ==========      ==========
                                                                               

             Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                                                         
Current liabilities:                                                         
 Accounts payable                                   $  567,805      $  936,865
 Line of credit                                      1,316,300           -
 Accrued expenses                                    3,383,024       5,166,184
 Deferred revenue                                      109,497         329,267
 Obligation under capital lease, current portion        96,073         106,347
                                                    ----------      ----------
  Total current liabilities                          5,472,699      $6,538,663
                                                                               
 Obligation under capital lease, net of
   current portion                                     109,096         110,669
                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                         
  Total liabilities                                  5,581,795       6,649,322
                                                    ----------       ---------  
Stockholder's equity:                                                     

 Class A Cumulative Convertible                   
   Preferred Stock; $.01 par value;                
   liquidation preference of the greater of (i)
   two times the stated value of $2 per share
   plus all accrued and unpaid
   dividends, or (ii) the amount that
   would have been received if such
   shares were converted to Common
   Stock on the business day
   immediately prior to the
   liquidation; 2,000,000 shares
   authorized, 1,062,500 and 1,750,000
   shares outstanding in 1997 and 1996,
   respectively                                         10,625          17,500

 Common stock, $.001 par value; 20,000,000
 authorized, 7,470,370 and 6,442,903 shares
 outstanding in 1997 and 1996, respectively              7,470           6,443
 Additional paid in capital                          6,272,407       5,301,542
 Accumulated deficit                                (4,959,800)    (2,086,197)
                                                   -----------      ----------


                                                         
  Commitments and contingencies                          
                                                         
  Total stockholders' equity                         1,330,702       3,239,288
                                                   -----------      ----------

        Total liabilities and stockholders'equity  $ 6,912,497      $9,888,620
                                                   ===========      ==========

</TABLE>


  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


</PAGE>F-39
            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Consolidated Statements of Operations
             Years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1997           1996
                                                ------------   ------------

<S>                                             <C>            <C>
Revenue                                         $ 40,468,134   $ 33,524,679
                                         
                                                              
Cost of revenue                                   35,415,644     30,878,166
                                                ------------    -----------
                                                   
  Gross profit                                     5,052,490      2,646,513
  
                                                              
Selling, general and administrative expense        7,899,756      5,205,906
                                                ------------    -----------
                                                             
Operating loss                                    (2,847,266)    (2,559,393)
                        
                                                              
Other income/(expenses)                                                        
 Interest income/(expensee), net                     (26,337)        33,119
 Other income                                            -            4,808
                                                 -----------     ----------
                                                     (26,337)        37,927
                                                
Loss from continuing operations
  before income taxes                             (2,873,603)   (2,521,466)
                                                 
Income tax (benefit) provision                         -           (34,000)
                                                 -----------    ----------

                                                              
 Loss from continuing operations                  (2,873,603)   (2,487,466)
             
                                                               
Discontinued operations
   Loss from operations of discountined
      business                                           -      (1,332,050)
                                                            
   Net gain from disposal                                -       1,820,129
                                                 -----------    ----------
                                                              
                                
Income from discontinued operations                      -         488,079

                                                              
Net loss                                        $(2,873,603)   $(1,999,387)
                                                ===========    ===========


Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  Continuing operations                            $  (0.46)   $     (0.51)
  Discontinued operations                               -             0.09
                                                -----------     -----------
    Total                                          $  (0.46)   $     (0.42)
                                                ===========    ===========
                                                               
  Weighted average common shares
   outstanding, basic and diluted                 6,820,863      5,026,306
                                                ===========      =========
</TABLE>
                                
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


</PAGE>F-40

                    THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                     Years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Class A                                     
                                Cumulative
                                Convertible
                                 Preferred                        
                                   Stock        Common Stock   Additional
                              --------------   ----------------  paid in  Accumulated
                              Shares      $     Shares     $     capital    deficit     Total
                             --------- ------  --------- ------ --------- ---------- -----------

<S>                          <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995     -         -   3,197,608 31,976   579,124    (86,810)    524,290
  Net loss                       -         -      -        -         -    (1,999,387) (1,999,387)
  Reduction in par value         
    resulting from the
    merger of the Company
    with Netplex from $0.01
    per share to $0.001 per
    share                        -         -      -     (28,778)   28,778      -           -
  Issuance of common shares in
   the merger of the Company
   with Netplex                  -         -   3,245,295  3,245 1,767,488      -       1,770,733
 Private placement of Class A
   Cumulative, Convertible                                                    -       3,041,846
   Stock                     1,750,000  17,500    -        -    3,024,346                (98,194)
 Preferred stock dividends       -         -      -        -      (98,194)     -
                             ---------  ------ --------- ------ --------- ----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1996 1,750,000  17,500 6,442,903  6,443 5,301,542 (2,086,197)  3,239,288
 Net loss                        -         -      -        -        -     (2,873,603) (2,873,603) 
 Conversions of preferred                        
   stock to common stock      (687,500) (6,875)  687,500    687     6,188      -           -
 Exercise of common stock
   warrants                      -         -     225,000    225   537,275      -         537,500
 Preferred stock dividends       -         -      -       -       (82,500)     -         (82,500)
 Issuance of common stock                                          
   options                       -         -      -       -        40,000      -          40,000
 Issuance of common stock
   in connections 
   with Onion Peel Solutions,
   LLC acquisition               -         -      80,000     80   399,920      -         400,000
 Exercise of common stock        -         -      34,967     35    69,982      -          70,017
   option
                             ---------  ------ --------- ------ --------- ----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997 1,062,500 $10,625 7,470,370  7,470 6,272,407 (4,959,800)  1,330,702
                             =========  ====== ========= ====== ========= ==========  ==========


</TABLE>                                        
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-41
            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
             Years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          1997            1996
                                       -----------    -----------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>
Operating activities:
  Net loss                             $(2,873,603)   $(1,999,387)
  Adjustments to reconcile net
    loss to net cash used in
    operating activities                           
      Depreciation and amortization        464,213        587,902
      Expense on options granted            40,000           -
      Gain on sale of Worldlink
        product technology                    -        (1,820,129)
      Deferred income taxes                   -           (34,000)
      Change in assets and liabilities,
        net of effects of acquisition:
           Accounts receivable             301,321       (789,955)
           Prepaid expenses and other     
              current assets               117,712       (117,496)
           Other assets                       -            (9,404)
           Accounts payable and accrued                        
              expenses                  (2,159,896)     1,190,669
           Deferred revenue               (219,770)      (131,643)
                                        ----------     ----------
           Net cash used in operating
             activities                 (4,330,023)    (3,123,443)
                                        ----------     ----------
Investing activities
  Capital expenditures                    (105,438)      (631,983)            
  Net proceeds from the sale of               -         2,492,795
    WorldLink product technology             2,149      1,245,062
  Cash acquired in business acquistion  ----------     ----------

     Net cash provided by/(used in)       (103,289)     3,105,874
       investing activities

Financing activities
  Proceeds from the exercise of stock
    options and warrants                   607,517          -
  Note receivable                         (200,000)         -
  Employee notes receivable               (193,464)         -
  Payment of dividends on Class A
    preferred stock                       (180,694)         -
  Principal payments on capital
    lease obligations                      (99,945)       (14,019)
  Line of credit advances                1,316,300        650,000
  Line of credit repayments                (95,000)      (650,000)
  Repayments of other notes payable        (59,496)      (159,870)
  Proceeds from private placement             -         3,041,846
                                        ----------     ----------
    Net cash provided by financing       
      activities                         1,095,218      2,867,957
                                        ----------     ----------

  Increase (decrease) in cash and       (3,338,094)     2,850,388
     cash equivalents

Cash and Cash equivalents at beginning
  of period                              3,691,099        840,711
                                        ----------     ----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of                    
   period                                  353,005      3,691,099
                                       ===========     ==========

Supplemental information
  Cash paid during the period for:
    Interest                                61,366         24,247
                                      ============     ==========
    Income taxes                              -            12,985
                                      ============     ==========
    Capital lease obligation                88,098        241,561
                                      ============     ==========
</TABLE>             
                                
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-42

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                   December 31, 1997 and 1996

(1)  The Business and Basis of  Presentation

  The Business
  ------------
  The Netplex Group, Inc. ("the Company") was incorporated in
  1986 to provide IT services and solutions.  Netplex is an
  Information Technology (IT) company that provides the
  expertise and information systems to link employees,
  customers, prospects, suppliers and manufacturers to help
  "network-enable" organizations. The Company re-sells
  technology products when necessary to deliver to customers
  fully integrated system solutions.  The Company also provides
  certain business services to independent consultants who
  become the Company's employees.

  Basis of presentation
  ---------------------

  Merger with Netplex
  -------------------
  On June 7, 1996, the Company (formerly known as "CompLink,
  Ltd." or "CompLink") acquired and merged with America's Work
  Exchange and The Netplex Group, Inc. (collectively referred to
  as "Netplex") in a reverse merger transaction by issuing
  approximately 3,245,000 shares of Common Stock, or 50.4 % of
  the Company's outstanding stock after giving effect for the
  merger.  The merger agreement also provided for the Company to
  assume 1,691,000 outstanding Common Stock options of Netplex.

  The merger has been accounted for under the purchase method of
  accounting as a reverse merger, since the shareholders of
  Netplex, which have common control, received the larger of the
  voting rights of the combined entity.  As a result, Netplex is
  considered the acquirer for accounting purposes.

  The merger resulted in a re-capitalization of the acquirers,
  so that the resulting capitalization of the Company after the
  merger is that of CompLink's giving effect to the issuance of
  new shares and elimination of CompLink's accumulated deficit.
  In addition, the par value of the Company's Common Stock was
  decreased from $0.01 per share to $0.001 per share in
  connection with the merger.  The assets and liabilities of
  CompLink were recorded by the Company at book value which
  approximates fair value.

  The statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
  1996 reflect those of Netplex for the year and those of
  CompLink and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Technology
  Development Systems ("TDS"), commencing on June 1, 1996.  The
  merger has been accounted for assuming that it occurred on May
  31, 1996.  The operating results of CompLink and TDS from June
  1, 1996 up to June 7, 1996 (the merger date) have been
  included in the Company's 1996 consolidated statement of
  operations, as such amounts are not material.

  Coincident with the merger the Company's name was changed from
  CompLink, Ltd. to The Netplex Group, Inc. and the entity known
  as The Netplex Group, Inc. prior to the merger changed its
  name to Netplex Systems, Inc.  The Company's fiscal year end
  was changed from July 31 to December 31.  Upon completion of
  the merger, the Company consisted of Netplex Systems, Inc.;
  America's Work Exchange ("AWE") and its wholly- owned
  subsidiary, Software Resources of New Jersey , now known as
  Contractors Resources ("CR"), and The Netplex Group, Inc.
  (formerly known as CompLink Ltd.) and its wholly-owned
  subsidiary, TDS.


</PAGE>                          F-43

  Acquisition of Onion Peel Solutions L.L.C.
  ------------------------------------------
  On July 1, 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding
  membership interests of Onion Peel Solutions L.L.C. ("Onion
  Peel"), a Raleigh, NC based provider of network management
  solutions, in exchange for 80,000 shares of its Common Stock,
  subject to the issuance of additional shares based on the
  closing price of the Company's Common Stock on December 31,
  1998. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase
  method of accounting, whereby the $400,000 purchase price was
  allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired and the
  liabilities assumed.

  The operating results of Onion Peel have been included in the
  Company's consolidated results from July 1, 1997.  The
  acquired intangible asset recorded on the consolidated balance
  sheet represents the fair value of Onion Peel's software
  license rights.  This intangible asset is being amortized on a
  straight - line basis over four years.  Amortization of the
  software license rights was $46,470 in 1997.

  The following unaudited supplemental financial information
  presents the consolidated results of the Company from
  continuing operations, on a pro forma basis, as though the
  merger with CompLink and the acquisition of Onion Peel were
  consummated on January 1, 1996 and reflect the historical
  results of operations of the purchased business adjusted for
  goodwill amortization and increased common shares outstanding
  from the merger. The pro forma results do not include the
  operations of the discontinued business.
  
                                      Unaudited
                               Year Ended December 31
                                   1997        1996
                                ---------- -----------
                         (in thousands except per share data)

Revenues                       $    40,804 $    34,666
                               =========== ===========
Net loss from continuing
  operations                   $   (3,173) $   (2,865)
                               ==========  ==========

Net loss per share from
  continuing operations        $    (0.46) $    (0.44)
                               ==========  ==========

Weighted average common
   shares outstanding               6,861       6,523
                               ==========   ========= 
  
  The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily
  indicative of the actual results of operations that would have
  occurred had the purchase been made at the beginning of the
  period, or the results which may occur in the future.

</PAGE>                              F-44


(2)  Summary of  Significant Accounting Policies

  Principles of Consolidation
  ---------------------------
  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
  accounts of The Netplex Group, Inc. and its wholly owned
  subsidiaries, Netplex Systems, Inc., America's Work Exchange,
  Software Resources of New Jersey, now known as Contractors
  Resources ("CR"), Technology Development Systems, and Onion
  Peel Solutions, L.L.C.  All significant intercompany
  transactions have been eliminated during consolidation.

  Revenue Recognition
  -------------------
  The majority of the Company's revenue is from consulting
  services contracts.  This revenue is recognized when the
  services are performed and the costs are incurred.  The
  Company generally recognizes hardware and software product
  revenue when the products are delivered to the customer site.
  Fixed price contract revenue is recognized on the percentage
  of completion basis based on costs incurred to estimated costs
  to complete.  Revenue for maintenance contracts is recognized
  ratably over the service period of the underlying contract.
  Deferred revenue represents the unearned portion of
  maintenance contracts and amounts billed in advance of
  customer acceptance, in accordance with the terms of the
  contract.  The Company records loss provisions if required for
  its contracts at the time that such losses are identified.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents
  -------------------------
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
  maturity, at date of purchase, of three months or less to be
  cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are comprised of money
  market accounts.

  Property and Equipment
  ----------------------
  Property and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation and
  amortization are provided for using the straight-line method
  over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from
  3 to 7 years.

  Property and equipment under capital leases are stated at the
  present value of the minimum lease payments and are amortized
  using the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful
  life.

  Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the costs
  and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the
  accounts and any gain or loss on such disposition is reflected
  in the statement of operations. Expenditures for repairs and
  maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.

  Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and
  equipment was $391,091 and $318,865 for the years ended
  December 31, 1997 and 1996.

  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be
  Disposed Of
  ------------------------------------------------------------
  The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121,
  "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
  Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of ", on January 1, 1996.
  This Statement requires that long-lived assets and certain
  identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever
  events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
  amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of
  assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
  carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash
  flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If such assets
  are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized
  is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
  assets exceed the fair value of the assets.  Assets to be
  disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount
  or fair value less cost to sell.  Adoption of this Statement
  did not have a material impact on the Company's financial
  position, results of operations, or liquidity.

</PAGE>                                  F-45


  Excess Costs Over Net Assets Acquired
  -------------------------------------
  Excess costs over net assets acquired (goodwill) resulting
  from AWE's acquisition of CR is being amortized on a straight-
  line basis over a recovery period of 15 years.  The Company
  assesses the potential impairment and recovery of goodwill on
  an annual basis and more frequently if factors dictate.
  Management forecasts are used to evaluate the recovery of
  goodwill through determining whether amortization of the
  goodwill can be recovered through the undiscounted operating
  cash flow (cash flow excluding goodwill amortization, non-
  recurring charges and interest expense).  If an impairment of
  goodwill appears to have occurred, impairment is measured
  based on projected discounted operating cash flow (excluding
  goodwill amortization, non recurring charges and interest
  expense) using a discount rate reflecting the Company's cost
  of funds.  The assessment of the recoverability of goodwill
  will be impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are
  not achieved.  The Company may assess the net carrying amount
  of goodwill using internal and or independent valuations.

  Accumulated amortization of goodwill related to the purchase
  of CR at December 31, 1997 was $53,308 and at December 31,
  1996 was $26,656.

  Income Taxes
  ------------
  Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
  method under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
  109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109").  Under this
  method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
  the future tax consequences of differences between the
  financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
  liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
  and tax credit carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and
  liabilities are measured by applying enacted statutory tax
  rates, that are applicable to the future years in which the
  deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled
  or realized. Any change in tax rates on deferred tax assets
  and liabilities is recognized in net income in the period in
  which the rate change is enacted.

  Earnings (loss) per share
  -------------------------
  In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
  ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
  No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128"), which requires
  companies to present basic earnings per share and diluted
  earnings per share (EPS), instead of the primary and fully
  diluted EPS that had previously been required.  The Company
  adopted SFAS 128 in the fourth quarter of 1997.  The impact to
  prior years' amounts was immaterial.  Basic net loss per
  common share is calculated using the weighted average number
  of common shares outstanding during the periods.  Diluted net
  loss per common share is calculated using the weighted average
  number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares
  outstanding during the periods.  For the years ended December
  31, 1997 and 1996, the assumed exercise of the company's
  outstanding stock options and warrants and Convertible
  Preferred Stock has not been included in the calculation as
  the effect would be anti-dilutive.

</PAGE>                                  F-46


  A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the
  basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 1997
  and 1996, is provided below:

                              Income     Shares     Per-Share
                           (Numerator) (Denominator) Amount       
                          ------------ ------------ --------
1997                                              
Net Loss                  $ (2,873,603)       -     $    -
Preferred stock dividend       275,628        -          -
Basic and diluted EPS                                    
 Income available to        ---------     ---------   -----
   common shareholders    $ (3,149,228)   6,820,863  $ (0.46)
                          ============    =========   ======               
                                                        
1996                       
Net Loss                  $ (1,999,387)       -     $    -
Preferred stock dividend        98,194        -          -
                          ------------    ---------  ------
Basic and diluted EPS                                    
 Income available to       
   common shareholders    $ (2,097,581)   5,026,306 $ (0.42)
                          ============    =========   ======                 


</PAGE>                                      F-47
 


  Stock Options
  -------------
  Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company accounted for its 1992
  Incentive Stock Option plan ("ISO Plan") and the 1995
  Directors' Stock Option plan (the "Director' Plan") in
  accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
  Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees"
  ("APB 25") and related interpretations.  Pursuant to APB 25
  compensation expense is recorded on the date of grant only to
  the extent the current market price of the underlying stock
  exceeded the exercise price.  On January 1, 1996, the Company
  adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
  "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), which
  permits entities to recognize, as expense over the vesting
  period, the fair value of all stock-based awards on the grant
  date.  Alternatively, SFAS No.123 also allows entities to
  continue to apply the provisions of APB 25 and provide pro
  forma net income and pro forma earnings per share disclosures
  for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and in future
  years as if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS 123
  had been applied.  The Company has elected to continue to
  apply the provisions of APB Opinion 25 and provide the pro
  forma disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 for the ISO and
  Directors' Plans.

  The Company's 1995 Consultant's plan (the " Consultant's
  Plan") allows for the granting of options to both
  organizations and individuals who are not employees of the
  Company.  The Company accounts for the options granted to non-
  employees based on the provisions of SFAS 123.

  Use of Estimates
  ----------------
  The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
  requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
  affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
  disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
  of the consolidated financial statements and the reported
  amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.
  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3)   Liquidity

  Based on its current operating plan, the Company believes that
  the net proceeds from the Private Placement together with cash
  anticipated to be provided by operating activities and amounts
  expected to be available under a renegotiated line of credit
  will be sufficient to meet its anticipated cash needs for
  working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next
  12 months.  Thereafter, if cash generated from operations is
  insufficient to satisfy the Company's liquidity requirements,
  the Company may seek to sell additional equity or convertible
  debt securities or obtain additional credit facilities.
  However, no assurance can be given that any such additional
  sources of financing will be available on acceptable terms or
  at all.  The sale of additional equity or convertible debt
  securities could result in additional dilution to the
  Company's stockholders.  A portion of the Company's cash may
  be used for acquisitions or to acquire or invest in
  complimentary businesses or products or to obtain the right to
  use complementary technologies.  The Company has no current
  plans, agreements or commitments, and is not currently engaged
  in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction.

  The Company is expecting to incur operating losses until it
  achieves full productivity of the majority of its sales force.
  While it cannot be certain as to when such levels of
  productivity can be attained, the Company anticipates that its
  sales force will operate at levels below full productivity
  through at least the first quarter of 1998. The Company will
  continue to make significant investments in its technical
  workforce, marketing, training and infrastructure to increase
  productivity, build its core competency practice unit skill
  base and product offerings and foster growth of its
  operations. Despite the expectation of continued operating
  losses, management believes that its current cash balance and
  credit facility will be sufficient to meet operating
  requirements for at least the next twelve months.

</PAGE>                          F-48


(4)  Discontinuance of  Business

  In December 1996, the Company made the decision to discontinue
  its software development and distribution business, through
  the sale of TDS's interest in its WorldLink product technology
  ("WorldLink").  WorldLink represented the primary asset
  offering of the Company's software development and
  distribution business.  The operations of the software
  development and distribution business have been treated as
  discontinued operations in accordance with the provisions of
  Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (APB 30).  Pursuant
  to APB 30, the revenue, costs and expenses have been excluded
  from their respective captions in the Company's consolidated
  statements of operations and the net results have been
  reported separately as income from discontinued operations.

  On December 31, 1996, the Company completed the sale of its
  interest in WorldLink to Xcellenet, Inc. for an aggregate sale
  price of $2.5 million, net of expenses paid of approximately
  $500,000 related to the sale.  During 1996,the remaining net
  assets of TDS were written down to their net realizable values
  and consisted primarily of accounts receivable and furniture
  and equipment, which the Company is using in its continuing
  operations.

(5)   Property and Equipment

  Property and equipment consists of the following:
  
                                      December 31,
                                   -------------------  
                                      1997        1996
                                           
Computer software                  $ 493,935   $ 464,318
Computer and office equipment        628,537     460,422
Furniture and fixtures               188,563     212,561
Equipment under capital leases       335,197     247,100
Leasehold Improvements                38,520      46,934
                                    --------   ---------
                                   1,684,752   1,431,335
                                                                        
Accumulated depreciation
  and amortization                  (732,206)   (340,718)
               
                                  ----------  ----------         
Property and equipment, net       $  952,546  $1,090,617
                                  ==========  ==========   
  
  Computer software at December 31, 1997, includes $407,338 of
  software that was developed for internal usage.  Such software
  was placed in service in January 1997 and is being amortized
  over a 4-year useful life.  Amortization expense related to
  this software was $67,890 for 1997.  Accumulated depreciation
  and amortization includes $119,925 related to assets under
  capital leases at December 31, 1997 and  $29,125 at December
  31, 1996.

</PAGE>                              F-49


(6)   Accrued Expenses
      ----------------

      Accrued expenses consists of the following:
                                           December 31,
                                      ----------------------
                                          1997       1996
                                      ---------- -----------
                                   
Payroll and employee benefits         $2,954,522 $ 3,592,795
Other                                    428,502     402,067
Cost of discontinued business               -        704,890
Merger costs                                -        466,432
                                      ----------  ----------
                                  
                                      $3,383,024 $ 5,166,184
                                      ========== ===========
  

(7)   Notes Payable to Bank
 
  On July 2, 1997, the Company entered into a bank line of
  credit facility agreement that expires on June 30, 1998.  This
  line of credit facility provides for advances of 80% of
  eligible accounts receivable (as defined in the agreement) up
  to $2,000,000.  Amounts borrowed bear interest at the bank's
  reference rate of prime (8.5%) plus _% . The Company had
  outstanding advances of $1,316,300 on the line of credit at
  December 31, 1997.

  At December 31, 1997, the Company was not in compliance with
  certain financial covenants contained in its line of credit
  facility which requires the Company to maintain minimum
  tangible net worth of a least $1.3 million and a current ratio
  of at least 1.10 to 1.00.  The bank has waived the Company's
  non compliance of these covenants.

(8)  Income Taxes

  The reconciliation between the actual income tax expense and
  income tax computed by applying the statutory Federal income
  tax rate to earnings before provision for income taxes for the
  year ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 is as follows:

                                       1997        1996
                                     ---------- ----------
                                         (in thousands)

Computed expected tax benefit on    $    (977)  $   (857)
income from continuing
operations

Non-deductible expenses and other        (484)       (50)

Change in valuation allowance for          493        873
deferred tax assets allocated
to income tax expense               ----------  --------
                                    $     -     $    (34)
                                    ==========  ========



</PAGE>                                  F-50


  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
  significant portions of deferred taxes assets and deferred tax
  liabilities at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are presented below:
                                
                                                    As of December 31,
                                                       1997      1996
                                                    ---------  --------
                                                      (in thousands)

Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards                    $4,010    $3,000
  Research and development credit carryforwards          187       187
  Execess tax basis over book of net assets acquired     150       200
  Inventory obselescence reserve                          56        59
  Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable              48        74
  Accrued liabilities, not presently deductible            8       496
  Other                                                   30        12
                                                      ------    ------
     Total gross deferred tax assets                   4,489     4,028
     Less valuation allowance                        ( 4,489)   (3,996)
                                                     -------    ------
        Net deferred tax asset                           -          32
                                                     -------    ------

Deferred tax liabilities
  Obligaion under capital lease                          -         (13)
  Other                                                  -         (19)
                                                     -------    ------
    Total deferred tax liabilities                       -         (32)
                                                     -------    ------  
        Net deferred tax asset (liablities)          $   -      $   -
                                                     =======    ======
                            
  
  The net change in the valuation allowance was an increase of
  approximately $493,000 in 1997 and an increase of $3,911,000
  in 1996.  The Company has provided a valuation allowance for
  the majority of its deferred tax assets at December 31, 1997
  and 1996 since the Company could not conclude that it was more
  likely than not that it would realize these assets due
  principally to the Company's history of losses.

  As of December 31, 1997 the Company had net operating loss
  carry forwards (NOL's) for Federal income tax purposes of
  approximately $13,500,000.  Additionally, the Company had
  $187,000 of research and development tax credits available to
  offset future taxable income.  The NOL's and credit
  carryforwards expire primarily in 2007 through 2012.The future
  annual usage of approximately $9,600,000 of these NOL's and
  credits for income tax purposes is subject to annual
  limitations and other conditions and may not be fully utilized
  for tax purposes due to the change in ownership resulting from
  the Company's merger in 1996.

</PAGE>                                  F-51

(9)  Commitments

  Employment agreements
  ---------------------
  On June 7, 1996, in connection with the closing of the merger,
  the Board of Directors approved three-year employment
  agreements with the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and
  two executives of Netplex and AWE that provide for aggregate
  base salaries ranging from $110,000 to $130,000 with annual
  bonuses up to 60% of base salary based of the Company's
  financial and operating performance, subject to Board
  approval.  These agreements expire on June 6, 1999.

  Obligations Under Leases
  ------------------------
  The Company leases computer equipment, furniture, vehicles and
  office facilities under long-term lease agreements.  The
  following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for
  capital and non-cancelable operating leases (with initial
  terms in excess of one year) as of December 31, 1997:
  
                             Capital    Operating
                             Leases      Leases
                           ---------  -----------
Year ending December 31:
                                               
      1998                 $ 120,082  $  551,895
      1999                   100,544     560,419
      2000                    12,195     480,241
      2001                      -        203,087
      2002                      -         97,268
     Thereafer                  -         48,634
       
                             -------  ----------         
Total minimun lease payments 232,821  $1,941,544
                                      ==========      

                                               
Less: amount representing     27,652
                                              
Present value of future
minimum lease payment       $ 205,169
                            =========

  Total rent expense was approximately $647,000 and $577,000 for
  the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.


</PAGE>                                F-52

(10) Class A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

  0n   September  19,  1996,  the  Company  raised  approximately
  $3,000,000  through  the  completion  of  a  Private  Placement
  offering  of units of equity securities.  Each unit  of  equity
  securities  consists of one share of $.01  par  value  Class  A
  Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred  Stock")
  and  one  Common  Stock warrant to purchase one  share  of  the
  Company's  $0.001 par value Common Stock at an  exercise  price
  of $2.50.

  Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into one share  of
  Common  Stock  at any time, at the discretion  of  the  holder.
  The  Preferred  Stock  earns cumulative dividends  at  10%  per
  annum,   payable  in  either  cash  or  additional  shares   of
  Preferred  Stock  at  the  Company's option.   Subject  to  the
  conversion  rights, the Company may redeem the Preferred  Stock
  at  its  stated  value  plus all accrued and  unpaid  dividends
  upon:  (1)  registration of the shares underlying the Preferred
  Stock,  and (2) 30 days written notice given at any  time  upon
  attaining certain per share trading prices and sustaining  such
  prices for a specified period.  The Preferred Stock has  a  per
  share  liquidation preference of the greater of: (i) two  times
  the  stated  value of the Preferred Stock (stated value  is  $2
  per  share) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, or (ii)  the
  amount  that  would  have been received  if  such  shares  were
  converted  to  Common  Stock on the  business  day  immediately
  prior  to  liquidation.   During the year  ended  December  31,
  1997,  687,500 preferred shares were converted to Common Stock.
  No conversions occurred in 1996.

  Each  warrant  issued in connection with the Private  Placement
  became  exercisable on March 19, 1997 and expires on  September
  19, 2001.  The Company has the right to call the warrants at  a
  redemption  price of $.01 per share upon: (1)  registration  of
  the  shares  underlying the warrant, and (2)  30  days  written
  notice  given  at  any  time upon the  Common  Stock  attaining
  certain  per  share trading prices and maintaining such  prices
  for  a  specified  period.  During 1997,  warrants  to  acquire
  175,000 shares of Common Stock were exercised.

  On  March  27,  1997, the Company declared a  dividend  in  the
  amount  of  $0.05 per share ($82,500) payable in  cash  to  the
  holders  of record of the Company's Class A Preferred Stock  on
  March 28, 1997.

  On  November 14, 1997, the Company declared a dividend  payable
  to  the  holders  of record of its Class A Preferred  Stock  on
  account of dividends in arrears which were payable on June  30,
  1997 and September 30, 1997, in the amount of 0.0582 shares  of
  Class  A Preferred Stock per share of Class A Preferred  Stock.
  The  related  shares  were not issued  by  the  Company  as  of
  December 31, 1997.

  On  December 31, 1996, the Company declared a dividend  payable
  of  approximately $0.056 per share to all holders of record  of
  the  Class A Preferred Stock on January 15, 1997.  Accordingly,
  the  Company accrued a dividend payable of $98,194 at  December
  31, 1996, which was paid during 1997.

</PAGE>                                 F-53



(11) Common Stock and Warrants

  Pursuant to an agreement dated March 25, 1992, the Company
  sold 100,000 units each consisting of one share of Common
  Stock and one warrant with an aggregate purchase price of
  $250,000 and issued an additional 120,000 warrants.  As of
  April 10, 1998, all warrants have expired except for 170,000
  exercisable at $3.00 per share.

  In connection with the Company's initial public offering
  (IPO), the Company sold to the underwriters for $100 the right
  to purchase up to an aggregate of 100,000 Units (Unit Purchase
  Option).  The Unit Purchase Options is exercisable initially
  at $6.00 per Unit through March 1998.  The Units are identical
  to those offered in the IPO, except the warrants may not be
  redeemed by the Company.  The Unit Purchase Option contains
  anti-dilution provisions providing for adjustments to the
  exercise price upon the occurrence of certain events.  In
  connection with the merger, the Unit exercise price was
  reduced from $6.00 to $2.40 per share from the effects of this
  anti-dilution provision.  The exercise price of the underlying
  warrants remained at $5.25 per share.  These warrants expired
  in March, 1998.

  In connection with the merger of the Company with Netplex,
  effective April 11, 1996, the Company provided its
  underwriters with warrants to purchase up to 125,000 shares of
  the Company's Common Stock.  Each warrant entitles the holder
  to purchase, through April 10, 2001, one share of Common Stock
  at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.  These warrants
  became exercisable on October 11, 1996.  The fair value of the
  warrants issued of approximately $170,000 had no effect on the
  Company's equity as a result of the merger.

  In connection with the merger of the Company with Netplex,
  effective June 7, 1996, the shareholders of Netplex were
  granted warrants to purchase up to 150,000 shares of the
  Company's Common Stock.  Each warrant entitles the holder to
  purchase, through June 6, 2001, one share of Common Stock at
  an exercise price of $2.50 per share.  These warrants became
  exercisable on October 7, 1996.  The fair value of the
  warrants issued of approximately $270,000 had no effect on the
  Company's equity as a result of the merger.

  In connection with the Class A convertible Preferred Stock
  Private Placement, the Company provided the underwriters for
  the Private Placement with the option to purchase up to 87,500
  units, each consisting of one share of $.01 par value Class A
  Convertible Preferred Stock and one Common Stock purchase
  warrant.  These units are exercisable at $2.00 per share and
  are identical in all respects to the units sold in the Private
  Placement transaction.  During 1997, units to acquire 50,000
  shares of the Company's Common Stock were exercised.  The
  37,500 units are all exercisable at December 31, 1997.

</PAGE>                               F-54


(12) Stock Options

  As of December 31, 1997, the Company maintains three stock
  option plans; the 1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan (ISO Plan),
  the 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan (Directors' Plan) and
  the 1995 Consultant's Stock Option Plan (Consultant's Plan).

  The ISO Plan includes both incentive and non-qualified stock
  options.  The Board of Directors may grant stock options to
  employees to purchase up to 3,000,000 shares of the Company's
  authorized but unissued Common Stock.  Stock options are
  granted with an exercise price equal to the market price on
  the date of grant.  All stock options expire 10 years from
  grant date (5 years in the case that the optionee is a holder
  of more than 10% of the voting stock of the Company).
  Generally the options vest and become fully exercisable after
  3 years from the date of grant but never less than 6 months.
  At December 31, 1997, there were 475,033 shares available for
  grant under this plan.

  The Directors' Plan authorizes the Board of Directors to grant
  to each director options to purchase up to 15,000 shares of
  the Company's authorized but unissued Common Stock, upon
  election to the Board, and award aggregate options to purchase
  up to 100,000 shares of the Company's authorized but unissued
  Common Stock.  The terms of option grants for the Directors'
  Plan are identical to those of the ISO plan, except that the
  vesting period for the Directors' Plan is at the Board's
  discretion.  Option grants under this Plan from inception to
  date have contained three-year vesting periods.  At December
  31,1997, there were 40,000 shares available for grant under
  this Plan.

  The Consultant's Plan authorizes the Board of Directors to
  grant organizations or individuals who are not eligible for
  the ISO or Directors' Plans stock options to purchase up to
  800,000 shares of the Company's authorized but unissued Common
  Stock.  The exercise price, terms of the option grant and
  vesting period for the Consultant's Plan stock options are at
  the Board's discretion. At December 31,1997, there were
  768,000 shares available for grant under this Plan.
  Stock option activity for the Plans during the periods
  indicated is as follows:

                        ISO Plan       Directors' Plan   Consultant's Plan
                   -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                             Wt. Avg.          Wt. Avg.           Wt. Avg.
                     Shares  Ex.Price  Shares  Ex.Price   Shares  Ex.Price
                   --------- -------  -------- --------  -------  --------
December 31,1995     724,500 $  3.07   30,000  $  3.56      -     $   -
     
                                                        
Assumed in merger  1,691,000    2.95        -       -       -         -
Granted              233,000    2.75   30,000     2.50      -         -
Excercised              -        -          -       -       -         -
Forfeited/canceled  (236,000)   5.50        -       -       -         -
Expired                 -        -          -       -       -         -
                   ---------  ------   ------   ------    -----     ----

December 31, 1996  2,412,500 $  2.86   60,000  $  3.03      -     $   -

Granted            2,363,500    1.29   15,000     2.97   32,000     2.50
Excercised           (34,967)   2.00        -       -       -         -
Forfeited/Canceled(2,201,033)   2.78  (15,000)    2.50      -         -
Expired              (50,000)   4.40        -       -       -         -
                   --------- -------   ------ -------    ------    ------
December 31, 1997  2,490,000 $  1.45   60,000 $  3.15    32,000    $ 2.50
                   ========= =======   ====== =======    ======    ======

</PAGE>                                F-55

  
  ISO Plan options
  ----------------
  At December 31,1997, the range of exercise prices for the
  options granted under the ISO plan was $0.97-$4.00 and the
  weighted average remaining contractual life of those options
  was 8.8 years.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the number of
  options exercisable under the ISO Plan totaled 545,834 and
  867,167, respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of
  those options was $2.73 and $3.00, respectively.

  Directors' Plan options
  -----------------------
  At December 31, 1997, the range of exercise prices for options
  granted under the Directors' Plan was $2.50- $3.56 and the
  weighted-average remaining contractual life of those options
  was 8.4 years.  At December 31, 1997, and 1996 the number of
  options exercisable under the Directors' Plan totaled 25,000
  and 15,000, respectively.  The weighted-average exercise price
  of those options was $3.35.and $3.56, respectively.

  Consultants' Plan options
  -------------------------
  At December 31, 1997, the exercise price for all options
  granted under the Consultants' Plan was $2.50 and the weighted-
  average remaining contractual life of those options was 4
  years.  At December 31, 1997 the number of options exercisable
  under the Consultants' Plan totaled 32,000.  No options were
  granted prior to 1997.  The weighted-average exercise price of
  those options was $2.50.

  The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its
  ISO and Directors' Plans and, accordingly, no compensation
  cost has been recognized for its stock options in the
  financial statements.  Had the Company determined compensation
  cost based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock
  options under SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would have
  been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                        1997         1996
                                      -------      --------
                              (Thousands except per share amounts)

Net loss - As reported                $(2,874)     $(1,999)
                                      =======      =======
Net loss - Pro forma                  $(4,836)     $(3,462)
                                      =======      =======
Net loss per share - As reported      $ (0.46)     $ (0.42)
                                      =======      =======
Net loss per share - Pro forma        $ (0.71)     $ (0.71)
                                      =======      =======
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,821        5,026
                                      =======      =======

  Pro forma net loss reflects only the option grants in 1997,
  1996, and 1995.  Therefore, the full impact of calculating
  compensation costs for stock options under SFAS No. 123 is not
  reflected in the pro forma net loss amounts presented above
  because compensation cost is reflected over the option's
  vesting periods and compensation cost for options granted
  prior to January 1, 1995 is not considered.

  The per share weighted average fair value of the ISO options
  granted in 1997 and 1996 was $1.20 and $1.83 on the grant date
  using the Black - Scholes option pricing model with the
  following weighted average assumptions for 1997: expected
  dividend yield 0.0%, risk free interest rate of 6.24%,
  expected volatility of 103%, and an expected life of 10 years;
  and 1996: expected dividend yield 0.0%, risk free interest
  rate of 6.70%, expected volatility of 44%, and an expected
  life of 10 years.

  The per share weighted average fair value of the Directors'
  Plan options granted in 1997 and 1996 was $2.76 and $1.67 on
  the grant date using the Black - Scholes option pricing model
  with the following weighted average assumptions for 1997:
  expected dividend yield 0.0%, risk free interest rate of
  6.97%, expected volatility of 103%, and an expected life of 10
  years; and 1996: expected dividend yield 0.0%, risk free
  interest rate of 6.81%, expected volatility of 44%, and an
  expected life of 10 years.


</PAGE>                             F-56

(13) Related Party Transactions

  The Company paid $28,800 in 1997 and $17,900 in 1996 for
  accounting, tax and consulting services to a CPA firm in which
  a partner of the firm has been a director of the Company since
  July 1996.

  In January, 1997, the Company issued a $150,000 loan to the
  chief executive officer for relocation expenses.  The loan
  bears interest at 8% per annum and is due upon demand.  The
  Company does not intend to demand payment of the loan during
  1998, and thus the amount is classified as long-term in the
  accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,
  1997.  At December 31, 1997, the outstanding amount due under
  the loan was approximately $161,000, including approximately
  $11,000 in accrued interest.

  In June 1997, the Company issued options under the
  Consultants' Plan to purchase up to 32,000 shares of the
  Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per
  share.  These options were granted to one of the Company's
  legal counsel in exchange for legal services rendered in the
  amount of $40,000.  The fair value of the options issued of
  $40,000 has been classified as additional paid in capital in
  the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the
  year ended December 31, 1997.  The options are for a term of 4
  years and are immediately exercisable.

  A director of the Company, is a Vice President of the
  underwriter (the "Underwriter") of the Private Placement
  completed by the Company on September 19, 1996 (see note 9).
  The Company paid the Underwriter $432,500 for fees associated
  with the completion of this transaction.

  The Company contracted with an entity owned by a shareholder
  of the Company, for the development of certain software used
  in the Company's technical staffing operations.  The Company
  paid the shareholder $150,000 in 1996.

</PAGE>                              F-57


(14) Litigation

  From time to time, disagreements with individual employees and
  disagreements as to the interpretation, effect or nature of
  the individual agreements arise in the ordinary course of
  business and may result in legal proceedings being commenced
  against the Company.

  On December 31, 1996, ACS Ltd., a software distributor based
  in the United Kingdom, filed a complaint against Technology
  Development Systems ("TDS") a wholly owned subsidiary of the
  Company, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. ACS
  alleges that TDS breached its obligations under the
  Distributor Agreement between the Plaintiff and TDS for the
  WorldLink product when the Company directed TDS to sell the
  WorldLink product technology to a third party. ACS is
  demanding a sum exceeding one million dollars for the breach
  of contract. The case is currently in discovery.  In the
  opinion of Management and the Company's legal counsel, the
  lawsuit has little merit, and the outcome of the pending
  lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on the
  Company's financial condition, liquidity or the results of
  operations. The Company intends to vigorously defend against
  the lawsuit.  The TDS subsidiary which was part of CompLink is
  currently inactive with no assets.

  On September 4, 1997, Data Systems Analysts, Inc.  ("DSA"), a
  software design and consulting company, filed a complaint
  against TDS and the Company, alleging copyright infringement
  and breach of the Company's agreement.  The Complaint claims
  damages in excess of $300,000 plus punitive damages.  The case
  is currently in discovery. In the opinion of Management, the
  lawsuit has little merit, and the outcome of the pending
  lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on the
  Company's financial condition, liquidity or the results of
  operations. The Company intends to vigorously defend against
  the lawsuit.

  The Company is not currently involved in any litigation or
  proceedings which if decided against the Company would have a
  material adverse affect, either individually or in the
  aggregate.  To the Company's knowledge, no other legal
  proceedings, that if decided against the Company would have a
  material adverse affect, are currently contemplated by any
  individuals, entities or governmental authorities.

(15) Employee Benefit Plans

  During 1996, the Company sponsored a 401(k) retirement plan
  ("the Plan") under which substantially all full-time employees
  were eligible to participate.  The Company made no matching
  contributions to the Plan during 1996.  In addition, the
  Company's CR subsidiary provided a separate 401(k) plan for
  its employees during 1996.  The Company's contribution to the
  subsidiary's 401(k) plan during 1996 was $628,333.

  On January 1, 1997, the Company and subsidiary 401(k) plans
  were merged.  Under the merged Plan, all full time employees
  with over 1000 hours of service to the Company or its
  subsidiaries are eligible to participate.  The Company matches
  one-half of the employees' voluntary contributions up to a
  maximum Company contribution of 5% of participants' salaries.
  The Company's contribution to the Plan during 1997 was
  $647,418.

  The Company's CR subsidiary provides a profit sharing plan for
  its employees whereas up to 10% of the employees salary can be
  contributed to the plan.  The Company made no matching
  contributions to this plan during 1997 and 1996.

  The Company does not provide any post retirement or any post
  employment benefits.

</PAGE>                                F-58


(16) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

  In February 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of
  Information about Capital Structure" which is effective for
  the year ending December 31, 1998.  This statement continues
  the previous requirements to disclose certain information
  about an entity's capital structure found in Accounting
  Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 10, "Omnibus Opinion -1966"
  and No. 15, "Earnings per Share" and FASB Statement No. 47,
  "Disclosure of Long-Term Obligations." The Company has been
  subject to the requirements of those standards and as a result
  does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 129 to have a
  material impact on the Company's financial statements.

  In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130 "Reporting
  Comprehensive Income", which is effective for the year ending
  December 31, 1998.  This statement establishes standards for
  the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
  components in the financial statements.  Earlier application
  of this standard is permitted; however, upon adoption the
  Company will be required to reclassify previously reported
  annual and interim financial statements.  The Company believes
  that the disclosure of comprehensive income in accordance with
  the provisions of SFAS No. 130 will not impact the manner of
  presentation of its financial statements as currently and
  previously reported.

  In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
  Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", which is
  effective for the year ending December 31, 1998.  This
  statement requires companies to present certain information
  about operating segments and related information, including
  geographic and major customer data, in its annual financial
  statements and in condensed financial statements for interim
  periods.  The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS No.
  131 will impact the manner of presentation of its financial
  statements.

  In October, 1997, the AICPA Accounting Standards Executive
  Committee issued Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue
  Recognition" ("SOP 97-2"), which supercedes Statement of
  Position 91-1 "Software Revenue Recognition.  SOP 97-2 focuses
  on when and in what amounts revenue should be recognized for
  licensing, selling, leasing, or otherwise marketing computer
  software, and is effective for transactions entered into in
  fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.  The Company
  does not believe that the adoption of this new pronouncement
  will have a material impact on its financial position and
  results of operations.

</PAGE>                                 F-59


(17) Subsequent Events

  On January 30, 1998, the Company completed the purchase of all
  of the stock of The PSS Group, Inc. ("PSS"), the technical
  professional staff augmentation operations and business of
  Preferred Systems Solutions, Inc. ("Preferred") and formerly a
  wholly owned subsidiary of Preferred.  In consideration for
  the purchase, the Company paid $300,000 at closing and on or
  before January 15, 1999 will pay $300,000 in cash or 200,000
  shares of its Common Stock or any combination thereof, at
  Preferred's option.  The Company used working capital to
  finance the acquisition.  The agreement also provides that
  Preferred will receive additional consideration (the "Earn-
  out") if PSS meets certain operating targets. Such Earn-out
  may be paid at the Company's option in cash or its Common
  Stock, or any combination thereof. In connection with the
  acquisition, the Company and PSS has entered into employment
  agreements with certain employees of PSS.  The acquisition was
  recorded effective January 1, 1998 using the purchase method
  of accounting.  A $200,000 advance to the purchase price was
  made to PSS as of December 31, 1997 and is included in notes
  receivable in the accompany consolidated balance sheet.

  Between January 1, 1998 and April 14, 1998, the Company has
  raised additional equity totaling $3,057,000 as follows:

  In February 1998 the Company raised $100,000 through the sale
  of 80,000 shares of nonregistered Common Stock plus a warrant
  to purchase an additional 100,000 warrants at $1.20.

  On March 17, 1998 the Company raised $1,457,000 of financing
  in a Private Placement raised primarily from employees,
  directors, associates, existing stockholders and friends of
  the Company.  The Company issued shares of non-registered
  Common Stock to purchasers who have agreed to a one-year lock-
  up provision.  These restricted shares carry registration
  rights and were offered at $1.00 per share.  The funds will be
  used to finance operations and additional acquisitions.

  On April 7, 1998 Netplex completed the sale of 1,500 units of
  a Private Placement, totaling $1.5 million, to various
  purchasers  The Zanett Corporation acted as placement agent
  for the Private Placement.  The sale represents the first half
  of a transaction that will include the sale of an additional
  1,500 units for $1.5 million at a future date. Zanett
  Lombardier purchased 1,500 units at $1,000 per unit, with each
  unit consisting of a prepaid Common Stock purchase warrant
  entitling the holder to acquire such number of shares of the
  Company's Common Stock as is equal to $1,000 divided by an
  adjustable exercise price and an additional incentive warrant
  to acquire 52 shares of Common Stock (or an aggregate of
  78,000 shares of Common Stock).  The Company also granted
  Zanett a warrant to purchase 39,000 shares of Common Stock.
  Zanett also received placement fees and a non-accountable
  expense allowance equal to 12.53% of the proceeeds of the
  offering.  The second half of the transaction is for the sale
  to Zanett of an additional and committed 1,500 units, for
  $1,000 per unit, contingent on Netplex recording three
  consecutive quarters of increased profits and revenues,
  excluding any extraordinary items.  With respect to the second
  half of the transaction, the exercise price of the purchase
  warrants and the incentive warrants will be based on the bid
  price of the Common Stock at the time of such closing.  The
  funds from the Private Placement will be used to fund
  operations and acquisitions.  Under NASDAQ regulations,
  certain aspects of the transaction must receive shareholder
  approval.  Such shareholder approval is expected in the
  Company's annual meeting.  The Company believes that the
  proceeds should ensure that the Company will exceed NASDAQ's
  published net tangible assets requirement of $2 million.
   

</PAGE>                               F-60




                       THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC.
          Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are
provided to illustrate the effect of the acquisition of Automated Business
Systems of North Carolina, Inc. and Kellar Technology Group, Inc.
(collectively "ABS") on the historical financial statements of the Netplex
Group, Inc. ("the Company"), as if this acquisition had occurred, for
balance sheet purposes, on March 31, 1998 and, for statement of operations
purposes on January 1, 1998 and January 1, 1997.  The pro forma consolidated
statements of operations are not necessarily indicataive of operation results
which would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of the
beginning of the period presented and should not be construed as representative
of future operations.  For purposes of these pro forma consolidated statements,
the acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting,
based on a preliminary estimated of the fair values of the assets and
liabilities acquired.  The pro forma adjustments described in the
accompanying notes are based on available information and certain assumptions
that the Company believes are reasonable.  These proforma financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's Report on
Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 13, 1997 and Report on Form
10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 1998.

                            

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           PRO-FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      As March 31, 1998
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    
                                    Netplex       ABS     Adjutments(a)Pro Forma
                                  ----------  ----------  ----------- ----------
<S>                                <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
                ASSETS                                           
Current Assets:                                                  
Cash and cash equivalents          $1,326,291  $   121,169 $(200,000) $1,247,460
Accounts receivable, net            6,293,041      360,310             6,653,351
Prepaids and other                    419,630       14,685               434,315
                                  -----------  ----------- --------- ----------
  Total current assets              8,038,962      496,164  (200,000)  8,335,126
                                                    
Property and equipment, net         1,012,474        1,006    50,000   1,063,480
Employee notes receivable             195,014         -                  195,014
Fulfillment database, net             930,000         -                  930,000
Acquired software, net                394,991         -                  394,991
Goodwill, net                         339,866         -      660,643   1,000,589
Other assets                          142,197       22,142               164,339
                                   ----------  ----------- --------- ----------
  Total assets                   $ 11,053,504  $   519,312 $ 510,643 $12,083,459
                                 ============  =========== ====================
                                                    
                                                                 
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'EQUITY                            
Current liabilities:                                             
Accounts payable             $  1,051,407 $    259,122             $ 1,310,529
Line of credit                  2,404,670         -                  2,404,670
Accrued expenses and other      4,834,246      130,708     50,000    5,014,954
                             ------------  -----------  ---------  -----------
  Total current liabilities     8,290,323      389,830     50,000    8,730,153

Other liabilities                 292,237         -          -         292,237
                              ------------  -----------  --------   -----------

  Total liabilities             8,582,560      389,830     50,000    9,022,390
                                                    
                                                                 
Stockholders' equity:                                            
Class A preferred stock            10,625        -                     10,625
Common stock                        9,007         444        450        9,457
                                                            (444)
Additional paid in capital      7,826,370       42,741   589,675    8,416,045
                                                         (42,741)
Accumulated deficit            (5,375,673)      89,297   (86,297)  (5,375,058)
                                                         
Commitments and contingencies
                              -----------  -----------  --------   ----------
  Total stockholders' equity   2,470,944      129,482    460,643    3,061,069
                             -----------   ----------   --------  -----------
  Total liabilities and
    stockholders' equity    $ 11,053,504  $   519,312   $510,643  $12,083,459
                            ============   ===========  ========  ===========
</TABLE>
                                                                 
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-61

            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
           For the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                
                                                                               
                        Netplex     ABS     Total      Adjustments   Pro Forma 
                      ----------- -------- ----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                   <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>

Revenue              $13,311,308 $760,374 $14,071,682              $14,071,682
                                            
                                             
Cost of revenues      11,176,766  421,597  11,598,363               11,598,363
                     -----------  ------- -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                     
Gross profit           2,134,542  338,777   2,473,319                2,473,319
 
                                              
                                              
Selling, general
and administrative
   expenses           2,483,723  341,052   2,824,775     15,178 c   2,839,953
                     ----------  -------   ---------  ---------    ----------
                                              
Operating loss        (349,181)   (2,275)   (351,456)   (15,178)     (366,634)
                                                                                
                                                
                                                                   
Interest expense,
   net                   66,076       -        66,076                   66,076
                      ---------  ---------  ---------   --------    ----------
                                              
Loss before income
  taxes               (415,257)    (2,275)  (417,532)    (15,178)     (432,710)
                                              
    
Provision for income
       tax                -         2,542       2,542     (2,542) b       -
                     ----------  ---------   ---------  ---------    ---------- 
                                              
Net loss            $ (415,257) $  (4,817)  $(420,074)  $(12,636)   $ (432,710)
                    ==========  =========   =========  =========    ========== 
Basic and diluted 
    loss  per
    common share                                                     $    (0.07)
                                                                     ===========

                                               
Weighted average
  common shares
  outstanding,
  basic and
  diluted                                                            8,223,292
                                                                     ==========

</TABLE>                                
                                
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE> F-62
                                
                                
                                
                                
            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
           For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
                           (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                
                                                                              
                       Netplex     ABS          Total    Adjustments Pro Forma
                     ----------- --------    -----------  --------  -----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>

Revenue              $40,468,134 $4,145,797  $44,613,931           $44,613,931
                                            
                                             
Cost of revenues      35,415,644  3,048,010   38,463,654            38,463,654
                     -----------  --------   ----------- --------  -----------
                                                                       
Gross profit           5,052,490  1,097,787    6,150,277            6,150,277  

                                              
                                              
Selling, general
and administrative
   expenses            7,899,756  1,116,348   9,016,104   60,710 c   9,076,814
                      ----------  ---------  ----------  -------    ----------
                                              
Operating loss        (2,847,266)   (18,561) (2,865,827)  60,710    (2,926,537)
                                                                               
                                                
                                                                   
Interest expense, net    26,337       -          26,337                 26,337
                      ---------   ---------  -----------  -------    ----------
                                              
Loss before income
  taxes              (2,873,603)   (18,561)  (2,892,164) (60,710)    (2,952,874)
                                              
                    
Provision for income tax  -          8,243        8,243    (8,243) b        -
                    ----------   ---------   ----------  --------    ---------- 
                                              
Net loss           $(2,873,603) $ (26,804)  $(2,900,407) $(52,467)  $(2,952,874)
                    ==========  =========   ==========    ========  ===========
Basic and dilutive
   (loss) per
    common share                                                    $    (0.45)
                                                                    ===========

                                               
Weighted average
  common shares
  outstanding,
  basic and
  diluted                                                            7,270,863
                                                                    ==========

</TABLE>                                
                                
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</PAGE>F-63
            THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      Notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements


(a)  This Adjustment records the acquisition of ABS by Netplex,
      under the purchase method of accounting, through the issuance of
      $200,000 in cash and 450,000 shares of Netplex common stock
      (valued at $590,125 or $1.3125 per share). In connection with the
      preliminary allocation of the purchase price the historical cost
      basis of the assets and liabilities of ABS were deemed to be at
      fair value, except for property and equipment which was brought
      up to its estimated fair value through an adjustment of
      approximately $50,000 and the accrual of estimated direct costs
      related to the acquisition of $50,000. The net assets of ABS
      acquired (at fair value) was $129,482. Cost in excess of net
      assets acquired (goodwill) resulting from this transaction is
      $660,632 and is expected to be amortized on a straight-line basis
      over an estimated life of 15 years.

(b)  This adjustment reverses the tax provision of ABS for the
      three months ended March 31, 1998 of $2,543 and for the year
      ended December 31, 1997 of $8,243. Netplex experienced net
      operating losses during the three month and years ended March 31,
      1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively and accordingly, no
      consolidated provision for income taxes is be required for the
      periods presented on the combined entity.

(c)  This adjustment records depreciation and amortization for
      the three months ended March 31, 1998 and the year ended December
      31, 1997 of $15,170 and $60,710,respectively. Depreciation
      expense on the increase in ABS property and equipment ($50,000
      depreciated on a straight-line basis for over a 3 year estimated
      life) for the three months ended March 31, 1998 of $4,167 and
      $16,667 for the year ended December 31, 1997. Goodwill
      amortization recorded on Goodwill of $660,643 on a straight-line
      basis over a 15 year estimated life of $11,011 for the three
      months ended March 31, 1998 and $44,043 for the year ended
      December 31, 1997.



</PAGE>F-64



    Automated Business Systems of North Carolina, Inc. and
                       Combined Company
                   Combined Balance Sheets
                                                              
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  March 31,    December 31,
                                   1998           1997
                                -----------   ------------
                                (unaudited)

                       ASSETS:
<S>                                <C>         <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents         $121,169    $173,860
  Accounts receivable                360,310     163,005
  Prepaid expenses                        
     and other current assets         14,685       7,592
                                    --------    --------
    Total current assets             496,164     344,457
                                       
 Property & equipment, net             1,006         695
 Other assets                         22,142      22,162 
                                    --------    --------

   Total Assets                     $519,312    $367,314
                                    ========    ========

        LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts Payable                  $259,122    $167,960
  Accrued Expenses                   130,708      53,532
  Note payable to bank                  -         11,523
                                    --------    --------
     Total current liabilities       389,830     233,015

Shareholders' Equity
  ABSI common stock, $1 par value;
   100,000 shares authorized;
   444 issued and outstanding
   in 1998 and 1997                     444         444
 KTG common stock: no par value:
  class A 100,000 shares authorized
  3,000 issued and outstanding
  in 1998 and 1997                              -            -
  Class B, 1,000,000 shares
  authorized, none outstanding
  in 1998 and 1997                      -            -
Paid in capital                      42,741      42,741
Retained Earnings                    86,297      91,114
                                   --------    --------
   Total shareholders' equity       129,482     134,299

   Total liabilities
   and sharholders' equity         $519,312    $367,314
                                  =========    ========

</TABLE>

                                                                          
                                                              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
                          statements

</PAGE>F-65



       Automated Business Systems of North Carolina, Inc. and
                          Combined Company
       Combined Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     
                                       Three                         
                                      Months
                                       Ended        Year Ended        
                                     March 31,       December         
                                       1998          31, 1997
                                    (unaudited)                       
                                  --------------   ------------     
<S>                                 <C>              <C>                      
Revenue                              $760,374        $4,145,797

Cost of Revenue                       421,597         3,048,010
                                     --------        ----------

  Gross Profit                        338,777         1,097,787

Selling, General and
  Administrative Expense              341,052         1,116,348
                                     --------         ---------

Loss before taxes                      (2,275)          (18,561)

Provision for income tax                2,542             8,243
                                     --------         ---------

Net loss                               (4,817)          (26,804)

Retained Earnings at the
  beginning of the period              91,114           117,918
                                   ----------        ----------
Retained Earnings at the
  end of the period                    86,297            91,114
                                   ==========        ==========
                                                                     
                                                                     
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
                             statements




</TABLE>





 </PAGE>F-66


   Automated Business Systems of North Carolina, Inc. and
                      Combined Company
              Combined Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            Three months 
                                               Ended        Year Ended
                                              March 31,    December 31,
                                               1998            1997
                                            -----------     ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>
Operating Activities:
  Net loss                                   $  (4,817)      $(26,804)
  Adjustments to reconcile
    net loss to net cash
    (used in) provided by
    operating activities:

       Depreciation and amortization                27         18,964
       Loss on sale of property and
         equipment                                 -            6,867
       Changes in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                  (197,305)         7,143
         Prepaids and other assets              (7,074)       (15,129)
         Accounts payable                       91,162         37,660
         Accrued expense                        77,177         27,244
                                           -----------      ---------


   Net cash (used in) provided by
     operating activities                      (40,830)        55,945
                                           -----------       --------
Investing activities:
  Acquisition of property and equipment           (338)       (29,834)
  Proceed from sale of property and
    equipment                                       -          31,000
                                           -----------       --------
  Net cash (used in) provided by
    investing activities                          (338)         1,166
                                           -----------       --------

Financing activities:
  Repayment of notes payable to bank           (11,523)       (18,315)
  Borrowing under note payable to bank             -           17,000
                                            ----------       --------
  Net cash used in financing activities        (11,523)        (1,315)
                                            ----------       --------
  (Decrease)increase in cash and cash
     equivalents                               (52,691)        55,796

Cash and cash equivalents at the              
  beginning of the period                      173,860        118,064
                                             ---------      ---------

Cash and cash equivalents at                  $121,169       $173,860
  the end of the period                      =========       ========

Supplemental disclosures:
  Cash paid during the period:
    Interest                                 $   1,293       $  2,685
                                             =========       ========
    Income taxes                             $     -         $  7,577
                                             =========       ========

</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                    financial statements
        



</PAGE> F-67



   Automated Business Systems of North Carolina, Inc. and
                       Combined Company
           Notes to Combined Financial Statements



(1)  Business and Basis of Presentation

     Automated Business Systems of North Carolina, Inc.,
     doing business as Automated Business Systems , Inc.
     (ABSI) was incorporated in North Carolina in 1975.
     Kellar Technology Group (KTG) was incorporated in
     Georgia in June 1997. The companies provide complete
     systems solutions through the distribution of hardware
     and software from Hewlett-Packard ("HP") UNIX and
     Microsoft NT based technologies to medium-sized and
     Fortune 500 organizations, in the Charlotte, NC;
     Spartanburg, SC; and Atlanta, GA markets.  The
     shareholders of ABSI own a majority interest in KTG,
     and as a result, the financial statements of the
     entities, collectively "ABS" or the "Company" have been
     reported on a combined basis.
     
     The accompanying financial statements contain the
     combined balance sheets of ABSI and KTG as of March 31,
     1998 and December 31, 1997; the combined statements of
     operations and retained earnings, and cash flows for
     the three months ended March 31, 1998 and the year
     ended December 31, 1997 (KTG included on a combined
     basis from June 19, 1997, date of inception). The
     balance sheet as of March 31, 1998 and the result of
     operations and cash flows for the three months ended
     March 31, 1998 are unaudited. In the opinion of
     management, all adjustments, consisting of normal
     recurring adjustments necessary for fair presentation
     of interim period results have been included. Interim
     results are not necessarily indicative of the results
     that may be expected for the fiscal year ended December
     31, 1998.


</PAGE> F-68

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
     
     Principles of  Combination:

     The accompanying combined financial statements include
     the accounts of Automated Business Systems, Inc and
     Kellar Technology Group, Inc. for the periods outlined
     above. All significant intercompany transactions have
     been eliminated in combination.
     
     Revenue Recognition:

     The Company generally recognizes hardware and software
     product revenue when such products are delivered to the
     customer site. Revenue from consulting service
     contracts is recognized when the services are performed
     and related costs are incurred.
     
     Cash and  Cash Equivalents:

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments
     with maturity, at date of purchase, of three months or
     less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are
     comprised of money market accounts.

     Property and Equipment:

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost.  Additions
     to property and equipment have historically not been
     material.  Automobiles are being depreciated over five
     years.  All other property and equipment is being
     depreciated in the year of acquisition.
     
     Income Taxes:

     Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and
     liability method under Statement of Financial
     Accounting Standards No. 109 "Accounting for Income
     Taxes" (SFAS 109). Under this method, the deferred tax
     assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
     tax consequences of differences between the financial
     statement carrying value of existing assets and
     liabilities and their respective tax bases and
     operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred
     tax assets are measured by applying the enacted
     statutory tax rates, that are applicable to the future
     years in which deferred tax assets or liabilities are
     expected to be settled or realized. Any change in tax
     rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is
     recognized in net income in the period in which the
     rate change is enacted.

</PAGE> F-69


     Use of Estimates:

     The preparation of combined financial statements in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
     and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets
     and liabilities at the date of the combined financial
     statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
     expenses during the reporting period. Actual results
     could differ from those estimates.

(3)  Property and Equipment:
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
     
                                  March 31  December 31,
                                    1998      1997
                               ----------  -----------
                                (unaudited)      
                                   
       Office furniture &              
       equipment                 $34,900   $34,562
       Demo equipment             59,727    59,727
       Autos                       7,344     7,344
                                 -------   -------                   
                                 101,970   101,632
       Accumulated                                
       depreciation             (100,964) (100,937)
                                --------  -------- 
                                $  1,006  $    695
                                ========  ========   
     
     
(4)  Accrued Expenses:
                                  March     December
                                   31,        31,
                                  1998        1997
                                 ---------  -------
                                (unaudited)
        Accrued payroll and                     
       payroll taxes            $73,826     48,866
        Accrued other                             
       expenses                   56,882     4,665
                                 -------    ------                 
                                $130,708   $53,532
                                ========   =======

(5)  Note Payable to Bank:

     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had a note payable
     to a bank in the amount of $11,523 related to the
     financing of an automobile. Monthly payments under this
     note were $624. The Company repaid this loan in early
     1998.


</PAGE> F-70
(6)  Commitments:

     The Company leases approximately 1,600 square feet of
     office space under a non-cancelable operating lease to
     house the Company's headquarters in Charlotte, NC.
     Monthly payments under this lease are $1,995. The
     Company also has a refundable deposit of $1,995 related
     to these leased premises. This lease expires on
     September 30, 1998. The Company's remaining obligation
     under  this lease at March 31, 1998 and  at December
     31, 1997 was $11,970 (unaudited)  and $17,955,
     respectively.


(7)   Income taxes:

     The Company files separate returns for ABSI and KTG.
     Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1997
     and the three months ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited)
     consists of current tax expense.
     
     The reconciliation between the actual income tax
     expense and the income tax computed by applying the
     statutory Federal income tax rate to earnings before
     provision for income taxes for the three months ended
     March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and the year ended December
     31, 1997 is as follows:
     
                                  March   December
                                   31,      31,
                                  1998      1997
                                --------- --------
                                (unaudited)      
                                   
                                              
         Computed expected tax         
           provision (benefit)    $ (773)  $(6,311)
                                                  
       State taxes, net of                        
       Federal benefit               304       986
                                                  
       Non deductible                             
       expenses and other          3,011    13,567
                                 -------   -------                 
                                                
                                 $ 2,542   $ 8,243
                                ========   =======

     There were no significant deferred tax assets or
     liabilities at March 31, 1998 (unaudited) or December
     31, 1997.


(8)         401(k) Retirement Plan:

     The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement plan ("the
     Plan") for employees who meet the eligibility
     requirements outlined in the Plan. Participants in the
     Plan make voluntary tax deferred contributions to the
     Plan. The Company does not make contributions to match
     the participants contributions, but, has the ability to
     make discretionary contributions to the Plan. During
     the three months ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and
     the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company made no
     discretionary contributions to the Plan.


(9)  Subsequent Event

     On June 22, 1998, The Netplex Group, Inc. ("Netplex")
     acquired all of the stock of both ABSI and KTG in
     exchange for: $200,000 in cash, 450,000 shares of
     Netplex common stock, and additional consideration
     ("earn-out") to the former ABS shareholders if the
     Company meets certain operating targets over the period
     beginning on June 30, 1998 through December 31, 2000.
     Payments due under the earn-out, if any, are to be made
     on April 30, 1999, 2000 and 2001 in the form of 50%
     Netplex common stock and 50% cash.
     


</PAGE>F-71




















APPENDIX A
                 ASSET ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
     THIS ASSET ACQUISITION AGREEMENT is entered into as of
August 31, 1998 ("Agreement") by and among APPLIED
INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC., 13800 Benson Road, Edmond,
Oklahoma 73013-6417 ("Seller"), and THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC.,
a New York corporation, 8260 Greensboro Drive, Fifth Floor,
McLean, Virginia 22102 ("Netplex").

                          RECITALS

     WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell to Netplex all of the
Assets (as hereinafter defined) relating to the delivery of
its technical consulting services and solutions business to
the retail industry;

     WHEREAS, Netplex desires to acquire said Assets, and in
connection therewith, Seller will receive from Netplex (i)
$3,000,000 in cash (the "Cash Consideration"); (ii) One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in value of Netplex Preferred
Stock (as defined below), and (iii) certain earn-out
compensation payments (the "Earn-Out Payments") as described
in the Earn-Out Agreement as provided for herein.

                          AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and
the agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
                          ARTICLE 1
                         DEFINITIONS
                              
          1.1. "Accounts Receivable" shall mean the accounts
receivable of Seller arising from the operation of the
Business.

          1.2  "Agreement Documents" shall mean this
Agreement and the various Schedules, Exhibits, attachments,
and other documents, of which the exchange or execution
between Netplex and Seller is contemplated by this Agreement
to occur at or before the Closing, except as to such
documents subsumed in the definitions hereinafter provided.

          1.3. "Assets" shall mean all the assets of Seller
used in the operation of the Business as a going concern,
except for the ChainLink software product, Accounts
Receivable earned prior to Closing, and cash of the
Business,.

          1.4. The "Business" shall mean the technical
consulting services  and  solutions business of Seller which
provides  such services and solutions to the retail and
distribution industries, but not including the Seller's
viaLink and iJob businesses.

       1.5. "Business Records" shall mean all business
records of Seller relating to the Business, including, but
not limited to, all books of account, customer contracts,
customer lists, supplier and vendor lists, employee
personnel files, file materials, logs, consultants' reports,
budgets, financial reports and sales, operating and business
plans, and customer files relating to or used or held for
use in the operation of the Business.

          1.6. "Contracts" shall mean oral and written agreements
and contracts of Seller relating to the Business to the
extent identified on Schedule 4.14 attached to this
Agreement, including, without limitation, notes receivable,
license agreements, assignment agreements, purchase orders,
sales orders, warranties, rights to discounts, joint venture
agreements, partnership agreements, maintenance agreements,
sales representative agreements, service agreements,
distribution agreements, leases of real property and
automobiles and agreements for leased equipment.

          1.7. "Fixed Assets and Tangible Personal Property"
shall mean all fixed assets and tangible personal property
of Seller used in the Business , including, without
limitation, all machinery, including essential replacement
parts, equipment, supplies, tools, tooling, furniture,
fixtures, hardware and spare parts.

          1.8. "Intangible Property" shall mean all intangible
property and assets of Seller used in the Business (whether
owned, used, registered in the name of, or licensed by
Seller or in which Seller otherwise has an interest) .
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any
intangible property not used in the Business, such as the
iJobT and viaLinkr software products and all associated
intellectual property, are specifically excluded from this
definition.

          1.9. "Inventory" shall mean all inventory of raw
materials, finished goods, supplies, project deliverables
and repair materials of Seller relating to the Business.

          1.10.     "AIG Marks" shall mean such tradenames,
trademarks, logos or graphic designs representing or
relating to the Business, except such items relating to
Chainlink, and any part of Seller's business or other
operations which are not part of the Assets.

          1.11.     "Permits" shall mean all licenses, permits,
franchises, approvals, authorizations, consents or orders
of, or filings with, any governmental authority whether
federal, state or local, or any other person relating to the
Business.

          1.12.     "Affiliate" shall mean any Person who is
controlled by, or is under common control with, a Party
hereto. The term "control" (including, with correlative
meaning, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control
with"), as used with respect to any Person, means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct
or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

          1.13.    "Closing" shall mean the actual transaction at
which the Seller receives the consideration and other
documents required to be given by Netplex hereunder, and at
which Netplex receives the documents required to be given by
Seller hereunder. Closing shall take place in Oklahoma City,
Oklahoma.

          1.14.    "Closing Date" shall mean September 30, 1998
or such other date as may be mutually agreed to by the parties.

          1.15.     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended.

          1.16.     "Knowledge" as to any party hereto shall mean
the knowledge of such party or any officer or director of
such party after due investigation.

          1.17.     "Laws" shall mean the statutes, laws, rules,
regulations, ordinances, codes, directives, writs,
injunctions, decrees, judgments, and orders of any
governmental (whether foreign, federal, state, local, or
otherwise) legislative, regulatory or administrative agency,
court or other governmental body, promulgated generally and
not specifically directed to both of the parties to this
Agreement.

          1.18.     "Liabilities" shall mean liabilities,
obligations or commitments of any nature, absolute, accrued,
contingent or otherwise, known or unknown, whether matured
or unmatured.

          1.19.     "Liens" shall mean mortgages, deeds of trust,
collateral assignments, security interests, conditional or
other sales agreements, claims, options, restrictions,
liens, pledges, hypothecations, easements, rights of way,
encumbrances and adverse interests or other defects of title
of any kind, provided that "Liens" shall not mean liens for
taxes not yet due and payable.

          1.20.     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean, with
respect to any Person, any condition, occurrence or effect,
which is materially adverse to the value of the business,
properties, assets, liabilities, capitalization,
stockholders' equity, financial condition, operations,
licenses or other franchises or results of operations of
such Person, considered as a whole.

          1.21.     "Netplex Common Stock" shall mean the shares
of Netplex common stock, par value $.001 per share.

          1.22.    "Netplex Preferred Stock" shall mean the
shares of Netplex preferred stock, Class B, par value $.01
per share.  The Certificate of Designation which sets forth
the rights and preferences of the Netplex Preferred Stock is
attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          1.23.     "Person" shall mean any person or  entity,
whether an individual, trustee, corporation, general
partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company,
trust, unincorporated organization, business association,
firm, joint venture, governmental agency or authority.

          1.24.     "Taxes" shall mean any federal, state, local,
foreign or other tax, levy, fee, assessment or other
government charge, including any penalties, additions and
interest with respect thereto.

          1.25.     "Work in Progress" shall mean, as to the
Contracts being transferred to Netplex under this Agreement
as of the Closing Date, any continuing or uncompleted
obligation to provide goods and/or services to Seller's
customer(s), which obligations will be transferred to
Netplex and assumed thereby hereunder, to the extent the
same are identified on Schedule 4.14.

                          ARTICLE 2
                   ASSET SALE AND PURCHASE
                              
Netplex and Seller hereby agree that, subject to the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth, (i) Seller shall sell,
assign, transfer and otherwise convey the Business and the
Assets, free and clear of all Liens, Contracts and
Liabilities, except as have been, or will be, identified on
schedules to this Agreement; (ii) Netplex agrees to
purchase, assume, and otherwise receive the Assets; (iii)
and Netplex agrees to pay to Seller the
consideration set forth herein for the Assets conveyed to
Netplex.
                          ARTICLE 3
                           CLOSING
                              
          3.1. Consideration to Seller:

               3.1.1.    At Closing, Netplex shall deliver
     and pay to Seller (i) the Cash Consideration of Three
     Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in certified funds or bank
     wire transfer to an account designated by Seller; (ii)
     a stock certificate representing the number of shares
     of Netplex Preferred Stock as calculated below; (iii)
     the Certificate of Designation of the Preferred Shares.

               3.1.2.    The number of shares of Netplex
     Preferred Stock which Seller shall receive from Netplex
     at Closing shall be calculated by dividing one million
     (1,000,000) by the average reported closing price of
     the Netplex Common Stock on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market
     for the twenty (20) days immediately prior to September
     1, 1998.

               3.1.3.    At Closing, Seller and Netplex
     shall deliver to each other the executed Earn-Out
     Agreement in the form substantially as set forth in
     Exhibit B hereto, and such other Agreements Documents
     as are provided for by this Agreement, all of which are
     incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

               3.1.4.    At Closing, Netplex shall deliver
     to Seller such other documents as are reasonably
     necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement.

          3.2.     Consideration to Netplex.  At Closing,
Seller shall, subject to the terms, covenants, and
conditions of this Agreement, convey, transfer and deliver
to Netplex by an executed bill of sale, assignments,
assignments of contracts, and such other documents as are
reasonably required to perfect the transfer of the Business
and the Assets to Netplex free and clear of all Liens,
Contracts and Liabilities, except to the extent identified
on Schedule 3.2 hereto, which Schedule identifies the Liens,
Contracts and Liabilities Netplex agrees to assume


                          ARTICLE 4
          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
                              
     Seller hereby represents and warrants to Netplex as
follows, which representations and warranties have been
relied upon by Netplex in entering into this Agreement:

          4.1. Organization.  Seller is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Oklahoma, and is qualified or
registered to do business in each jurisdiction where it is
required to do so. Seller has full corporate power and
authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to
enter into and to perform this Agreement.  The address of
Seller's principal office, all of Seller additional places
of business, and the locations of all tangible personal
property included in the Assets are listed on Schedule 4.1.
Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1, during the past five
(5) years, Seller has not been known by or used any
corporate, partnership, fictitious or other name in the
conduct of the Business or in connection with the use or
operation of the Assets.

          4.2. Corporate Authorization.  The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby have been, or will be prior
to the Closing, duly authorized by Seller's board of
directors and shareholders.

          4.3. Binding Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly
executed by Seller and delivered to Netplex and constitutes
the valid and binding agreement of Seller, enforceable
against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and the
exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general
equitable principles.

          4.4. Subsidiaries and Affiliates.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 4.4, Seller does not own any capital stock or
other equity securities of any other corporation and does
not have any other type of ownership interest in any other
corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business
organization or entity which relates to or is integral to
the operation of the Business.

          4.5. No Breach.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5 or
otherwise in the Agreement Documents, the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller will
not violate or conflict with Seller's Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws or any Law to which Seller, or the
Assets are subject, or by which Seller or the Assets may be
bound, or (with or without giving notice or the lapse of
time or both) breach or conflict with any contract,
agreement, or other commitment to which Seller is a party or
by which Seller may be bound, or result in the imposition of
any Lien on the Assets other than such Liens as have been
identified on a Schedule to this Agreement.

          4.6. Consents and Approvals.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.6 hereto, no filing or registration with, no
permit, authorization, consent or approval of, and no notice
to, any federal, state or local government or any court,
administrative or regulatory agency or commission or other
governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, or
other public body or authority or any other person is
necessary or required in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by Seller or for the consummation
by Seller of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

          4.7. Permits.  Schedule 4.7 contains a true and
complete list of all Permits. Seller has all Permits
required to conduct the Business as now being conducted.
All Permits are valid and in full force and effect.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 4.7(a) or elsewhere in the Agreement Documents,
no notice to, declaration, filing or registration with,
approval or permit from, any domestic or foreign
governmental or regulatory body or authority, or any other
Person or entity, is required to be made or obtained by
Seller in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in the foregoing, Seller makes no
representation as to whether any of said Permits may be
assumed, acquired, continued, or renewed by Netplex at or
after the Closing.  It is specifically agreed and understood
between the Parties hereto that such Permits, to the extent
such Permits cannot be transferred, are not included in the
Assets.

          4.8. Compliance with Laws.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 4.8, Seller has, to the best Knowledge of Seller,
complied in all material respects with all of the Laws
applicable to the Business and the Assets, including,
without limitation, all applicable Laws relating to health
and sanitation, environmental protection and occupational
safety the violation of which would have a Material Adverse
Effect on its Business or the Assets.

          4.9.  Title to and Sufficiency of the Assets.
Seller has good and marketable title to all of the Assets
free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens described on
Schedule 4.9.  The Assets constitute all of the assets,
rights and properties that are used in the operation of the
Business as it is now conducted.

          4.10.  Fixed Assets and Tangible Personal
Property. Schedule 4.10 contains a true and complete list of
the Fixed Assets and Tangible Personal Property which are
being sold pursuant to this Agreement.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 4.10, the Fixed Assets and Tangible Personal
Property, are in good operating condition and repair
(reasonable wear and tear excepted), are performing
satisfactorily and are suitable for their intended uses.

          4.11.  Inventory.  Schedule 4.11 contains a true
and complete list of all Inventory as of August 31, 1998
which is being sold pursuant to this Agreement.  Except as
otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.11 and subject to Liens
identified in any of the Agreement Documents, all Inventory
reflected on the Seller Balance Sheet (as defined below), or
acquired since the date of the Seller Balance Sheet, was
acquired and has been maintained in the ordinary course of
business; is of good and merchantable quality; consists
substantially of a quality, quantity and condition useable,
leasable or saleable in the ordinary course of business; is
valued at reasonable amounts based on the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice; and is not
subject to any write-down or write-off.  Seller is not under
any liability or obligation with respect to the return of
Inventory in the possession of wholesalers, retailers or
other customers.

          4.12.     Intangible Property and AIG Marks.
Schedule 4.12 contains a true and complete list of the
Intangible Property and AIG Marks to be conveyed to Netplex
pursuant to this Agreement.  Seller has delivered to Netplex
copies of all documents (if any) establishing Seller's
rights to use the Intangible Property and AIG Marks, and any
restrictions thereof. To the best of Seller's Knowledge and
except as otherwise identified in this Agreement or the
Agreement Documents, Seller has, and after Closing, Netplex
will have, the right to use all Intangible Property and AIG
Marks, free and clear of any royalty or other payment
obligations. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 or in the
documents heretofore described in this section, to the best
of Seller's Knowledge, Seller's use of the Intangible
Property does not conflict with, violate or infringe  any
intellectual property or other rights of any other Person,
no one has claimed any such violation or infringement, and
to Seller's best Knowledge, no Person is currently violating
or infringing any of Seller's intellectual property or other
rights with respect to the Intangible Property in any way
that would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business.

          4.13.     Protection of Intellectual Property.  To
the best of Seller's Knowledge, all employees and
consultants of Seller who have worked on or contributed to
the development of Seller's technology, trademarks, trade
names, copyrights and other intellectual property rights
have effectively conveyed to Seller all rights such
employees or consultants may have had in such intellectual
property.

          4.14.     Contracts.  Schedule 4.14 contains a
true and complete list (and, in the case of oral agreements,
contracts or leases, a summary of the material terms) of all
Contracts and Works in Progress dated on or after January 1,
1996 or which represent Contracts of Seller and/or Works in
Progress to be transferred to Netplex pursuant to this
Agreement.  To Seller's best Knowledge, the Contracts are
valid, binding and enforceable by Seller in accordance with
their respective terms and are in full force and effect.  To
Seller's best Knowledge, Seller has delivered to Netplex
true and complete copies of the Contracts and all amendments
thereto, other than those oral agreements summarized on
Schedule 4.14.  The Contracts are subject to any Liens
and/or Liabilities set forth on Schedule 4.14.  Seller has
complied in all material respects with all of the Contracts
and neither it nor any other party thereto is in default, or
has been notified of a threat of a default or any dispute,
under any of the Seller Contracts.  The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement by Seller will not
constitute a default or breach under any of the Contracts,
except as set forth in Schedule 4.14.

          4.15.     Litigation.  Except as described on
Schedule 4.15, there is no litigation, proceeding (arbitral
or otherwise), claim or investigation of any nature pending
or, to Seller's best Knowledge, threatened against Seller,
the Business or the Assets.  There are no writs,
injunctions, decrees, arbitration decisions, unsatisfied
judgments or similar orders outstanding against Seller with
respect to the Business or the Assets.

          4.16.     Seller Financial Statements.

     (a)  Schedule 4.16(a) sets forth true, correct and
       complete copies of (i) the audited balance sheet of
       Seller as of December 31, 1997 (the "Seller Balance
       Sheet"); (ii) the statement of income of Seller for
       the one year period ended December 31, 1997 (collectively
       with the balance sheet described in Subsection (i) hereof, 
       the "Seller Annual Financials");
       (iii) the unaudited balance sheet of Seller as of
       June 30, 1998 and the statement of income of Seller
       for the period January 1 through June 30, 1998 (the
       "Seller Quarterly Financials"); and (iv)  the
       unaudited balance sheet of Seller as of August 31,
       1998 and the statement of income for the interim
       period from July 1, 1998 through August 31, 1998 (the
       "Seller Monthly Financials" and, together with the
       Seller Annual Financials and the Seller Quarterly
       Financials,  the "Seller Financial Statements").  The
       Seller Financial Statements have been prepared in
       accordance with generally accepted accounting
       principles consistently applied, and present fairly
       and accurately the financial condition of Seller at
       the respective dates thereof.
       
 (b)  Schedule 4.16(b) sets forth true, correct and complete
       copies of (i) the unaudited balance sheet of the
       Business as of December 31, 1997 (the "Business
       Balance Sheet"); (ii) the unaudited statement of
       income of the Business for the one year period ended
       December 31, 1997 (collectively with the balance
       sheet described in Subsection (i) hereof, the
       "Business Annual Financials"); (iii) the unaudited
       balance sheet of the Business as of June 30, 1998 and
       the statement of income of the Business for the
       period January 1 through June 30, 1998 (the "Business
       Quarterly Financials"); and (iv)  the unaudited
       balance sheet of the Business as of August 31, 1998
       and the statement of income for the interim period
       from July 1, 1998 through August 31, 1998 (the
       "Business Monthly Financials" and, together with the
       Business Annual Financials and the Business Quarterly
       Financials, the "Business Financial Statements"). It
       is specifically agreed
       and understood by the Parties hereto that the
       Business Balance Sheet was prepared for the purposes
       of this Agreement with Seller's best efforts to
       fairly and accurately present the financial condition
       and the results of the operations of the Business at
       the respective dates thereof, and such Business
       Balance Sheet was not necessarily calculated or kept
       by Seller in the ordinary course of its business.
    
          4.17.     Absence of Material Adverse Changes.  Since
December 31, 1997, there have been no changes or conditions
constituting a Material Adverse Effect on the Assets
or Business which have not been disclosed in writing
to Netplex.

          4.18.     Liabilities.  Except as disclosed
on Schedule 4.18 attached hereto or disclosed
elsewhere in the Agreement Documents, Seller has no
material Liabilities of any nature relating to the
Business, including without limitation, Tax
liabilities due or to become due, except iabilities
that are reflected and reserved against on the Seller
Financial Statements or otherwise disclosed pursuant
to this Agreement.

          4.19.     Tax Matters.  Neither Seller, nor
any entity to whose liabilities Seller has succeeded,
has filed or been included in a consolidated,
unitary, or combined tax return with another Person.
Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.19 hereto: (a)
Seller has filed all tax returns and reports ("Seller
Tax Returns") required to have been filed by or for
it (except for those tax returns and reports for
which it has obtained an extension, which it will
file in a timely manner); (b) Seller has paid or made
adequate provision for all Taxes payable by Seller,
and there is no Tax due and payable, the non-payment
of which would adversely affect any of the Assets or
the use thereof, or could cause Netplex to incur any
liability; (c) no unpaid Tax deficiency has been
asserted against or with respect to Seller by any
taxing authority; (d) Seller is in compliance with,
and its Business Records contain all information and
documents necessary to comply with, all applicable
information reporting and Tax withholding
requirements; (e) Seller has not granted, nor is it
subject to, any waiver of the period of limitations
for the assessment of Tax for any currently open
taxable period; and (f) Seller has not entered into,
and holds no asset subject to, a "safe harbor lease"
subject to former Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1954, as amended before the Tax
Reform Act of 1986, and the regulations thereunder;
(g) all material information set forth in the Seller
Tax Returns is accurate and complete; (h) the Seller
Balance Sheet fully and properly reflects, as of the
date thereof, the Liabilities of Seller for all
accrued taxes, additions to tax, penalties, and
interest; (i) for periods ending after the date of
the most recent Seller Financial Statements, the
books and records of Seller fully and properly
reflect its liability for all accrued taxes,
additions to tax, penalties and interest; (j) Seller
has not made or entered into, and holds no asset
subject to, a consent filed pursuant to Section
341(f) of the Code and the regulations thereunder;
and (k) Seller is not required to include in income
any amount for an adjustment pursuant to Section 481
of the Code or the regulations thereunder.  Schedule
4.19 describes all material tax elections, consents,
and agreements affecting Seller, and lists all types
of taxes paid and tax returns filed by Seller.
Seller is not a "foreign person" for purposes of
Section 1445 of the Code.

                 4.20.   Insolvency Proceedings.
Neither Seller nor any of the Seller's Assets being
transferred under this Agreement is the subject of
any pending or, to Seller's best Knowledge,
threatened, insolvency proceedings of any character.
Seller has not made an assignment for the benefit of
creditors or taken any action with a view to or that
would constitute a valid basis for the institution of
any such insolvency proceedings. Seller is not
insolvent and will not become insolvent as a result
of entering into this Agreement.

          4.21.     Employee Benefit Plans.

  (a)  Schedule 4.21 hereto includes a complete and correct
          schedule of (i) all employee pension benefit plans
          (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) and employee
          welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of
          ERISA) of Seller and any other Person or entity that
          together with Seller, is treated as a single employer
          under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) (each such
          Person or entity being referred to herein as an
          "ERISA Affiliate"), (ii) all plans, programs,
          agreements and arrangements that provide benefits to
          employees of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate as a
          result of the transactions contemplated by this
          Agreement or that provide for the payment of
          separation, severance, termination or similar
          benefits to such employees, (iii) all trust
          agreements established for the purposes of funding
          any compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement
          or arrangement, in each case currently maintained for
          the benefit of, or relating to, any current or former
          employee, officer, director or independent contractor
          of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate, and (iv) all other
          plans, programs, contracts or arrangements pertaining
          to or including any current or former employee,
          officer, director or independent contractor of Seller
          or any ERISA Affiliate (these plans, programs,
          agreements and arrangements together with all other
          employee benefit plans, programs, agreements and
          arrangements of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate
          (including, but not limited to, all "employee benefit
          plans" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA)
          for the benefit of, or relating to, any current or
          former employee, officer, director or independent
          contractor of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate, being
          collectively referred to herein as the "Seller
          Plans").  Neither Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate
          maintains or participates in, nor has Seller or any
          ERISA Affiliate ever maintained or participated in,
          any defined benefit plans or any "multiemployer
          plans" as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.  Except
          as set forth in Schedule 4.21 hereto, neither Seller
          nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained or
          participated in any other employee benefit plans or
          other like plans, programs or arrangements under
          which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has any
          obligation to any of their current or former
          employees, officers, directors, or independent
          contractors, nor has Seller or any ERISA Affiliate
          made any commitments or agreements to establish or
          extend any such plans, programs or arrangements for
          their benefit.
          
 (b)  Seller has previously provided to Netplex true, correct and
          complete copies of (i) each Seller Plan (or, in the
          case of any unwritten Seller Plan, a description
          thereof), (ii) actuarial reports and financial
          statements prepared in connection therewith for the 3
          previous years, (iii) each trust agreement and/or
          insurance contract with respect to each Seller Plan,
          (iv) annual reports on Form 5500 filed with the
          Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Seller
          Plan (if required) for the 3 previous years, (v) the
          most recent summary plan description for each Plan
          for which such summary plan description is required;
          and (vi) all IRS determination letters obtained for
          any Seller Plan.
          
     (c)  To the Knowledge of Seller, each Seller Plan is now and has
          been operated, administered and maintained in all
          material respects in compliance with its terms and
          the requirements of all applicable law, including,
          without limitation, ERISA and the
          Code.  All contributions required to be made to any
          Seller Plan have been made on or before their due
          dates and no Seller Plan has incurred a funding
          deficiency under Section 412 of the Code. No legal
          action, suit or claim is pending or, to the Knowledge
          of Seller, threatened with respect to any Seller Plan
          (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary
          course).
          
 (d)  Each Seller Plan that is intended to be qualified under
          Section 401(a) of the Code or Section 401(k) of the
          Code has received a favorable determination letter
          from the Internal Revenue Service that the form of
          such Seller Plan is so qualified and each trust
          established in connection with any Seller Plan which
          is intended to be exempt from federal income taxation
          under Section 501(a) of the Code has received a
          determination letter from the Internal Revenue
          Service that it is so exempt from federal income
          taxation.  No such determination letter has been
          revoked nor has revocation of any such determination
          letter been threatened, nor has any such Seller Plan
          been amended since the date of its most recent
          determination letter or application therefor in any
          respect that would adversely affect its qualified
          status or materially increase its costs (provided
          that for purposes of this sentence the term
          "materially" shall mean, with regard to each
          occurrence, an amount in excess of $10,000.00 or
          $100,000.00 in the aggregate).
          
     (e)  To the Knowledge of Seller, there has been no
          prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section
          406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) or other
          breach of fiduciary responsibility with respect to
          any Seller Plan that could give rise to any tax or
          penalty under Section 4975 of the Code, Title I of
          ERISA or other applicable law.
          
 (f)  With respect to each Seller Plan which is a group health
          plan (as defined in Code Section 4980B and ERISA
          Section 607), Seller and each ERISA Affiliate have
          taken all necessary actions to satisfy the notice and
          benefit requirements under Code Section 4980B and
          Part 6 of Title I of ERISA with respect to employees,
          former employees and independent contractors of
          Seller and any ERISA Affiliate (and their spouses and
          dependent children) who have had a "qualifying event"
          as defined in Code Section 4980B and ERISA Section
          603 with respect to any such Seller Plan on or before
          the Closing, or as a result of the instant
          transaction. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.21
          hereto, there are currently no employees, former
          employees or independent contractors of Seller or any
          ERISA Affiliate (or their spouses and dependent
          children) (i) who have elected continuation coverage
          under Code Section 4980B or Part 6 of Title I or
          ERISA, or (ii) who are eligible to elect such
          continuation coverage with respect to any of Seller'
          or any ERISA Affiliate's group health plans for a
          "qualifying event" (as defined above) that occurred
          prior to the date of this Agreement.
          
         (g)  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.21, there is no material
          debt, liability, claim or obligation resulting (or
          which may result) from any claim incurred or
          asserted under any Seller Plan, or which, to the
          Knowledge of Seller, may be incurred or asserted
          before, on or after the Closing under any Seller
          Plan, by any employees, former employees or
          independent contractors of Seller or any ERISA
          Affiliate (or their covered dependents), whether as
          retirees, disabled persons or otherwise, which is
          not fully and totally funded for by a separate trust
          or insurance policy or fully and totally reserved
          for on the Financial Statements as of the Closing
          (in which case, the amount of such debt, liability,
          claim or obligation and the actuarial methods and
          assumptions are stated in Schedule 4.18).

         (h)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
          this Agreement, Netplex is not acquiring any interest 
          in any Employee Benefit Plan or insurance policies of Seller.
          
              4.22.     Employees.  Seller has provided
Netplex with a complete and accurate list  of all
employees of Seller employed in the Business, showing
for each:  name, current job title or description,
current salary level (including any bonus or deferred
compensation arrangements) and any bonus, commission
or other remuneration paid or payable since December
31, 1997 (other than any bonuses paid to salespersons
in the ordinary course of the Business), and
describing any existing contractual arrangement with
such employee.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.22
hereto, Seller has not maintained, does not maintain
and has not announced to the employees listed on
Schedule 4.22 any plan to maintain any written or
other policy with respect to severance or termination
pay.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.22 and other
than usual and customary wage and salary or
employment practices, since December 31, 1997, Seller
has made no commitments or agreements to increase the
wages or to modify the conditions or terms of
employment of any of the employees listed on said
Schedule.  There are no collective bargaining
agreements applicable to the Business and there have
been no union organizing efforts conducted with
respect to such employees or any work stoppages
experienced by Seller during the last three years.

          4.23.     Insurance.  Schedule 4.23 lists
all insurance policies (by policy number, insurer,
location or property insured, annual premium, premium
payment dates, expiration date and type of coverage)
held by Seller relating to the business, properties
and employees of the Business, copies of which have
been provided to Netplex.  All such insurance
policies are in full force and effect and in such
amounts and provide coverages that are reasonable and
customary in light of the business, operations and
properties of Business.

          4.24.     Environmental Matters.

(a)  As used in this Agreement "Hazardous Material" shall mean:
          (i) any "hazardous substance" as now defined pursuant
          to the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
          Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.
          9601(14); (ii) any "pollutant or contaminant" as
          defined in 42 U.S.C.  9601(33); (iii) any material
          now defined as "hazardous waste" pursuant to 40
          C.F.R. Part 261; (iv) any petroleum, including crude
          oil and any fraction thereof; natural or synthetic
          crude oil and any fraction thereof; (v) natural or
          synthetic gas usable for fuel; (vi) any "hazardous
          chemical" as defined pursuant to 29 C.F.R. Part 1910;
          (vii) any asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl, or
          isomer of dioxin, or any material or thing containing
          or composed of such substance or substances; (viii)
          any infectious organism or biological or medical
          waste; or (ix) any other substance, regardless of
          physical form, that is subject to any Environmental
          Laws.
          
(b)  As used in this Agreement, "Environmental Laws" shall mean
          any statutes, regulations, requirements, orders,
          ordinances, rules of liability or standards of
          conduct of any foreign, federal, state, local
          government, or common law relating to the protection
          of human health, plant life, animal life, natural
          resources, the environment or property from the
          presence in the environment of any solid, liquid,
          gas, odor or any form of energy, from whatever
          source, including, without limitation, any emissions,
          discharges, releases, or threatened releases of
          Hazardous Material into the environment (including,
          without limitation, ambient air, surface water,
          groundwater, land surface or subsurface or building
          structures), or otherwise relating to
          the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
          treatment, storage, generation, disposal, transport
          or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals,
          or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or
          wastes.
          
    (c)  To the knowledge of Seller, except as set forth on  Schedule
          4.24, (i) there are no environmental conditions
          related to the Seller Real Property Leases (as
          defined herein) or Seller' business and other assets
          of Seller that could have a Material Adverse Effect
          on Seller, including any such conditions relating to
          the use, treatment, storage, release or disposal of
          any Hazardous Material; (ii) Seller has not
          manufactured, processed, distributed, used, treated,
          stored, disposed of, transported or handled any
          Hazardous Material in a manner that could have a
          Material Adverse Effect on Seller; (iii) there is no
          ambient air, surface water, groundwater or land
          contamination or contamination within building
          structures, within, under, originating from or
          relating to any real property which is the subject of
          the Seller Real Property Leases, or any other
          location related to the Seller Real Property Leases
          such that the contamination affects such other
          locations and none of such properties has been used
          for the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
          treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling
          of any Hazardous Material in a manner that could have
          a Material Adverse Effect on Seller; and (iv) Seller
          has no obligation or liability, known or unknown,
          matured or not matured, absolute or contingent,
          assessed or unassessed, imposed or based upon the
          failure to comply with any provision under any
          federal, state or local law, rule, or regulation or
          common law, or under any code, order, decree,
          judgment or injunction applicable to Seller, and
          Seller has not received any notice, or request for
          information issued, promulgated, approved or entered
          thereunder, or under the common law, or any tort,
          nuisance or absolute liability theory, relating to
          public health or safety, worker health or safety, or
          pollution, damage to or protection of the
          environment, including, without limitation, the
          Environmental Laws, where such obligation or
          liability could have a Material Adverse Effect on
          Seller.
          
     (d)  Seller possesses and is in compliance in all material
          respects with all permits, licenses, certificates,
          franchises and other authorizations relating to the
          Environmental Laws necessary to conduct Seller's
          business or required by environmental regulations.
          
     4.25.     Seller Real Property Leases.  Schedule 4.25
lists the real property leases to which Seller is a party.
Seller has a valid leasehold interest in all real
property it uses or occupies pursuant to real
property leases included within the Contracts (the
"Seller Real Property Leases").  Seller's leasehold
interest in all Seller Real Property Leases is free
and clear of all Liens, except for (i) easements and
other rights or restrictions of record that do not
materially impair the use or value of the Seller Real
Property Leases as they are now used by Seller, and
(ii) except for Liens set forth on Schedule 4.9.  To
the best of Seller's Knowledge, the buildings,
improvements and fixtures that are included in the
Seller Real Property Leases are in good operating
condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear
excepted), free of structural defects and are
suitable for their intended uses.  To the best of
Seller's Knowledge, the real property which is the
subject of the Seller Real Property Leases, the
improvements located thereon, and the furniture,
fixtures and equipment relating thereto (including
plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical
systems), conform to any and all applicable health,
fire, safety, zoning, environmental, land use and
building laws, ordinances and regulations.  Seller is
current with respect to all rental payments under the
Seller Real Property Leases and is not in default under any of
the Seller Real Property Leases.  In addition, with
respect to all Liens listed on Schedule 4.9, to
Seller's Knowledge, there are no facts or
circumstances which would give rise to a claim under
the Seller Real Property Leases in connection with
any such Lien. Seller owns no real property and has
no other interests therein, other than its leasehold
interests in the Seller Real Property Leases.

          4.26.     Brokers.  Other than Ampton
Investments, Inc., Seller has not dealt with, or made
any arrangements or agreements with any third party
in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement so as to give rise to any claims for
brokerage commissions, finders fees or similar
compensation.

          4.27.     No Other Agreements to Merge or
Sell.  Seller has no legal obligation, absolute or
contingent, to any other Person to sell the Assets or
the Business (in whole or in part), or effect any
merger, consolidation or other reorganization of
Seller, or to enter into any agreement with respect
thereto.

          4.28.     Financing Statements.  Except as
set forth on Schedule 4.28, all of the Assets are and
have been located in the State of Oklahoma since the
Assets were acquired by Seller.  To Seller's best
Knowledge, all Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements, if any, filed by any person with respect
to the Assets are listed on Schedule 4.28.

          4.29.     Transactions with Certain
Persons; Interest in Customers, Suppliers or
Competitors.  To Seller's best Knowledge, except as
set forth on Schedule 4.29, no officer, director or
employee of Seller nor any member of any such
person's immediate family ("Interested Person") is,
or has within the past five (5) years been, a party
to any transaction with Seller relating to the
Business, other than for services as officers,
directors or employees of Seller, or transactions in
the ordinary course of business, which transaction
provides or provided for: (a) furnishing of services
by such Interested Person, (b) rental of real or
personal property from such Interested Person, or (c)
payments to  such Interested Person or a corporation,
partnership, trust or other entity in which any such
Interested Person has a controlling interest as a
shareholder, officer, director, trustee or partner.
No Interested Person has any direct or indirect
controlling interest in any competitor, supplier or
customer of the Business or in any Person from whom
or to whom Seller leases any Real Property or
personal property, or in any other Person with whom
Seller is doing business.

          4.30.     Accounts Receivable.  Schedule
4.30 contains a true and complete aging report of all
of the Accounts Receivable relating to the Business
as of August 31, 1998.  All Accounts Receivable
relating to the Business, except as set forth on
Schedule 4.30, represent bona fide claims of Seller
against debtors for sales, services performed or
other charges arising on or before August 31, 1998,
and all the goods delivered and services performed
which gave rise to said accounts were delivered or
performed in accordance with the applicable orders,
contracts or customer requirements.  The Accounts
Receivable are subject to no defenses, counterclaims
or rights of setoff and are fully collectible in the
ordinary course of Seller's business without cost in
collection efforts therefor, except as set forth on
Schedule 4.30 and except to the extent of the
appropriate reserves for bad debts on the Accounts
Receivable as set forth in the Seller Financial
Statements.

          4.31.     Material Misstatements Or
Omissions.  No representations or warranties by
Seller in this Agreement, nor in any of the Agreement
Documents, contain or will contain any untrue
statement of a material fact, or omit or will omit to
state any material fact necessary to make the
statements or facts contained therein not misleading.

          4.32.     Acquisition for Own Account.  The
Netplex Preferred Stock to be acquired by Seller
hereunder will be acquired for investment for
Seller's own account, not as a nominee or agent, and
not with a view to the public resale or distribution
thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), and Seller has no
present intention of selling, granting any
participation in, or otherwise distributing the same.

          4.33.     Restricted Securities.  Seller
understands that the shares of Netplex Preferred
Stock are characterized as "restricted securities"
under the 1933 Act inasmuch as they are being
acquired from Netplex in a transaction not involving
a public offering and that under the 1933 Act and
applicable regulations thereunder such securities may
be resold without registration under the 1933 Act
only in certain limited circumstances.  In this
connection, Seller represents that it is familiar
with Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC"), as presently in effect, and
understands such resale limitations imposed thereby
and by the 1933 Act.

   4.34.     Legends.  Seller understands that the
instruments and certificates evidencing the shares of
Netplex Preferred Stock will bear the legend
substantially as set forth below:

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
ANY STATE.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY
NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED
UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION
THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY
BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS
INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE
ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE
ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR
RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

     The legend set forth above shall be removed by
Netplex from any certificate or instrument evidencing
the Shares upon delivery to Netplex of an opinion by
counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Netplex, that a
registration statement under the 1933 Act is at that
time in effect with respect to the legended security
or that such security can be freely transferred in a
public sale without such a registration statement
being in effect and that such transfer will not
jeopardize the exemption or exemptions from
registration pursuant to which Netplex issued the
Shares.

          4.35.     No Owned Software or Patents.
Except as set forth on Schedule 4.35, or transferred
as part of the Assets, Seller owns no software or
patents which are used or required for use in the
operation of the Business as it is presently being
conducted.

          4.36.   No Customer Complaints.  To
Seller's Knowledge and except as set forth on
Schedule 4.36, there are no currently
pending complaints from customers of the Business
which are substantially likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Business, and no customer of
the Business with any pending complaint or claim has
threatened to file suit against or refused to pay
Seller for products or services sold to a customer in
the ordinary course of the Business.

          4.37.    Business Records.  Seller has
delivered, or will deliver, to Netplex copies of all
of the Business Records and copies of all customer
lists and accounts of Seller.  The customer list as
set forth in Schedule 4.37 is a complete list of all
current customers of Seller relating to the Business
as of August 31, 1998.

          4.38.   Year 2000 Compliance.    Seller's
"RSA," "Chainlink" and "IDP" software products
("Compliant Products"), subject to the disclaimer
below, will not produce errors processing date data
in connection with the year change from December 31,
1999 to January 1, 2000 when used with accurate date
data in accordance with the documentation for the
Compliant Products, provided all other products
(including, without limitation, other software,
firmware, hardware, and operating systems) used with
it properly exchange date data with the Seller's
Compliant Products.  Said Compliant Products will
recognize the year 2000 as a leap year.  DISCLAIMER:
The foregoing statement refers to the Seller's
identified Compliant Products as delivered by Seller,
and does not apply to user initiated modifications,
user customizable features or third party add-on
features or products, including items such as macros
and custom programming and formatting features, and
further does not constitute a warranty or extend the
terms of any existing warranty.  The warranties for
the Compliant Products, if any, are set forth in the
license agreement(s) that were signed by Seller's
customer in conjunction with the licensing of the
Compliant Product.  Except as to the Compliant
Products, no representation or warranty is made by
Seller concerning the compatibility or functionality
of any other program or software product included in
any way in the Assets, including, without limitation,
any items of software, operating systems, or hardware
with which the Compliant Products may interact, nor
does Seller make or extend any warranty or
representation concerning "year2000 compliance" of
any kind with regard to any product or item created
or provided by any third party, whether owned or
licensed, that is to be transferred to Netplex as an
Asset pursuant to this Agreement, or any other item
of software created or provided by Seller.

                      ARTICLE 5
      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NETPLEX
                          
     Netplex hereby represents and warrants to Seller
as follows, which representations and warranties have
been relied upon by Seller in entering into this
Agreement:

          5.1. Organization.  Netplex is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of New
York, and is qualified or registered to do business
in each jurisdiction where it is required to do so.
Netplex has full corporate power and authority to
carry on its business as now conducted and to enter
into and to perform this Agreement.

          5.2. Corporate Authorization.  The
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
issuance of the Netplex Preferred Stock as provided
herein and the consummation of all the transactions
contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all
requisite corporate action with respect to Netplex,
including, without limitation, approval by Netplex's
board of directors.

          5.3. Binding Agreement.  This Agreement has
been duly executed by Netplex and delivered to Seller
and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of
Netplex, enforceable against Netplex in accordance
with its respective terms, except as enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other
laws affecting creditors' rights generally and the
exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with
general equitable principles.

          5.4. No Breach.  The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement by Netplex and the
issuance of any Netplex stock pursuant to this
Agreement and the Agreement Documents will not
violate Netplex's Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended, or Bylaws or any Law to which Netplex is
subject or by which Netplex may be bound, or (with or
without giving notice or the lapse of time or both)
breach or conflict with any contract, agreement, or
other commitment to which either of Netplex  is a
party or by which Netplex is or may be bound, or
result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
against or upon the Shares or any of the assets or
properties owned or leased by either of Netplex or
the Business.

          5.5. Litigation; Compliance with Law.
Other than as disclosed in its public filings, there
is no litigation, proceeding (arbitral or otherwise),
claim or investigation of any nature, pending or, to
Netplex's  best Knowledge, threatened, against
Netplex  that reasonably could be expected to
adversely affect Netplex's  ability to perform in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Neither
Netplex  nor any officer, director, partner or
employee of Netplex has been permanently or
temporarily enjoined or barred by any legal judgment
from engaging in or continuing any conduct or
practice in connection with the activities of Netplex
as currently conducted; and there is not in existence
any legal judgment requiring Netplex  to take any
action of any kind with respect to the assets or
properties owned or leased by it, or its activities,
or to which Netplex  or its activities, properties or
assets are otherwise subject or by which they are
otherwise bound or affected.  The conduct by Netplex
of  its activities as currently conducted does not
violate or infringe any Laws currently in effect, or,
to the Knowledge of Netplex, proposed to become
effective; and Netplex has not received any notice of
any violation by Netplex of any Laws applicable to
Netplex  or their respective activities as currently
conducted; and  Netplex does not know of any basis
for the allegation of any such violation.

          5.6. Brokers. Other than Zanett Securities
Corporation, Buyer has not dealt with, or made any
arrangements or agreements with any third party in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement so as to give rise to any claims for
brokerage commissions, finders fees or similar
compensation..

          5.7. Capitalization.  Netplex has
authorized and outstanding the capital stock set
forth on Schedule 5.7.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 5.7, there are not outstanding any options,
warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive
rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition
from Netplex of any shares of its capital stock or
any securities convertible into or ultimately
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of
Netplex's capital stock.

          5.8. Certificate of Incorporation;
Certificate of Designation.  Schedule 5.8 includes true,
complete and current copies of Netplex's Certificates of
Incorporation, as amended, and Netplex's Certificate of Designation,
respectively, to be filed with the Secretary of State
of the State of New York.

         5.9. Consents and Approvals.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 5.9 hereto, no filing or
registration with, no permit,
authorization, counsel or approval of, and no notice
to, any federal, state or local government or any
court, administrative or regulatory agency or
commission or other governmental authority or agency,
domestic or foreign, or other public body or
authority or any other Person is necessary or
required in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by Netplex or for the
consummation by Netplex of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

          5.10.     Valid Issuance of Preferred
Shares.  The Preferred Shares, when issued and
delivered in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement for the consideration provided for herein,
will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and shall not be subject to, or bound
or affected by, any proxies, voting agreements, or
other restrictions on the incidents of ownership or
Liens of any nature.

          5.11.     Permits of Netplex.  Netplex
represents and warrants that, at its expense, it has
or shall obtain at or prior to Closing all Permits
required to conduct the Business as now being
conducted.  In the event Netplex is required to
obtain any Permit other than by receipt of the same
from Seller, Netplex shall bear the cost of obtaining
it.  Until the expiration of nine quarters after the
Closing, all Permits shall be maintained by Netplex
as valid and in full force and effect until December
31, 2000.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.11, no
notice to, declaration, filing or registration with,
approval or permit from, any domestic or foreign
governmental or regulatory body or authority, or any
other Person or entity, is required to be made or
obtained by Netplex in connection with the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          5.12.     Compliance with Laws.  Netplex
has and shall continue until December 31, 2000 to
comply in all material respects with all of the Laws
applicable to the Business and the Assets, including,
without limitation, all applicable Laws relating to
health and sanitation, employment and employment
benefits, equal opportunity, discrimination,
environmental protection and occupational safety, the
violation of which would have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Business or the Assets.

          5.13 Absence of Material Adverse Changes.
Since December 31, 1997, there have been no changes
or conditions constituting a Material Adverse Effect
on Netplex which has not been disclosed in writing to
Seller.



                      ARTICLE 6
                 COVENANTS OF SELLER
                          
          Between the date of this Agreement and the
Closing, Seller hereby covenants:

          6.1. Maintenance of the Business.  Seller
shall conduct the Business and use the Assets only in
the ordinary course of business, consistent with past
practices, which shall include compliance in all
respects with all Laws, regulations and administrative
orders of any federal, state or local governmental
authority that are applicable to Seller with respect
to the Assets or Business, with the intent of
preserving the ongoing operations of the Assets and
Business and which shall also include, without
limitation, not selling, transferring or disposing of
any assets or properties currently owned by Seller,
as applicable, nor making any distributions of cash
or other property to shareholders or incurring any
indebtedness for borrowed money without Netplex's
consent, other than accounts payable consistent with
past practices.

          6.2. Adverse Developments.  Seller shall
promptly notify Netplex of any materially adverse
developments that occur prior to Closing with respect
to the Assets or the operation of the Business.
Seller shall keep Netplex informed of all material
operational matters and business developments with
respect to the Business and its markets, including
any competitive changes.

          6.3. Access.  Seller will provide Netplex,
its counsel, accountants, financing sources and other
representatives ("Netplex's Representatives") with
access to the Business Records, to the Assets, and to
the officers, employees, agents and accountants of
each with respect to matters relating to the Business
during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice
and at a mutually agreeable time; provided that such
access does not materially disrupt the operations of
the Business, and Seller will provide Netplex's
Representatives with such information concerning the
Assets and the Business as they reasonably may
request for the purpose of allowing Netplex to
perform a due diligence review of Seller.  Seller
shall instruct its representatives to cooperate fully
with the review by Netplex's Representatives of the
Business Records.

          6.4. Financial Statements and Other
Reports.  Between the date of this Agreement and the
Closing, as soon as the same are available, Seller
will provide Netplex with copies of the Business'
regularly prepared sales reports and any regularly
prepared periodic financial statements or reports.

          6.5. No Negotiations. Seller will refrain,
and will cause each other Person acting for or on
behalf of Seller, to refrain, from taking, directly
or indirectly, any action (a) to merge, consolidate,
or combine, or to permit any other Person to merge,
consolidate or combine, with Seller in a manner which
affects the Business; and (b) to seek or encourage
any offer or proposal from any Person to acquire the
Business or any Assets (other than in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practices).

          6.6. Third Party Consents.  Seller shall
use its best efforts to obtain any third party
consents required for performance under this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

          6.7. Satisfaction of Conditions.  Seller
shall in good faith use its reasonable best efforts
to satisfy all conditions to its obligations to close
and consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
                      ARTICLE 7
                COVENANTS OF NETPLEX
                          
          Between the date of this Agreement and the
Closing, Netplex hereby covenants:

          7.1. Adverse Developments.  Netplex shall
promptly notify Seller of any materially adverse
developments that occur
prior to Closing with respect to the operation of its
business.
          7.2. Access.  Netplex will provide Seller,
its counsel, accountants, financing sources and other
representatives ("Seller's Representatives") with
access to its business records, and to its officers,
employees, agents and accountants with respect to
matters relating to its business during normal
business hours, upon reasonable notice and at a
mutually agreeable time; provided that such access
does not materially disrupt the operations of
Netplex's business, and Netplex will provide Seller's
Representatives with such information concerning its
business as they reasonably may request for the
purpose of allowing Seller to perform a due diligence
review of Netplex. Netplex shall instruct its
representatives to cooperate fully with the review by
Seller's Representatives.

          7.3. Financial Statements and Other
Reports.  Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, as soon
as the same are available, Netplex will provide
Seller with copies of its regularly prepared sales
reports and any regularly prepared periodic financial
statements or reports.

          7.4. Third Party Consents.  Netplex shall use its best
efforts to obtain any third party consents required
for performance under this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          7.5. Financial Statements and Other Reports.  Between
the date of this Agreement and the Closing, as soon
as the same are available, Netplex will provide
Seller with copies of Netplex's regularly prepared
periodic financial statements or reports.

          7.6. Third Party Consents.  Netplex shall obtain any
and all third party consents required for performance
under this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

          7.7. Satisfaction of Conditions.  Netplex shall in good
faith use its reasonable best efforts to satisfy all
conditions to its obligations to close and consummate
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                      ARTICLE 8
                   OTHER COVENANTS
                          
          8.1. Governmental Consents.  Promptly following the
execution of this Agreement, Seller and Netplex shall
proceed to prepare and file with the appropriate
governmental authorities such requests for approvals
or waivers, reports or notifications as may be
required in connection with this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
foregoing, Seller's obligations under this section
8.1 shall be construed under and limited to any
requests, waivers, reports or notifications as a
required specifically by Oklahoma or federal law.

          8.2. Confidentiality.  Netplex and Seller shall each
keep confidential and not, directly or indirectly,
reveal, report, publish, disclose or transfer any
information obtained by it with respect to the others
in connection with this Agreement and the
negotiations preceding this Agreement (the
"Confidential Information").  Each will use such
Confidential Information solely in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
if the transactions contemplated hereby are not
consummated for any reason, each shall return to the
others, without retaining any copies thereof, any schedules,
documents or other written information obtained from
the other in connection with this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby and shall cause all
of its officers, employees, agents, accountants,
attorneys and other representatives to whom it may
have disclosed such Confidential Information to do
the same.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation,
neither party shall be required to keep confidential
or return any Confidential Information that (a) is
known or available through other lawful sources, not
bound by a confidentiality agreement with the
disclosing party, (b) is or becomes publicly known or
generally known in the industry through no fault of
the receiving party or its agents, (c) is required to
be disclosed pursuant to Law (provided the other
parties are given reasonable prior notice), and (d)
is developed by the receiving party independently of
the disclosure by the disclosing party.  This Section
8.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
        
       8.3. No Inconsistent Action.  Each of
Netplex and Seller shall not take any action which is
materially inconsistent with its obligations under
this Agreement or that would hinder or delay the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
          8.4. Non-competition by Seller.
 
 (a)  For a period of four (4) years after the Closing Date,
          Seller and any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates,
          successors or assigns (except as hereinafter stated)
          shall not, directly or indirectly, alone, or as a
          partner, partial owner, consultant, or agent (of any
          other corporation, partnership or other business
          organization), engage in the delivery of technology
          consulting services and solutions to the retail and
          distribution industries other than as is reasonably
          necessary for the sale, licensing, installation,
          integration, use, implementation and support of
          viaLink products and services.  Seller and Netplex
          agree that the viaLink business is defined as
          substantially building, marketing and implementing
          proprietary software products, information content
          and related services to facilitate electronic
          commerce. If Seller sells, assigns, or otherwise
          disposes of its viaLink business to a buyer who is
          not under the control of Seller, and such Buyer is
          already in competition with Netplex or any of its
          Affiliates, then this Section 8.4(a) shall not apply.
          
  (b)  For a period of four (4) years after the Closing Date,
          Seller and any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates,
          successors or assigns shall not, directly or
          indirectly, alone, or as a partner, partial owner,
          consultant, or agent of any other corporation,
          partnership or other business organization, knowingly
          solicit the employment of, or knowingly hire, any
          employee of Netplex, or any Netplex subsidiary, or
          intentionally cause any such employee to terminate
          the employee's relationship with Netplex or any
          Netplex subsidiary, without the prior written
          approval of Netplex.
          
  (c)  For a period of four (4) years after the Closing Date,
          Seller and any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates,
          successors or assigns (except as hereinafter stated)
          shall not, directly or indirectly, alone, or as a
          partner, partial owner, consultant or agent (of any
          other corporation, partnership or other business
          organization), knowingly solicit any of the accounts
          of Netplex relating to the retail and distribution
          industries unless such solicitation is undertaken on
          behalf of a business venture which does not engage in
          the delivery of information technology services and
          solutions to the retail and distribution industries
          other than as is reasonably necessary for the sale,
          licensing,
          installation, integration, use, implementation and
          support of viaLink products and services.  Seller and
          Netplex agree that the viaLink business is defined as
          substantially building, marketing and implementing
          proprietary software products, information content
          and related services to facilitate electronic
          commerce. If Seller sells, assigns, or otherwise
          disposes of its viaLink business to a buyer who is
          not under the control of Seller, and such Buyer is
          already in competition with Netplex or any of its
          Affiliates, then this Section 8.4(c) shall not apply.
          
 (d)  The parties agree that any breach of this Section 8.4 of
          this Agreement may cause irreparable injury to
          Netplex and that money damages may not provide an
          adequate remedy.  Accordingly, Netplex shall, in
          addition to other remedies provided by law, be
          entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as
          may be necessary to enforce the provisions of this
          Section 8.4 against Seller or any of its subsidiaries
          or Affiliates, or any person or entity participating
          in such breach or threatened breach.
          Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
          prohibiting Netplex from pursuing any other and
          additional remedies available to it, at law or in
          equity, for such breach or threatened breach
          including any recovery of damages from Seller or any
          other person or entity participating in such breach
          or threatened breach.
          
     8.5.      Piggyback Registration.  Seller understands
that Netplex is under no obligation to register any of the
Netplex Preferred Stock sold hereunder. However,
Netplex, at its sole cost and expense, agrees to
either: (i) include in its next registration
statement, or (ii) register no later than 12 months
after Closing, whichever first occurs, sufficient
Netplex Common Stock to permit the conversion of the
Netplex Preferred Stock and to maintain effectiveness
of such registration statement until such time as the
Netplex Common Stock underlying the Netplex Preferred
Stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the SEC
upon conversion of the Netplex Preferred Stock to
Netplex Common Stock.

          8.6  Compensation of Broker - Netplex. If
Netplex has or is alleged to have any liability to
any Person who has or claims to have acted on
Netplex's behalf as a finder, broker, intermediary or
otherwise in connection with this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby, then Netplex shall
be totally responsible for payment of any amounts due
to the Person and shall fully indemnify and hold
Seller harmless from any claim, expense (including
attorney's fees) and Liabilities to such Person
arising out of or related to such Person's claims.

          8.7.     Compensation of Broker - Seller.
If Seller has or is alleged to have any liability to
any Person who has or claims to have acted on
Seller's behalf as a finder, broker, intermediary or
otherwise in connection with this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby, then Seller shall
be totally responsible for payment of any amounts due
to the Person and shall fully indemnify and hold
Netplex harmless from any claim, expense (including
attorney's fees) and Liabilities to such Person
arising out of or related to such Person's claims.

          8.8.     Schedules.  The parties shall have
completed and/or updated the schedules attached to
this Agreement so that such schedules are complete
and accurate as of the Closing Date.

          8.9. Assignment of Assets and Contracts.  The parties
shall assist each other in good faith in securing the
consent of any third parties to the transfer and/or
assignment of any Assets and Contracts.

          8.10.    Earned Compensation.  All compensation which
represents payment of any amounts earned by Seller
for any previously completed work for any customer or
any Contract obligations for which payment was earned
at any time prior to Closing shall be Seller's.  If
such compensation is received by Netplex or the
Business after the Closing, it shall promptly be
accounted for and paid or delivered to Seller and
shall not be included in any calculation of earnings
or expenses for the business for any period
subsequent to the Closing.  Any compensation
collected by Seller which represents payment for Work
in Progress earned after Closing through continuation
or completion of such work by the Business after the
Closing shall be paid to Netplex.  Compensation due
to either Party under this section, or any other
compensation due to either Party due to audit
adjustments, credits for prepaid assets, credits for
prepaid expenses, vacation liabilities or other
amounts agreed to by the parties, to the extent such
amounts to be received are known at or before the
Closing, are set forth on Schedule 8.10.
         
         8.11.   Receipt of Payments/Property.  If one party for
any reason receives any payment or property which
belongs to the other party, the party receiving the
funds or property shall immediately notify the other,
and shall immediately forward such funds or property
to the other party.

          8.12.  Sales and Transfer Taxes.   Seller shall any
sales and transfer taxes relating to the sale and
transfer of the Assets, and shall hold Netplex
harmless therefrom.

          8.13.  Filings.  If required by Law, Seller shall
comply with any Bulk Sales Act or similar
requirements necessary to consummate the transactions
contemplated herein.

          8.14.     Material Misstatements Or Omissions.  No
representations or warranties by Netplex in this
Agreement, nor any document, exhibit, statement,
certificate or Schedule heretofore or hereinafter
furnished to Seller pursuant hereto, or in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby, including,
without limitation, the Agreement Documents, contain
or will contain any untrue statement of a material
fact, or omit or will omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements or facts contained
therein not misleading.

          8.15.     Compliance With Constituent Agreements.
Netplex shall comply with all terms and provisions
and shall meet all of Netplex's obligations contained
in the Earn-Out Agreement, the Certification of
Designation, and each and all of the Agreement
Documents, the breach or default of any of which
shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

          8.16.     Adverse Developments.  Netplex shall promptly
notify Seller of any materially adverse developments
that occur subsequent to Closing with respect to the
Assets or the operation of the Business until all
compensation due to Seller under the Agreement
Documents has been paid.  Seller shall keep Netplex
informed of all material operational matters and
business developments with respect to the Business
and its markets, including any competitive changes
during such time.

          8.17.     Access.  Netplex will provide Seller, its
counsel, accountants, financing sources and other
representatives ("Seller's Representatives") with
access to the Business Records and Assets during
normal business hours, upon reasonable notice and at
a mutually agreeable time; provided that such access
does not materially disrupt the operations of the
Business, and Netplex will provide Seller's
Representatives with such information concerning the
Business Records, Assets and Business
as they reasonably may request for the purposes of
(i) allowing Seller to reasonably audit the Business
while any compensation due under the Agreement
Documents remains due; and (ii) to defend, counter,
or respond to any claim, complaint, or litigation
matter which may arise involving Seller and any
Person.
          8.18.     In addition to Netplex's other
confidentiality obligations as set forth in this
Agreement or any of the Agreement Documents, Netplex
adopts, assumes, and shall remain bound by any and
all agreements of Seller or provisions contained in
the Contracts or elsewhere disclosed in the Agreement
Documents that provide for any continuing obligation
of Seller to maintain or protect the confidentiality
of any information of any customer, client, or other
Person with whom Seller has had any commercial
dealings.  This Section 8.16 shall survive
termination of this Agreement.
       
      8.19.     Netplex shall not impair the
rights or the value of the Netplex Preferred Stock to
be issued to Seller by the Agreement or the Agreement
Documents.
                      ARTICLE 9
           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING
                          
          9.1. Conditions Precedent to Each Party's
Obligation to Effect the Closing.  The respective
obligations of each party to consummate the Agreement
are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the
Closing of the following conditions precedent:

(a)  This Agreement, the Agreement Documents, and the
          transactions contemplated hereby shall have been
          authorized and approved by the each Party's Board of
          Directors and shareholders in accordance with all
          applicable Laws and regulations.
          
     (b)  No order, decree or injunction shall have been enacted,
          entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of
          competent jurisdiction or any governmental authority
          which prohibits the Closing; provided, however, that
          the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to
          have any such order, decree or injunction vacated or
          reversed.
          
 (c)  No action, claim, suit or proceeding seeking to enjoin,
          restrain, or prohibit the consummation of this
          Agreement shall be pending before any court or any
          other governmental authority; provided, however, that
          this condition may not be invoked by a party if any
          such action, suit, or proceeding was solicited or
          encouraged by, or instituted as a result of any act
          or omission of such party.
          
 (d)  Netplex and each of Robert Barcum, Larry Davenport, and
          David North shall have executed employment agreements
          in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C
          hereto (the "Employment Agreements").
          
 (e)  The parties shall have obtained all required regulatory
          approvals in connection with this Agreement and the
          transactions contemplated herein.
          
  (f)  The parties shall have obtained consent from Seller's lessor
          and Netplex shall have entered into a sublease with
          Seller, on terms mutually satisfactory to both
          Parties, for a portion of the real property currently
          used in the Business.
          
(g)  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, All Contracts and
          Works in Progess shall have been assigned to Netplex or the same
          shall have been modified, amended or novated so that
          Netplex has been substituted for Seller.
          
 (h)  All Agreement Documents shall have been completed and/or
          executed by the Parties.

    (i)  The parties shall have entered into a Remarketing  Agreement
          for Seller's ChainLink software product, on terms
          mutually satisfactory to both Parties.
          
     (j)  The parties shall have entered into an agreement for
          office support and other administrative services to
          be provided by Seller to Netplex, on terms mutually
          satisfactory to both Parties.
          
 (k)  The parties shall have entered into a computer equipment
          lease agreement, on terms mutually satisfactory to both Parties.

 (l)  The closing or closings of a financing transaction with
          First Union Bank pursuant to which First Union Bank
          loans to Netplex up to 80% of Netplex's accounts
          receivable and the sale of equity securities to
          Zanett Securities for $1,500,000 and the receipt of
          said proceeds of the sale transaction, or any similar
          financing arrangement.
          
(m)  The Parties mutually agree as to which Liens, Liabilities
          and Contracts regarding the Assets, if any, will be
          assumed by Netplex.
          
 (n)  The parties acknowledge that at the time of signing this
          Agreement, the Schedules and Exhibits have not been
          completed and annexed to the Agreement.  In the event
          that any qualification of a representation which is
          reflected on a Schedule is unacceptable to either
          party, that Party shall have the right to terminate
          this Agreement.
          
          
     9.2. Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Netplex.
The obligations of Netplex to consummate the Agreement are
subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the
Closing of the following conditions precedent;

(a)  The representations and warranties of Seller contained in
          Article 4 that are qualified as to materiality shall
          be true and correct and the representations and
          warranties of Seller contained in Article 4 that are
          not qualified as to materiality shall be true and
          correct in all material respects in each case when
          made, and at and as of the Closing, with the same
          force and effect as if those representations and
          warranties had been made at and as of such time (with
          such exceptions if any, necessary to give effect to
          events or transactions expressly permitted herein).
          
     (b)  Seller shall, in all material respects, have
          performed all obligations and complied with all
          covenants contemplated herein that are required by
          this Agreement to be performed or complied with by
          Seller on or before the Closing.
          
(c)  Netplex shall have received a certificate of the President
          or Vice President of Seller, in form satisfactory to
          counsel for Netplex, certifying fulfillment of the
          matters referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b),
          respectively, and (d), (e), (f), (g) and (i) of this
          Section 9.2.
          
     (d)  Seller shall have obtained all necessary consents of
          third parties to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
          including without limitation, any governmental
          consents or approvals and any consents required to
          prevent a default under any Contract as a result of
          the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.
          
 (e)  Netplex shall have completed and been satisfied with the
          results of its due diligence review of Seller as
          being consistent with the representations and
          warranties contained herein.
          
 (f)  All necessary agreements and approvals by the holders of the
          shares of Seller Capital Stock shall have been
          obtained in order to consummate this Agreement.
          
(g)  Seller shall not have suffered any material adverse change
          with respect to its financial condition or its
          properties since December 31, 1997 (regardless of
          whether such material adverse change shall have been
          reflected on the updated Disclosure Schedules to be
          delivered to Netplex by Seller at the Closing); and
          
     (h)  Netplex shall have received good standing
          certificates with respect to Seller in Oklahoma, and
          in each other jurisdiction where Seller is qualified
          as a foreign corporation.
          
 (i)  Seller shall have changed its corporate name in Oklahoma and
          in each other jurisdiction where Seller is qualified
          as a foreign corporation.
          
     (j)  Seller shall have delivered to Netplex copies of all
          Business Records and all current customer lists and
          accounts of the Business.
          
     (k)  Netplex shall have (i) extended offers of employment
          to each Person listed on Schedule 4.22 at the
          compensation rates set forth in said Schedule and
          with an effective date of hire equal to the Closing
          Date; (ii) offered to such Person the usual and
          customary benefits provided by Netplex to its
          employees; (iii) for purposes of determining vacation
          and sick leave benefits, credited such employee's
          prior service as an employee of Seller toward such
          employee's entitlement to any such benefits as an
          employee of Netplex; (iv) provided vested vacation
          and/or sick leave benefits equal to any such benefit
          accrued and unused while such employee was employed
          with Seller prior to the Effective Date hereof; and
          (v) complied with all applicable Laws regarding the
          hiring of said Employees, including, without
          limitation, any Laws relating to employee benefits.
          
         (l)  All of Seller's employees involved in the operation of the
          Business shall have been offered employment as in (j)
          above and shall have accepted such offer of
          employment with Netplex.
          
          
         (m)  Netplex shall have received an opinion of Seller's
         outside counsel, in form satisfactory to counsel for
         Netplex, to the effect all necessary approvals
         of shareholders and/or the Board of Directors of
         Seller have been obtained for the transaction.
     
     
                 9.3. Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Seller.
The obligation of Seller to consummate the Agreement is subject to the
satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Closing of the following
conditions precedent:

(a)  The representations and warranties of Netplex contained in
     Article 5 shall have been true and correct in all material
     respects when made, and as of the Closing with the same force and
     effect as if those representations and warranties had been made at
     and as of such time (with such exceptions, if any, necessary to
     give effect to events or transactions expressly permitted herein).

(b)  Netplex shall, in all material respects, have performed all
     obligations and complied with all covenants contemplated herein
     that are required by this Agreement to be performed or complied
     with by Netplex on or before the Closing;

(c)  Seller shall have received certificates of the President or
     Vice President of Netplex, in form satisfactory to counsel for
     Seller, certifying fulfillment of the matters referred to in
     paragraphs (a) and (b), respectively, and (d), (e), and (f) of
     this Section 9.3.
     
(d)  Netplex shall have obtained all necessary consents of third
     parties to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
     including without limitation, any governmental consents or
     approvals and any consents required to prevent a default or breach
     under any contract as a result of the transactions contemplated in
     this Agreement.
     
(e)  All necessary agreements and approvals by the holders of the
     shares of Netplex stock shall have been obtained in order to
     consummate this Agreement.
     
(f)  Netplex shall not have suffered any material adverse change
     with respect to its financial condition or its properties since
     December 31, 1997; and

(g)  Seller shall have received good standing certificates with respect
     to Netplex in New York, and in each other jurisdiction where
     Netplex is qualified as a foreign corporation.

(h)  Seller shall have received an opinion of Netplex's outside
     counsel, in form satisfactory to counsel for Seller, to the effect
     that the Certificate of Designation of the Preferred Stock of
     Netplex fully complies with all applicable Laws and that all
     necessary approvals of shareholders and/or the Board of Directors
     of Netplex have been obtained both for the Certificate of
     Designation and for the transactions contemplated hereby.

(i)  Seller shall have received a fairness opinion concerning the
     contemplated transactions from Seidman & Co., Inc.

(j)  To the extent Netplex expressly agrees to do so in
     accordance with the terms and conditions as set forth in the
     Agreement or a Schedule to this Agreement, Netplex expressly shall
     have assumed, adopted and accepted as its own obligations all
     Liabilities to Seller's customers contained in all Contracts,
     Works in Progress, and in any of the Agreement Documents, whether
     express or implied by law, relating to the Contracts or the
     Assets, to the extent identified on a Schedule to this Agreement.
     
(k)  The Certificate of Designation, its approval, and all
     necessary filings related thereto shall be satisfactory to Seller;
     or Netplex, in a form satisfactory to Seller, has agreed to issue
     to Seller an equivalent number of shares of Netplex Common Stock
     upon similar terms and conditions a those relating to the Netplex
     Preferred Stock.
     
     
                      ARTICLE 10
            TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER

          10.1.     Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated
without liability of any Party, each to the other, and the Closing
contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time notwithstanding
approval thereof by the shareholders of Seller, but prior to the
Closing:
          (a)  by mutual written consent of Seller and Netplex;

          (b)  by Netplex, or Seller, if the Closing shall not have
               occurred on or before September 30, 1998 (provided that the right
               to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1 shall not be
               available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation
               under this Agreement has been the cause of or has resulted in the
               failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date); or
               
           (c)  by either Party, if prior to the Closing, the Board of
               Directors of either Party shall have withdrawn, or modified in a
               manner adverse to the other Party, its approval or recommendation
               of the Agreement, or shall have recommended another offer or
               shall have resolved to do any of the foregoing;
               
          (d)  by Netplex or Seller, if any court of competent jurisdiction
               in the United States or other United States governmental body
               shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other
               action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the
               Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall
               have become final and nonappealable;
        
         (e)  by Netplex or Seller if there shall be pending  any suit,
              action or proceeding, which has a reasonable possibility of
              success, or there shall be pending by any other Person any suit,
              action or proceeding, which has a substantial likelihood of
              success, (i) seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of
              the Agreement or the performance of any of the other transactions
              contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) which otherwise is
              reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
              business, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise),
              results of operations or prospects of Seller.
        
         (f)  by Netplex or Seller, if there shall be pending any suit,
              action or proceeding which has a reasonable possibility of
              success, or there shall be pending by any other Person any suit,
              action or proceeding, which has a substantial likelihood of
              success, (i)  seeking to prohibit or limit the ownership or
              operation by Seller, Netplex of a material portion of the Business
              or Assets, (ii) seeking to impose material limitations on the
              ability of Netplex to exercise full rights of ownership of the
              Assets, or (iii) seeking to prohibit Netplex from effectively
              controlling in any material respect the Business.

          10.2.     Effect of Termination.  If this Agreement is
so terminated and the Agreement is not consummated, this Agreement
shall forthwith become void and have no effect,
without any liability on the part of any party or its directors,
officers or shareholders, other than the provisions of this
Section 10.2 and the provisions of this Agreement which are
indicated herein as surviving such termination.  Nothing
contained in this Section 10.2 shall relieve any party from
liability for any breach of this Agreement.

          10.3.     Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended
except by an instrument in writing signed by both Parties.

          10.4.     Extension; Waiver.  At any time prior to the
Closing, the parties may (a) extend the time for the performance
of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties
hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and
warranties contained herein or in any document, certificate or
writing delivered pursuant hereto or (c) waive compliance with any
of the agreements or conditions contained herein.  Any agreement
on the part of any party to any such extension or waiver shall be
valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on
behalf of such party.
                      
                            ARTICLE 11
                          INDEMNIFICATION
                                 
          11.1.     From and after the Closing, Seller shall
indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Netplex, from and
against all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, deprivation
of benefits, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) (collectively hereinafter "Losses"), which result from or
arise in connection with:  (a) any breach of any warranty made by
Seller in the Agreement or any representation in any of the
Agreement Documents, not being true when made or when required by
this Agreement to be true in all material respects, or in any
certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of
Seller pursuant thereto not being true when made or when required
by this Agreement to be true in all material respects; or (b) any
breach of any covenant set forth in this Agreement or any
Agreement Documents to be performed (prior to or after the
Closing) by Seller; or (c) the Liabilities of Seller which are not
assumed or acquired by Netplex pursuant to this Agreement or the
Agreement Documents.
  
        The parties anticipate that a claim for indemnification
may be made under any or all of subsections (a) through (c) above;
in any such case, each such clause and sub-clause shall be
independently effective to provide Netplex with a right to
indemnification.

          11.2.     From and after the Closing, Netplex, shall
indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Seller, from and
against all Losses as defined in Section 11.1, which result from,
or arise in connection with:  (a) any breach of any warranty made
by Netplex in the Agreement or any representation in any of the
Agreement Documents, not being true when made or when required by
this Agreement to be true in all material respects, or in any
certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of
Netplex pursuant thereto not being true when made or when required
by this Agreement to be true in all material respects; (b) any
breach of any covenant set forth in this Agreement or the
Agreement Documents to be performed (prior to or after the
Closing) by Netplex; or (c) any of the Liabilities assumed by
Netplex pursuant to this Agreement or the Agreement Documents .

     The parties anticipate that a claim for indemnification may
be made under any or all of subsections (a) through (c) above; in
any such case, each such clause and sub-clause shall be
independently effective to provide Seller with a right to
indemnification.

           11.3.     Whenever any claim shall arise for
indemnification hereunder, the party entitled to such
indemnification (the "Indemnitee") shall notify the party from
whom indemnification is sought (the "Indemnitor") of such claim in
writing promptly and in no case later than ninety (90) days after
such Indemnitee has received actual written notice of the facts
constituting the basis for such claim; each Indemnitee shall also
so notify the Indemnitor promptly and in no case later than
fifteen (15) days after the commencement of any legal proceedings
with respect to any such claim.  The failure to notify the
Indemnitor will not relieve the Indemnitor from any
liability which it may have to any Indemnitee to the extent the
Indemnitor is not prejudiced as a proximate result of such
failure.  Such notice shall specify, in reasonable detail, the
facts known to such Indemnitee giving rise to the indemnification
sought .  Such notice shall also include photocopies of all
relevant communications received from third party claimants and
their attorneys.

          11.4.     If the facts giving rise to any
indemnification provided for in this Agreement shall involve any
actual or threatened claim or demand by any person other than a
party to the Agreement or its successors or permitted assigns (a
"Third Party") against any Indemnitee, the Indemnitor shall be
entitled, upon its election, by written notice given to the
Indemnitee as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case
within thirty (30) days after the date on which notice of the
claim or demand is given to the Indemnitor (without prejudice to
the right of such Indemnitee to participate at its expense through
counsel of its own choosing), to assume the defense of such claim
and any litigation resulting therefrom at its expense and through
counsel of its own choosing; provided, however, that if by reason
of the claim of such Third Party a Lien, attachment, garnishment
or execution is placed upon any of the property or assets of such
Indemnitee, the Indemnitor, if it desires to exercise its right to
defend such claim or litigation, shall furnish an indemnity bond
or other form of security reasonably satisfactory to the
Indemnitee to obtain the prompt release of such Lien, attachment,
garnishment or execution.  If the Indemnitor assumes the defense
of any such claim or litigation, it shall take all steps
reasonably necessary in the defense or settlement of such claim or
litigation.  In any such suit, action or proceeding, the
Indemnitee shall have the right to control its own defense through
its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall
be at its own expense unless (i) the parties shall have mutually
agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties
to such suit, action or proceeding (including any impleaded
parties) shall include an Indemnitee and an Indemnitor and the
representation of both parties by the same counsel would present a
conflict of interest as reasonably determined by counsel to the
Indemnitee, in which event the Indemnitor shall pay such counsel's
fees and expenses.  If the Indemnitor has timely assumed defense,
the Indemnitor shall not be liable for any settlement effected
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.  The Indemnitor may settle any claim without
the consent of any Indemnitee, but only if the sole relief awarded
is money damages that are paid in full by the Indemnitor and
either (i) the consent to the entry of any judgment or settlement
includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving to the
Indemnitee of a release from all liability in respect to such
claim or litigation or (ii) the litigation against the Indemnitee
is dismissed with prejudice; otherwise, the Indemnitor may not
settle any claim against an Indemnitee without the consent of the
Indemnitee, which consent shall not unreasonably withheld or
delayed.  The parties shall cooperate in the defense of any such
claim or litigation.  If the Indemnitor does not timely assume the
defense of any such claim or litigation, the Indemnitee may defend
against such claim or litigation in such manner as it may deem
appropriate and may settle such claim or litigation, after giving
written notice thereof to the Indemnitor, on such terms as such
Indemnitee may deem appropriate; and the Indemnitor will promptly
reimburse such Indemnitee for the Losses incurred as a result of
such settlement.  If no settlement of such claim or litigation is
made, the Indemnitor shall promptly reimburse such Indemnitee for
the amount of any judgment rendered with respect to such claim or
such litigation and for all expenses, legal and other, incurred
by such Indemnitee in connection with any such judgment for which
the Indemnitee has been so reimbursed pursuant hereto; provided,
however, that if such judgment is appealable and such Indemnitee
notifies the Indemnitor of its intention not to appeal, the
Indemnitor may prosecute such appeal, at its sole cost and expense
and subject to the obligations set forth herein.

          11.5.     Each amount determined to be payable by an
Indemnitor to an Indemnitee under the terms hereof ("Indemnity")
shall be paid in cash to the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days
after the date on which the Indemnitor is notified in writing of
the amount of such Indemnity, as finally determined in accordance
with the terms hereof.  Each such notice shall contain an
itemization of the damages, expenses, costs and liabilities
comprising the Indemnity, certified to be true and correct by the
Indemnitee or its legal representative.

          11.6.     Indemnification Threshold.  Neither party
shall have any indemnification payment obligations under this
Agreement unless and until all such obligations exceed One
Thousand Dollars ($1,000) in aggregate, and then only to the
extent that such obligations exceed One Thousand Dollars ($1,000)
in the aggregate.
                            ARTICLE 12
                           MISCELLANEOUS
                                 
          12.1.     Further Assurances.  From time to time at or
after the Closing, at the request of the other, Seller and
Netplex, as necessary, will execute and deliver such other
instruments and take such other action as is reasonably necessary
to consummate, complete and carry out the purposes of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

          12.2.     Benefit and Assignability.  This Agreement
shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
assigns, and no other person or entity shall have any right
(whether third party beneficiary or otherwise) hereunder.  This
Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior
written consent of the other party.

          12.3.     Notices.  All notices demands and other
communications pertaining to this Agreement ("Notices") shall be
in writing addressed as follows:

          If to Seller:

               Robert N. Baker, Vice President
               viaLink
               13800 Benson Road
                Edmond, OK 73013-6417
                          
          with a copy to:

               Richard M. Klinge, Esq.
               Richard M. Klinge & Associates, P.C.
               228 Robert S. Kerr, Suite 940
               Oklahoma City, OK 73102
               
               
          If to Netplex:

               The Netplex Group, Inc.
               Attention: Gene F. Zaino, President
               8260 Greensboro Drive, 5th Floor
               McLean, Virginia 22102
               
          with a copy to:

               Attn:     Edward J. Walsh, Jr., Esq.
               Vedder Price Kaufman & Day
               22nd Floor
               805 Third Avenue
               New York, NY 10022

Notices shall be deemed given five (5) business days after being
mailed by certified or registered United States mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the first business day
after being sent, prepaid, by nationally recognized overnight
courier that issues a receipt or other confirmation of delivery to
the appropriate recipient of such Notice.  Any party may change
the address to which Notices under this Agreement are to be sent
to it by giving written notice of a change of address in the
manner provided in this Agreement for giving Notice.

          12.4.     Waiver.  Unless otherwise specifically agreed
in writing to the contrary:  (a) the failure of any party at any
time to require performance by the other of any provision of this
Agreement shall not affect such party's right thereafter to
enforce the same; (b) no waiver by any party of any default by any
other shall be valid unless in writing and acknowledged by an
authorized representative of the nondefaulting party, and no such
waiver shall be taken or held to be a waiver by such party of any
other preceding or subsequent default; and (c) no extension of
time granted by any party for the performance of any obligation or
act by any other party shall be deemed to be an extension of time
for the performance of any other obligation or act hereunder.

          12.5.     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the
Agreement Documents as defined herein constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter
hereof and referenced herein, and supersedes and terminates any
prior agreements or representations between the parties (written
or oral) with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This
Agreement may not be altered or amended except by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such
change is sought.

          12.6.     Counterparts; Facsimile.  This Agreement may
be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if
the signature on each such counterpart were on the same
instrument.  This Agreement and any counterparts may be executed
by facsimile with the same effect as if the signature were an
original.

          12.7.     Construction.  The headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and in no
way modify, interpret or construe the meaning of specific
provisions of the Agreement.

          12.8.     Agreement Documents.  The Agreement Documents
are a material part of this Agreement.

          12.9.     Severability.  In case any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way
be affected or impaired.  Any illegal or unenforceable term
shall be deemed to be void and of no force and effect only to the
minimum extent necessary to bring such term within the provisions
of applicable Laws and such term, as so modified, and the balance
of this Agreement shall then be fully enforceable.

          12.10.    Choice of Law.  The obligations,
representations, covenants and warranties entered into by the
Parties under this Agreement shall be construed and governed by
the Laws of the State of Oklahoma, without regard for the choice
of law rules of that State.

          12.11.    Survival and Limitation of Actions.  The
representations, warranties and covenants of Seller and Netplex
contained in the Agreement Documents shall survive the consumation
of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Any claims or causes of
action for breach or default, or for indemnification, under this
Agreement or any of the Agreement Documents, must be commenced by
either party hereto no later two years after such Party discovers
or reasonably should have discovered the existence of any such
claim or cause of action. For any action between the parties not
otherwise subsumed in the foregoing, such action may be commenced
no later than within the time permitted by the statute of
limitations provided by applicable Law.

          12.12.    Public Statements.  Prior to the Closing,
neither Seller nor Netplex shall, without the prior written
approval of the other party, make any press release or other
public announcement concerning the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, except that (a) Seller and Netplex shall issue a
mutually agreeable press release promptly after the signing of
this Agreement; and (b) Seller and Netplex shall be permitted to
make public announcements to the extent required by Law, in which
case the other party shall be so advised as far in advance as
possible.

          12.13.    Attorneys' Fees.  If either party initiates
any litigation against the other party involving this Agreement,
the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to receive
reimbursement from the other party for all reasonable attorneys'
fees and other costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party
in respect of that litigation, including any appeal, and such
reimbursement may be included in the judgment or final order
issued in that proceeding.

          12.14.    Expenses.  Seller shall be responsible for
the legal, accounting and other expenses incurred by Seller in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby.  Netplex shall be responsible for the legal, accounting
and other expenses incurred by Netplex in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

          12.15.    Counsel.  Each party has been represented by
its own counsel in connection with the negotiation and preparation
of this Agreement and, consequently, each party hereby waives the
application of any rule of law that would otherwise be applicable
in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement,
including, but not limited to, any rule of law to the effect that
any provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed
against the party whose counsel drafted that provision.

          12.16.   De Minimus violations.  Any act,
omission, or misrepresentation which does not materially result in
any measurable damage or liability to either party shall not be
deemed or considered a breach or default of this Agreement by
either party.

          12.17    Remedies Nonexclusive.   The rights and
remedies provided to the Parties in this Agreement are in addition
to and not in lieu of any other right or remedy which may exist at
law or in equity according to applicable Laws.

                     [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
                                 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first written above.

                              THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC.
                              By:  /s/Gene Zaino
                              Name:  Gene Zaino
                              Title:  President & CEO



                              APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.


                              By:  /s/Robert L. Barcum
                              Name:  Robert L. Barcum
                              Title:  President
                              
                              






APPENDIX A-2
                     FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                  ASSET ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
                        
This First Amendment (hereinafter "Amendment")
to the Asset Acquisition Agreement (hereinafter
"Agreement") between Applied Intelligence Group,
Inc. ("Seller") and The Netplex Group, Inc.
("Netplex") is entered into as of this 9th day of
September, 1998 by and between Seller and
Netplex.

     WHEREAS, on August 31, 1998 Seller and
Netplex entered into said Agreement, and

  WHEREAS, the parties mutually desire to amend  certain
terms and provisions of said Agreement.

     WHEREUPON, in consideration of the above
premises and in consideration of other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties agree as follows:

1.   Additional Defined Terms.  The following
     terms are added to Article 1 of the
     Agreement:
     
  1.26.     "Preliminary Closing Date" shall mean such date as
          the consideration for this Agreement is
          transferred to the Escrow Agent pursuant to the
          terms of Article 3 of the Agreement as amended
          hereby, which date shall not be later than
          September 30, 1998.
          
  1.27.     "Preliminary Closing" shall mean the transaction
          at which the consideration provided for by the
          Agreement will be delivered to the Escrow Agent
          subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.
          
  1.28.     "Effective Date" shall be September 1, 1998.

  1.29.     "Escrow Agent" shall mean such Person to whom the
          Parties agree shall be delivered the
          consideration set forth in Article 3 of the
          Agreement and this Amendment, pursuant to the
          terms of the Escrow Agreement.
          
  1.30.     "Escrow Agreement" shall mean an agreement to be
          executed to the mutual satisfaction of the
          Parties at or prior to the Preliminary Closing
          Date.
          
2.   Amendment of Defined Terms:

  2.1. The definition of "Closing" in Section 1.13 of the
          Agreement is amended as follows: "Closing" shall
          mean the actual transaction at which the Seller
          receives from the Escrow Agent the consideration
          and other documents required to be given by
          Netplex hereunder, and at which Netplex receives
          from the Escrow Agent the documents required to
          be given by Seller hereunder.  Closing shall
          take place in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.
          
  2.2. The definition of "Closing Date" in Section 1.14 of the
          Agreement is amended as follows: "Closing Date"
          shall mean such date after the 21st day
          following the giving of notice to Seller's
          shareholders of the transaction contemplated by
          the Agreement when Netplex and Seller submit the
          documentation required by the Escrow Agreement
          to the Escrow
          Agent to enable each of them to receive the
          consideration held by the Escrow Agent.

  2.3. "Agreement Documents" shall mean this Agreement
          and the various Schedules, Exhibits,
          attachments, and other documents, of which the
          exchange or execution between Netplex and
          Seller is contemplated by this Agreement to
          occur at or before the Closing escrow and any
          amendments or modifications thereto executed by
          Seller and Netplex.

3.   Amendment of Delivery of Consideration.

     3.1. Section 3.1 of the Agreement, including is subsections,
          is deleted and replaced as follows:
          Consideration to Seller:

       3.1.1.    At Preliminary Closing, Netplex shall deliver and
               pay to the Escrow Agent (i) the Cash
               Consideration of Three Million Dollars
               ($3,000,000) in certified funds or bank wire
               transfer to an account designated by the
               EscrowAgreement, less the amounts loaned to
               Seller under Section 5.1.3 below; (ii) a stock
               certificate representing the number of shares of
               Netplex Preferred Stock as calculated below;
               (iii) the Certificate of Designation of the
               Preferred Shares.
               
   3.1.2.    The number of shares of Netplex Preferred Stock
                which Netplex shall deliver to the Escrow Agent
                at the Preliminary Closing Date and which will
                be delivered to Seller by the Escrow Agent at
                Closing, shall be calculated by dividing one
                million (1,000,000) by the average reported
                closing price of the Netplex Common Stock on
                the NASDAQ Small Cap Market for the twenty (20)
                days immediately prior to September 1, 1998.
                
  3.1.3.    At Preliminary Closing, Seller and Netplex shall
                deliver to the Escrow Agent the executed Earn-
                Out Agreement in the form substantially as set
                forth in Exhibit B hereto, and such other
                Agreements Documents as are provided for by
                this Agreement, all of which are incorporated
                by reference as if fully set forth herein.
                
  3.1.4.    At Preliminary Closing, Netplex shall deliver to
                the Escrow Agent such other documents as are
                reasonably necessary to effect the transactions
                contemplated by this Agreement.
                
  3.2. Section 3.2 of the Agreement is deleted and replaced as
          follows:  Consideration to Netplex.  At Preliminary
          Closing, Seller shall, subject to the terms,
          covenants, and
          conditions of this Agreement, convey, transfer and
          deliver to the Escrow Agent by an executed bill of
          sale, assignments, assignments of contracts, and such
          other documents as are reasonably required to perfect
          the transfer of the Business and the Assets to Netplex
          free and clear of all Liens, Contracts and
          Liabilities, except to the extent identified on
          Schedule 3.2 hereto, which Schedule identifies the
          Liens, Contracts and Liabilities Netplex agrees to
          assume.
          
4.   Effective Date

  4.1. Subject to the terms of this Amendment, the parties
          agree and understand that Netplex shall assume the
          risks and benefits of the Business as of the Effective
          Date as if the parties had consummated the transaction
          contemplated hereby on such date; subject however to
          the Closing of the transaction contemplated by the
          Agreement as amended hereby.

  4.2. The parties agree and understand that the Preliminary
        Closing Date shall be such date when the parties deliver
        the documents and money specified in the Agreement as
        amended hereby to the Escrow Agent.
        
  4.3. The parties agree and understand that the Closing Date
        shall be the day when the Escrow Agent delivers to the
        respective parties the money and documents delivered to
        the Escrow Agent at the Preliminary Closing Date.
        
5.   Transition between Effective Date and Closing

  5.1. As of the Effective Date, Seller shall lease the
          employees identified on Schedule 4.22 to the Agreement
          to Netplex as of September 1, 1998 to allow Netplex to
          assume responsibility for the operation of the
          Business between the Effective Date and the
          Preliminary Closing Date of the Agreement as amended.
          As of the Effective Date, Netplex shall assume total
          responsibility for completing all Work in Progress and
          shall assume responsibility for the operation of the
          Business and all expenses associated therewith.
          
       5.1.1.    Seller shall continue to keep said employees on
               its payroll and benefit plans through the
               Preliminary Closing Date or September 30,
               whichever occurs later. Netplex shall pay Seller for
               all costs and expenses directly and
               indirectly incurred by Seller for such payroll and benefits as
               set forth in this Amendment.  As of October 1, 1998, all
               employees identified on Schedule 4.22 shall become direct
               employees of Netplex and shall be placed on Netplex's benefit
               plans, and Seller shall have no further obligation regarding the
               same.

       5.1.2.    Although Netplex shall be responsible for all
                expenses associated with the Business after the
                Effective Date, it is anticipated that Seller
                either has paid or will incur expenses for the
                Business which are the obligation of Netplex to
                pay.  Such expenses include, without limitation,
                payroll, benefits, rent, services and amounts
                paid to third parties for or in relation to the
                Business such as pagers, cellular phones travel,
                etc. Netplex shall allow Seller to collect and
                use, as Seller desires, the receivables invoiced
                for revenue earned and expenses incurred during
                September 1998 for the Business ("Invoiced
                September Earnings").  To the extent that any
                actual invoice(s) includes revenue earned or
                expenses incurred during a month prior to
                September, 1998, such revenue and/or expenses
                shall not be included within said Invoiced
                September Earnings.  Netplex shall not make any
                effort to collect or use the Invoiced September
                Earnings.  Netplex shall provide to Seller
                and/or Trinity Capital, Inc. such documentation
                as is necessary to allow Seller to continue to
                finance said receivables for September, 1998 in
                Seller's name. As of October 1, 1998, all
                expenses associated with the Business shall
                become direct obligations of Netplex, and Seller
                shall have no further obligation regarding the
                same.
                
       5.1.3.    Additionally, on  September 15, 1998,  Netplex
                shall loan Seller  $125,000.  On September 30,
                1998, Netplex shall loan Seller up to an
                additional $375,000.  The total of such sums
                loaned ("Loaned Amount"), to the extent not
                withheld by Netplex from the consideration paid
                to Seller at Preliminary Closing pursuant to
                section 3.1.1 of the Agreement as amended
                hereby, shall be repaid by Seller to
                Netplex at Closing, without interest, from the sums otherwise
                due at Closing.  If the transaction fails to close, the
                Loaned Amount shall be due and payable to Netplex within 10
                days after the termination of the Agreement
                or abandonment of the Closing.
    
 5.1.4.    On or before Closing, Seller shall submit to
              Netplex an accounting for the actual disbursements for
              expenses incurred by Seller for or on behalf of the Business
              from the Effective Date through September ("Actual September
              Expenses").  If the Actual September Expenses exceed the
              Invoiced September Earnings less any credits thereon or
              reductions thereto ("Net Receivables"), then Netplex shall
              forthwith pay Seller at Closing, without interest, the
              difference between such Actual September Expenses and the Net
              Receivables. If the Net Receivables exceed the Actual
              September Expenses, then Seller shall forthwith pay Netplex
              at Closing, without interest, the difference between such Net
              Receivables and the Actual September Expenses.
              
       5.1.5.    Seller shall provide such documentation as Netplex
              reasonably requests to support the Actual Total Expenses
              incurred by Seller for the Business for which Seller seeks
              payment pursuant to Section 5.1.4 of this Amendment.  In
              addition, prior to paying any such expenses, Seller shall
              notify Netplex of any individual payment in excess of $1,000
              each.
              
     5.1.6.    If any of the sums due pursuant to Section 5.1.4
              of this Amendment are not paid when due, the party owed such
              sum shall be entitled to interest at the rate of 10 percent
              per year on any unpaid principal amount from and after the
              date such amount was due.
              
     5.1.7.    Netplex shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller
              harmless from any Liabilities arising from the nonpayment of
              any such expenses.
              
     5.1.8.    It is agreed and understood that, although Robert
              Barcum and David North will be leased to Netplex pursuant to
              this Amendment, they will also retain their positions as
              officers of Seller through the Preliminary Closing Date and
              will continue to report to Seller's Board of Directors and to
              represent the interests of Seller on issues relating to or
              arising out of the Agreement as amended hereby between the
              Effective Date and the Preliminary Closing Date. Moreover,
              Netplex agrees that Robert Barcum may retain his position as
              Chairman of Seller's Board of Directors and may continue to
              represent the interests of Seller on the issues relating to
              or arising out of the Agreement as amended hereby between the
              Effective Date and the Closing thereof. It is also agreed
              that, although Kay Titchenal will be leased to Netplex
              pursuant to this Amendment, through the Preliminary Closing
              Date she will also maintain her responsibilities as Human
              Resources Director of Seller and will continue to represent
              the interests of Seller on issues relating to or arising out
              of this Agreement as amended hereby between the Effective
              Date and the Preliminary Closing Date.
              
5.2. Subject to the terms of Schedule 3.2 to the Agreement,
        Netplex shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless
        from any Liabilities related to or arising from Netplex's
        operation of the Business from and after the Effective Date.
        
5.3. Notwithstanding the terms of section 8.10 of the
       Agreement, Netplex shall be entitled to receive any income
       earned by the Business based on work performed after the
       Effective Date.  Seller shall account to Netplex for the same
       at the Preliminary Closing Date and, to the extent the same
       is received after Closing, Seller, upon receipt thereof,
       shall pay to Netplex such sums received for income earned
       after the Effective Date.
5.4. Netplex shall make available to Seller all Business
       Records of the Business covering the period of time between
       the Effective Date and the Closing.
       
5.5. As of the Effective Date and through the Closing, but
       subject to the terms of the Agreement and this Amendment,
       Netplex shall assume total responsibility for and control
       over the employees leased to Netplex pursuant to this
       Amendment or otherwise employed by Netplex and shall comply
       with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations
       relating to said employees. Netplex shall indemnify, defend
       and hold Seller harmless from any Liabilities arising out of
       Netplex's use and/or control of such employees.
       
5.6. Between the Effective Date and the Closing, in addition
       to its other obligations under Section 8.2 of the Agreement,
       Netplex shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all
       Business Records of the Business regardless of when the same
       were generated.
       
5.7. Seller shall cooperate with Netplex in providing
       Netplex with such Business Records as it reasonably needs to
       operate the Business between the Effective Date and Closing.
       
5.8. After the Effective Date, Netplex shall have the right
       to use the AIG Marks only in relation to the operation of the
       Business between the Effective Date and Closing as are
       approved in writing by Seller.
       
5.9. Between the Effective Date and the Preliminary Closing
       Date, Seller shall allow Netplex to use the Assets of the
       Business and will provide Netplex space at its principal
       business location to fulfill its obligations hereunder.
       
5.10.  Subsequent to Closing, the parties shall make such
       periodic accountings to one another as are reasonably
       necessary to account for payments due to a party as a result
       of the payment obligations of a party set forth in the
       Agreement and/or this Amendment.
       
5.11.     In the event that the Preliminary Closing fails to
       be completed by September 30, 1998, or if the Closing is
       abandoned, for whatever reason, the Agreement as amended
       hereby, may be terminated by either party.  In such event,
       the lease of the employees shall be terminated and Seller
       shall assume responsibility for all risks and benefits of the
       Business.  In the event of such termination, (i) Seller
      shall indemnify, defend and hold Netplex harmless from any
      Liabilities associated therewith after such termination;
      (ii) Netplex shall deliver to Seller all Business Records,
      Assets and AIG marks in its possession and Netplex shall
      forthwith terminate the use thereof; (iii) the Confidentiality
      Obligations of section 8.2 of the Agreement shall remain in
      full force and effect; (iv) Netplex shall indemnify, defend
      and hold Seller harmless from any Liabilities associated with
      the Business between the Effective Date and such termination;
      (v) Seller shall be entitled to receive any and all income earned
      from the Business from and after the Effective Date and Seller shall
      be responsible for any expenses incurred by the Business
      from and after the Effective Date.

6.   Modification of certain terms:

  6.1. The term "Closing" as used in sections 4.21 (f) and
          (g), 5.11, 6.2, 6.4, 7.1, 7.3, 8.5, 8.8, 8.10, 9.1, 9.1(b),
          9.2, 9.2(b), 9.2(g), 9.2(k), 9.3, 9.3(a), 9.3(b), and 10.1(c)
          of the Agreement is amended to "Preliminary Closing" as
          defined in this Amendment.  The term "Closing" as used in the
          introductory clauses of Article 6 and Article 7 is amended to
          "Preliminary Closing" as defined in this Amendment.  The
          heading of Article 9 of the Agreement is amended as follows:
          Conditions Precedent to Preliminary Closing.
          
  6.2. The term "Closing Date" as used in sections 1.25, 8.16,
        11.1 and 11.2 of the Agreement is amended to "Effective
        Date" as defined in this Amendment.

  6.3. The term "Closing Date" as used in section 9.2(k) of
       the Agreement is amended to "Preliminary Closing Date" as
        defined in this Agreement.

  6.4. Section 8.2 of the Agreement is amended as follows: The
         last sentence of 8.2 is deleted and replaced by the
        following: "This Section 8.2 shall survive the Closing or the
        termination of this Agreement, as the case may be.
        
  6.5. Section 10.1 is deleted and replaced as follows:  "This
        Agreement may be terminated without liability of any Party,
        each to the other, at any time prior to the Preliminary
        Closing and the Closing contemplated hereby may be
        abandoned:".   The provisions of sections 10.1(a)-10.1(f),
        inclusive are not amended by the change to section 10.1
        except as otherwise set forth in this Amendment.
        
  6.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
        Agreement or in this Amendment, Section 10.1(b) is deleted
        and replaced as follows: "(b) by Netplex, or Seller, if the
        Preliminary Closing shall not have occurred on or before
        September 30, 1998 (provided that the right to terminate this
        Agreement under this Section 10.1 shall not be available to
        any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this
        Agreement has been the cause of or has resulted in the
        failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date); or"
        
  6.7. The Introductory clauses of sections 8.4(a)(b) and (c)
        shall be amended to read as follows: "For a period of fours
        years after the Effective Date, if the Closing occurs,".
        
  6.8. In section 10.1(f) the term "Seller, Netplex" shall be
        amended to read "Seller or Netplex".

  6.9. The following paragraph is added to Article 9 of the
        Agreement as Section 9.3(l): "Netplex shall amend its
        Certificate of Incorporation as set forth in the Certificate
        of Designation."
        
  6.10.     The following paragraph is added as section 6.8 of
        the Agreement: "No Person other than Seller and/or its
        transferees or designees shall be eligible to hold the
        Netplex Preferred Stock.

7.   Covenants of Seller.

  7.1. Seller hereby covenants:

       7.1.1.    That, unless the Agreement is terminated, from and
               after the execution of the Agreement and through  Closing, it
               will refrain from, and will cause each other Person acting for
               or on behalf of Seller, to refrain, from taking, directly or
               indirectly, any action (a) to merge, consolidate, or combine,
               or to permit any other Person to merge, consolidate or
               combine, with Seller in a manner which affects the Business or
               the Assets; and (b) to seek or encourage any offer or proposal
               from any Person to acquire the Business or any Assets.
               
       7.1.2.    Seller shall comply with the terms of the Escrow
               Agreement.

8.   Covenants of Netplex.

  8.1.  Netplex hereby covenants:

       8.1.1.    That between the Effective Date and Closing, it
               shall conduct the Business and use the Assets only in the
               ordinary course of business, consistent with the past
               practices of Seller, which shall include, without limitation,
               compliance in all respects with all Laws, regulations and
               administrative orders of any federal, state or local
               governmental authority that are applicable to Netplex or
               Seller with respect to the Assets or Business, with the intent
               of preserving the ongoing operations of the Assets and
               Business and which shall also include, without limitation, not
               selling, transferring or disposing of any of the Assets nor
               making any distributions of cash or other property relating to
               the Assets to Netplex shareholders or incurring any
               indebtedness other than accounts payable consistent with past
               practices.
               
       8.1.2.    That between the Effective Date and Closing, it
                shall promptly notify Seller of any materially adverse
                developments that occur prior to Closing with respect
                to the Assets or the operation of the Business.  Netplex
                shall keep Seller informed of all
                material operational matters and business developments
                with respect to the Business and its markets, including 
                any competitive changes.

       8.1.3.    That between the Effective Date and Closing, it
                will refrain from, and will cause each other Person acting
                for or on behalf of Netplex, to refrain, from taking,
                directly or indirectly, any action (a) to merge, consolidate,
                or combine, or to permit any other Person to merge,
                consolidate or combine, with Netplex in a manner which
                affects the Business or the Assets; and (b) to seek or
                encourage any offer or proposal from any Person to acquire
                the Business or any Assets.
                
       8.1.4.    Netplex shall comply with the Escrow Agreement.

9.   Other Additional Covenants:

  9.1. Non-solicitation by Netplex.  For a period of four (4)
          years after the Effective Date, if the Closing occurs,
          Netplex and any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors
          or assigns shall not, directly or indirectly, alone, or as a
          partner, partial owner, consultant, or agent of any other
          corporation, partnership or other business organization,
          knowingly solicit the employment of, or knowingly hire, any
          employee of Seller, or any Seller subsidiary, or
          intentionally cause any such employee to terminate the
          employee's relationship with Seller or any Seller Affiliate,
          without the prior written approval of Seller.

10.  Conditions Precedent to Closing.

  10.1.     The respective obligations of each party to
          consummate the Agreement are subject to the satisfaction at
          Closing Date of the following conditions precedent:
          
       10.1.1.   No order, decree or injunction shall have been
               enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of
               competent jurisdiction or any governmental authority which
               prohibits the Closing.
               
       10.1.2.   No action, claim, suit or proceeding seeking to
                enjoin, restrain, or prohibit the consummation of this
                Agreement shall be pending before any court or any other
                governmental authority.
                
  10.2.     The obligations of Netplex to consummate the
          Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or
          prior to the Closing Date of the following condition
          precedent:

      10.2.1.   Netplex shall have received an opinion of Seller's
               outside counsel, in form satisfactory to counsel for
               Netplex, to the effect all necessary approvals of
               shareholders and/or the Board of Directors of Seller have
               been obtained for the transaction.
               
  10.3.     The obligation of Seller to consummate the
          Agreement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or
            prior to the Closing Date of the following condition
          precedent:

        10.3.1.   Seller shall have received an opinion of Netplex's
               outside counsel, in form satisfactory to counsel for Seller,
               to the effect that the Certificate of Designation of the
               Preferred Stock of Netplex fully complies with all applicable
               Laws and that all necessary approvals of shareholders and/or
               the Board of Directors of Netplex have been obtained both for
               the Certificate of Designation and for the transactions
               contemplated by the Agreement.
               
11.  Miscellaneous.

  11.1.     The Escrow Agreement shall be mutually agreed upon
            and executed by Netplex and Seller at or prior to the
          Preliminary Closing.
  11.2.     Any terms defined in the Agreement used herein and
          not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the
          meaning for such term that is provided in the Agreement.
  11.3.     This Amendment is a material part of the Agreement
          and the terms hereof supercede any conflicting terms of the
          Agreement.  However, nothing in this Amendment abrogates any
          provision of the Agreement or the Agreement Documents except
          as expressly set forth in this Amendment.
          
  11.4.     Captions and numbering.  The captions and
          numbering of the provisions of this Amendment are for
          convenience only, are not to be interpreted as substantive
          terms, and are not to be interpreted to signify replacement
          of similarly captioned or numbered provisions of the
          Agreement, except where such effect is expressly set forth
          in this Amendment.
  11.5.     The term "Buyer" as used in sections 8.4(a) and
          8.4(c) is amended to read "buyer".

  11.6.     The term "Buyer" as used in section 5.6 is amended
          to read "Netplex".

  11.7.     In section 3.2 of the Earnout Agreement, Exhibit B
          to the Agreement, the date "March 1, 2000" shall be amended
          to read "March 1, 2001".
          
  11.8    It is agreed and understood that Seller shall be entitled to
          receive fifty percent (50%) of the Net Profit from the
          Business between the Effective Date and September 30, 1998.
          The Earnout Agreement and the Employment Agreements shall be
          amended to reflect the same.

             SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

                        

                        

THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC.

By: __________________________ 
Name: Gene Zaino
Title:  President and CEO

APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name: Robert Barcum
Title: President and CEO




APPENDIX A-3
                                                   EXHIBIT B

               EARN-OUT AGREEMENT

     This Earn-Out Agreement is made as of this
30th day of September, 1998 by and between The
Netplex Group, Inc., a New York corporation
("Netplex"), and Applied Intelligence Group,
Inc., an Oklahoma corporation ("Seller").

WHEREAS, Seller and Netplex have entered into an
     Asset Acquisition Agreement dated as of
     August 31, 1998 ("Asset Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of said Asset
     Agreement, Seller may be entitled to
     receive from Netplex monetary compensation
     in addition to that which was paid Seller
     at the Closing of said Asset Agreement
     ("Additional Compensation"), and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of said Asset
     Agreement, Seller may be entitled to an
     increase in the number of shares of Netplex
     Class B Preferred Stock received from
     Netplex ("Additional Preferred Shares");
     and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to establish
     a means and method for determining what
     amount of Additional Compensation and/or
     Additional Preferred Shares Seller is
     entitled to receive as additional
     consideration for the sale of assets.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto in
     consideration of the above premises and in
     consideration of other good and valuable
     consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
     is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows:

1.   Nature and Purpose of Earn-Out Agreement. This Earn-
     Out Agreement is established for the purpose of
     determining what Additional Compensation and/or
     Additional Preferred Shares Seller is entitled
     to receive pursuant to the terms of the Asset
     Agreement and the Additional Documents executed
     thereunder.  The amount of Additional
     Compensation and the Additional Preferred Shares
     shall be determined and paid as set forth in
     this Earn-Out Agreement.
     
2.   Definitions.  The following terms as used in this Earn-
 Out Agreement shall have the definitions set forth below:
                          
 2.1. "AIG" shall mean the division or subsidiary of Netplex
          which will be established by Netplex
          contemporaneously with the Closing to operate a
          technical consulting services and solutions
          business substantially similar to that operated
          by Seller prior to the Closing of said Asset
          Agreement.
          
  2.2. "Net Profit" shall mean, for each applicable quarter,
          the earnings of AIG before interest, taxes,
          depreciation and amortization (hereinafter
          "EBITDA") for that quarter less any losses from
          prior quarters determined after Closing on that
          same basis which have not previously been
          deducted in arriving at a calculation of Net
          Profit for purposes of this Earn-Out Agreement.
          The parties further agree and understand that
          generally accepted accounting principles shall
          be used by Netplex during the Earn-out Period
          for purposes of determining EBITDA for this Earn-
          out Agreement.

  2.3. "Performance Forecast" shall mean the projected plan
          agreed to by the parties hereto for the
          operation of AIG after the Closing, which is
          attached hereto and incorporated herein by
          reference as Exhibit 1.
          
  2.4. "Earn-Out Period" shall mean that period of time from
          and after September 1, 1998 and through and including
          December 31, 2000.

  2.5. Any terms defined in the Asset Acquisition Agreement
          used herein and not otherwise defined in this
          Earn-Out Agreement shall have the meaning for
          such term that is provided in the Asset
          Acquisition Agreement.
          
3.   Determination of Earn-Out Amounts.

  3.1. Additional Compensation.  On or before the 60th day
          following the conclusion of each of the next
          seven (7) calendar quarters, beginning with the
          quarter ending September 30, 1998, Netplex shall
          determine the Net Profit of AIG for the calendar
          quarter just ended.  For purposes of this
          calculation, the parties agree and understand
          that the quarter ending September 30, 1998 only
          includes the month of September, 1998.  The
          amount of Additional Compensation to which
          Seller is entitled to receive for each of said
          calendar quarters shall be a sum equal to fifty
          percent (50%) of the Net Profit for that
          quarter, provided however that the cumulative
          sum of all of such Additional Compensation shall
          not exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand
          Dollars ($1,500,000).  Netplex shall pay Seller
          the Additional Compensation within ten (10) days
          after the calculation of Additional Compensation
          is made for each of such calendar quarters.
          
  3.2. Additional Preferred Shares.  If the aggregate Net
          Profit of AIG for the ten (10) quarters
          beginning with the quarter ending September 30,
          1998 exceeds $5,000,000, then Netplex, within
          ten (10) days after the calculation made
          pursuant to this paragraph, will issue to Seller
          or its designee(s) additional shares of Netplex
          Preferred Stock, (as the same is defined in the
          Asset Agreement) as is determined by the formula
          hereinafter set forth.  For purposes of this
          calculation, the parties agree and understand
          that the quarter ending September 30, 1998 only
          includes the month of September, 1998. Such
          determination shall be made on or before March
          1, 2001.  The number of such additional shares
          of Netplex Preferred Stock shall be calculated
          in accordance with the formula below
          (hereinafter "Additional Preferred Share
          Calculation"):
          
                    [(The sum of the Net Profit
               for the ten consecutive quarters defined  above,
               or  $9,000,000, whichever    is   less)    minus
               $5,000,000]      divided      by $4,000,000,
               the  quotient   of which is then multiplied by
               [the number   of  shares  of  Netplex Preferred
               Stock issued to Seller pursuant  to Article  3
               of  the Asset Acquisition Agreement less the
               amount  of  such   Netplex Preferred  Stock
               converted   by Seller  to Netplex Common  Stock
               prior to December 31, 2000].

4.   Duties of Netplex Regarding Earn-Out Amounts.

  4.1. With the payment of the Additional Compensation,
          Netplex shall deliver to Seller Netplex's calculation
          of the Net Profit and Additional Compensation
          payable, and all documents reasonably requested by
          Seller to verify the amount of such compensation (the
          "Payment Calculation").
          
  4.2. Netplex shall afford Seller's accountants and
          representatives reasonable access to the books and
          records of Netplex during normal business hours for
          the purpose of reviewing the Payment Calculation.
          However, and notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
          event there is any change in the control of Seller
          such that Seller is acquired or becomes controlled by
          a direct competitor of Netplex, then said access to
          the books and records of Netplex shall be provided to
          either an Independent Accounting Firm selected and/or
          determined in the manner provided for in Section 4.6,
          such Independent Accounting Firm's opinion regarding
          the Payment Calculation shall be provided to both
          parties.  If either party is not satisfied with such
          opinion, or if an Independent Accounting Firm cannot
          be selected, such party may seek arbitration pursuant
          Section 4.6.  In any event, Netplex may seek a
          protective order from either a court of competent
          jurisdiction or the arbitration panel regarding the
          confidentiality of any books and records to be
          disclosed as required by this Section 4.2.
          
  4.3. Each of the parties shall bear its or their own costs
          in preparation and review of the Payment Calculation.
                               
  4.4. On or prior to the 30th day after receipt of the
          Payment Calculation, Seller may give Netplex a
          written notice stating in reasonable detail Seller's
          objections (an "Objection Notice") to the Payment
          Calculation.  If Seller does not give Netplex an
          Objection Notice within such 30-day period, then the
          Payment Calculation will be conclusive and binding
          upon the parties as of the end of such 30-day period.
          
  4.5. If Seller timely gives an Objection Notice, then Seller
          and Netplex will make reasonable efforts to resolve
          their disputes as reflected in the Objection Notice,
          and any amount agreed to in writing by Seller and
          Netplex as the Payment Calculation as a result of
          such efforts will be conclusive and binding upon the
          parties.
          
  4.6. If Seller and Netplex do not resolve all disputes as
          reflected in the Objection Notice on or prior to the
          15th day after the Objection Notice is given, then
          Seller and Netplex will, within ten days after the
          15th day period, retain a mutually acceptable,
          nationally recognized accounting firm (the
          "Independent Accounting firm") to determine the Net
          Profit as soon as practicable and, in any event,
          within 30 days of such engagement, all in accordance
          with the standards and definitions set forth herein.
          The Net Profit for such quarter determined by the
          Independent Accounting Firm will be conclusive and
          binding upon the parties.  The fees and expenses of
          the Independent Accounting Firm will be paid 50% by
          Netplex and 50% by Seller.  In the event Seller and
          Netplex fail to reach mutual agreement as to the
          Independent Accounting Firm within such ten-day
          period (except as extended by written agreement
          between the parties), Arthur Anderson, or any
          successor firm, is deemed to be a mutually acceptable
          Independent Accounting Firm, provided such firm is
          not otherwise then engaged by Seller or Netplex.  In
          the event that Arthur Anderson is not eligible to
          resolve such dispute as provided above, then the
          parties shall submit such dispute to arbitration
          before a panel designated by the New York City office
          of the American Arbitration Association as provided
          in sections 4.6.1 to 4.6.5 below.
     
    4.6.1.    In the event such dispute is submitted to
               arbitration, it shall be decided by arbitration
               in accordance with the then current Rules of the
               American Arbitration Association.

    4.6.2.    Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be
               filed in writing with the other party to this
               Earn-Out Agreement and with the New York City
               office of the American  Arbitration Association.  The
               demand for arbitration shall be made within
               the time set forth in this Earn-Out Agreement for
               referral of the dispute.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing,
               all obligations of the parties to this Earn-Out Agreement shall
               continue during any such Arbitration according to the terms of
               this Earn-Out Agreement.

       4.6.3.   The foregoing agreement to arbitrate shall be
               specifically enforceable under the prevailing
               arbitration law.
               
      4.6.4.    The award, if any, rendered by the arbitrators
               shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon
               it in accordance with applicable law in any
               court having jurisdiction thereof.
               
      4.6.5.     Costs and attorneys fees shall be paid or imposed
                as part of the arbitration award.

  4.7. If the Independent Accounting Firm or Arbitration
          panel, as the case may be, determines that the Net Profit
          was calculated incorrectly, then Netplex will pay any
          amounts owed to Seller within five (5) business
          days of the determination.  Provided the
          overpayment does not cause the Additional
          Compensation to exceed $1,500,000, Seller will
          not be required to remit to Netplex any
          overpayment made to Seller.  If the overpayment
          causes the Additional Compensation to exceed
          $1,500,000, then the Seller shall remit to
          Netplex any overpayment made to Seller.
          
  4.8. During the Earn-Out Period, and to the extent not
          already delivered pursuant to Section 4.1,
          Netplex shall deliver to Seller Netplex's
          calculation of the Net Profit for each quarter
          and all documents reasonably requested by Seller
          to verify the amount of such Net Profit.  In the
          event that Seller disputes the Additional
          Preferred Share Calculation, Seller shall have
          the same rights and remedies, and the parties
          shall be subject to the same procedures, as
          provided by sections 4.4 through 4.7 of this
          Earn-Out Agreement.
          
5.   Covenants of Netplex.  During the Earn-Out Period,
     Netplex covenants and agrees as follows:

  5.1. Netplex shall separately account for the AIG's Net
           Profit in accordance with this Earn-Out Agreement.
                             
  5.2. Netplex shall comply in all respects with all Laws,
          regulations and administrative orders of any
          federal, state or local governmental authority
          that are applicable to the  operation of AIG.

  5.3. Netplex shall take all steps which are reasonably
        necessary to continue to operate AIG in a manner which allows
        Seller the opportunity to earn the maximum potential
        Additional Compensation and Additional Preferred Shares
        contemplated under this Earn-Out Agreement.
         
  5.4. Netplex shall not, without the written consent of
        Seller, have any right to allocate any corporate or other
        expenses to AIG for purposes of arriving at the EBITDA
        calculation except to the extent that the same are shown on
        the Performance Forecast.
        
  
        
  5.5. During the first two quarters of the Earn-Out Period,
        Netplex shall provide to AIG such cash funds as are necessary
        to allow AIG to meet its expense obligations under the plan
        for the operation of AIG.  Such amount shall not be charged
        as an expense or liability, counted as revenue, deducted from
        any calculation of Net Profit, or deducted from any amount
        owing to Seller under this Earn-Out Agreement.
          
  5.6. Netplex shall not include in or deduct from the
        calculation of Net Profit:  (i) any corporate overhead or
        administrative expense of Netplex or any of its subsidiaries
        or Affiliates; (ii) any reserves or contingencies for any
        item covered by the Asset Agreement for which either party
        has indemnification requirements, obligations or liability to
        the other party hereto; (iii) any amount of any kind or
        character not substantially similar to those included in the
        Performance Forecast; (iv) compensation or fringe benefit
        expenses for any employee of Netplex or any of its Affiliates
        or subsidiaries who are not directly engaged in the Business;
        (v) third party professional services and legal expenses
        incurred by Netplex in relation to acquiring AIG or managing
        any of AIG's operations, provided however that third party
        services and legal expenses caused by the AIG operations
        shall be included in the calculation of Net Profit; (vi) any
        charges, fees, or interest of any kind or character incurred
        by Netplex for any Lien incurred by it against any of the
        assets or value of AIG; (vii) any interest on the money
        Netplex is required to provide to AIG pursuant to this Earn-
        Out Agreement.
         
  5.7. Netplex shall continue to operate AIG in good faith so
        as to maximize the Net Profit of AIG during the Earn-Out
        Period, and, provided AIG continues to achieve the Minimum
        Net Profit, as specified on the Quota Schedule attached
        hereto as Exhibit 2 for six of the eight quarters after the
        last quarter of 1998 [or for seven of the nine quarters,
        starting with the last quarter of 1998, if the Net Profit for
        the last quarter of 1998 is less than one hundred thousand
        dollars ($100,000)],  Netplex shall provide the employees of
        AIG, including, without limitation, the employees retained by
        the Employment Agreements, such discretion and authority as
        necessary to operate AIG as necessary to fulfill the intent
        of the Agreement Documents and to maximize Seller's ability
        to earn the Additional Compensation and Additional Preferred
        Shares.
        
  5.8. Not later than ninety (90) days after the Additional
        Preferred Shares is issued purusant to this Earn-Out
        Agreement, Netplex shall file an appropriate registration
          statement for sufficient Netplex Common Stock to permit the
          conversion of the Additional Preferred Shares and shall
          maintain effectiveness of such registration statement until
          such time as the Netplex Common Stock underlying the Netplex
          Preferred Stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the
          SEC upon conversion of the Netplex Preferred Stock to Netplex
          Common Stock.

6.   Termination and Breach.

  6.1. In the event that (i) AIG ceases to be accounted for by
          Netplex to Seller as a discrete business enterprise; (ii)
          Netplex sells substantially all of AIG or a substantial
          portion thereof; or (iii) Netplex breaches the Asset
          Acquisition Agreement or this Earn-Out Agreement or (iv)
          Netplex terminates any of the Employment Agreements executed
          pursuant to section 9.1(d) of the Asset Agreement for any
          reason other than for Cause, then  the remaining balance of
          the maximum Additional Compensation and the maximum
          Additional Preferred Shares provided for under this Earn-Out
          Agreement shall be immediately deemed earned, and shall be
          forthwith paid and delivered, as the case may be, to Seller.
          Upon satisfaction of such obligation, Netplex shall not have
          any further liability to Seller under this Earn-Out
          Agreement.
          
  6.2. Netplex acknowledges and agrees that any material
          breach of its obligations hereunder shall represent a
          Material Adverse Effect upon Seller, that the total amount of
          damages Seller will suffer in such event will not be subject
          to reasonable calculation, and that Seller shall in such
          event be entitled to the remedies that appear in this Earn-
          Out Agreement in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other
          remedy to which Seller may be entitled as a result of
          Netplex's breach, whether at Law or equity, and to include,
          without limitation, injunctive relief.
         
  6.3. In the event that Netplex fails to make any payment
          when due.  Netplex will pay interest on said sum until paid
          in full.  The annual interest rate thereon shall be equal to
          the prime rate at Nationsbank in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, or
          its successor in interest, plus three quarters of one point,
          as of the date such payment is due.
          
7.   Miscellaneous.

  7.1. Benefit and Assignability.  This Earn-Out Agreement
          shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
          parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
          assigns, and no other person or entity shall have any right
          (whether third party beneficiary or otherwise) hereunder.
          This Earn-Out Agreement may not be assigned by any party
          without the prior written consent of the other party, which
          consent shall not unreasonably be withheld.
          
  7.2. Notices.  All notices demands and other communications
          pertaining to this Earn-Out Agreement ("Notices") shall be in
          writing addressed as follows:
          
          If to Seller:
               Robert N. Baker, Vice President
               viaLink
               13800 Benson Road
               Edmond, OK 73013-6417

          with a copy to:

             Richard M. Klinge, Esq.
             Richard M. Klinge & Associates, P.C.
             228 Robert S. Kerr, Suite 940
             Oklahoma City, OK 73102
             
             
          If to Netplex:

             The Netplex Group, Inc.
             Attention: Gene F. Zaino, President
             8260 Greensboro Drive, 5th Floor
             McLean, Virginia 22102
             
          with a copy to:

             Attn:     Edward J. Walsh, Jr., Esq.
             Vedder Price Kaufman & Day
               22nd Floor
               805 Third Avenue
               New York, NY 10022

        Notices shall be deemed given five (5) business days after
        being mailed by certified or registered United States mail,
        postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the first
        business day after being sent, prepaid, by nationally
        recognized overnight courier that issues a receipt or other
        confirmation of delivery to the appropriate recipient of such
        Notice.  Any party may change the address to which Notices
        under this Earn-Out Agreement are to be sent to it by giving
        written notice of a change of address in the manner provided
        in this Earn-Out Agreement for giving Notice.
        
7.3. Counterparts; Facsimile.  This Earn-Out Agreement may
        be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if
        the signature on each such counterpart were on the same instrument.
        This Earn-Out Agreement and any counterparts may be executed by
        facsimile with the same effect as if the signature were an original.

7.4. Waiver.  Unless otherwise specifically agreed in
        writing to the contrary:  (a) the failure of any party at any
        time to require performance by the other of any provision of
        this Earn-Out Agreement shall not affect such party's right
        thereafter to enforce the same; (b) no waiver by any party of
        any default by any other shall be valid unless in writing and
        acknowledged by an authorized representative of the
        nondefaulting party, and no such waiver shall be taken or
        held to be a waiver by such party of any other preceding or
        subsequent default; and (c) no extension of time granted by
        any party for the performance of any obligation or act by any
        other party shall be deemed to be an extension of time for
        the performance of any other obligation or act hereunder.
        
7.5. Construction.  The headings of the Articles and
        Sections of this Earn-Out Agreement are for convenience only
        and in no way modify, interpret or construe the meaning of
        specific provisions of the Agreement.
        
7.6. Severability.  In case any one or more of the
          provisions contained in this Earn-Out Agreement should be
          held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the
          validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining
          provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.  Any
          illegal or unenforceable term shall be deemed to be void and
          of no force and effect only to the minimum extent necessary
          to bring such term within the provisions of applicable Laws
          and such term, as so modified, and the balance of this Earn
          Out Agreement shall then be fully enforceable.

7.7. Choice of Law.  The obligations, representations,
          covenants and warranties entered into by the Parties under
          this Earn-Out Agreement shall be construed and governed by
          the Laws of the State of Oklahoma, without regard for the
          choice of law rules of that State.
          
7.8. Survival and Limitation of Actions.  In addition to
          such terms and provisions which survive the termination of
          this Earn-Out Agreement as stated heretofore in this EarnOut
          Agreement, the representations and warranties of Netplex
          contained herein shall survive the termination of this Earn
          Out Agreement.  Any claims or causes of action for breach or
          default, or for indemnification, under this Earn-Out
          Agreement must be commenced by either party hereto no later
          two years after such Party discovers or reasonably should
          have discovered the existence of any such claim or cause of
          action.  For any action between the parties not otherwise
          subsumed in the foregoing, such action may be commenced no
          later than within the time permitted by the statute of
          limitations provided by applicable Law.
          
7.9. Attorneys' Fees.  Except to the extent otherwise
          specified in this Earn-Out Agreement, if either party
          initiates any litigation against the other party involving
          this Earn-Out Agreement, the prevailing party in such action
          shall be entitled to receive reimbursement from the other
          party for all reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and
          expenses incurred by the prevailing party in respect of that
          litigation, including any appeal, and such reimbursement may
          be included in the judgment or final order issued in that
          proceeding.
          
7.10.     Complementary Terms.  This Earn-out Agreement is a
          material part of the Asset Agreement, and are intended to be
          interpreted and applied consistently therewith.  In the event
          that any material conflict exists between the application of
          the provisions of this Earn-Out Agreement and the provisions
          of the Asset Acquisition Agreement, the language of this Earn-
          Out Agreement shall control and supercede any conflicting
          provision of the Asset Acquisition Agreement, without voiding
          or invalidating any other provision of either this Earn-Out
          Agreement or the Asset Agreement.
          
          
                   SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS
  WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have executed this Earn-Out
Agreement as of the date first above written.

THE NETPLEX GROUP, INC.       APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP,
INC.



_________________________     __________________________
Gene F. Zaino
President                     by its _____________



                               APPENDIX B

                THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
            CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                         OF
          APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                          
    Applied Intelligence Group, Inc., an Oklahoma
                     corporation
(this "Corporation"), does hereby certify:

    FIRST.  Applied Intelligence Group, Inc., an Oklahoma
corporation, was incorporated on May 31, 1985.

     SECOND.  The Certificate of Incorporation was
amended and restated pursuant to the Second Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this
Corporation on April 30, 1996.

     THIRD.  This Third Amendment to the Certificate
of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 77 and 80 of the Oklahoma
General Corporation Act (the "Act").

     THIRD.  Article I of this Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to
read in its entirety as follows:

                      ARTICLE I

                        Name

          The name of the corporation is "APPLIED
     INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.", and, as amended, the
     name of this Corporation has been changed to
     "THE viaLink COMPANY."
     
     FOURTH.  In all other respect this Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation remains as set forth in
the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of this Corporation.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has
caused this Third Amendment to the Certificate of
Incorporation to be signed by its President and
attested by its Secretary this 4th day of September,
1998.
                                   APPLIED
INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                                   By:_______________________
                                        Robert L.
                                        Barcum
                                        President
ATTEST:


_______________
Robert N. Baker, Secretary






APPENDIX C
                    CONSENT TO ACTION IN LIEU
              OF A MEETING OF THE SHAREHOLDERS
             OF APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.
                              
  The undersigned holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share (the
"Common Stock'), of Applied Intelligence Group, Inc., an
Oklahoma corporation, (the "Corporation"), do hereby adopt
and consent to the adoption of the following resolutions,
with the same force and effect as if such resolutions were
proposed, seconded and adopted by the holders of a majority
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at a meeting of
the Corporation's shareholders duly called and held on the
date set forth below:

     WHEREAS, upon the recommendation of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation, the below named holders of a
majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock deem it advisable to approve the following:

           (i) that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement
     between the Corporation and The Netplex Group, Inc.
     dated August 31, 1998,  and as amended on September 8,
     1998 (the "Asset Acquisition Agreement");
     
          (ii) amend the Corporation's Certificate of
     Incorporation to change the name of the Corporation to
     "THE viaLink COMPANY" as required to permit transfer
     and assignment of the name "Applied Intelligence Group"
     to The Netplex Group, Inc. in accordance with the Asset
     Acquisition Agreement;
     
          (iii) amend the Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.
     1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan") to (A) permit
     the grant of non-qualified stock options to all
     employees and nonemployee service provides of the
     Company and its subsidiaries, (B) permit option holders
     to exercise such stock options through the end of
     applicable option exercise period without requiring
     continued employment with the Company as a condition of
     exercise, and (C) increase the number of shares of
     common stock, $.001 par value per share of the Company
     (the "Common Stock") authorized and reserved for
     issuance under the 1995 Plan from 300,000 to 800,000
     (the "1995 Plan Amendment"); and
     
          (iv) amend the Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.
     1998 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan")
     to (A) permit the grant of options to all employees and
     nonemployee service provides of the Company and its
     subsidiaries, and (B) increase the number of shares of
     Common Stock authorized and reserved for issuance under
     the 1998 Plan from 150,000 to 800,000 (the "1998 Plan
     Amendment")
     
     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Asset
Acquisition Agreement between the Corporation and Netplex,
Inc., dated August 31, 1998, as amended September 8, 1998,
is hereby approved in all respects;

     RESOLVED FURTHER,  that Article I of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the
name of the Corporation as follows:

                          ARTICLE I

                              Name
          The name of the corporation is
     "APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP, INC.", and, as
     amended, the name of this Corporation has
     been changed to  "THE viaLink COMPANY."
     
     
     
     
     RESOLVED FURTHER,  that the Applied Intelligence
Group, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan  be amended  as
follows:

     The Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. 1995 Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan") is hereby amended as
follows:

                         I.
                          
  The first sentence of Section 1.1 of the Plan is  hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "The purpose of APPLIED INTELLIGENCE GROUP,
          INC. 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN shall be to
          attract, retain and motivate management,
          directors, employees or professional non-
          employee service providers of Applied
          Intelligence Group, Inc. (the "Company")
          and subsidiaries and certain other
          individuals who have benefitted or could
          benefit the Company (collectively, the
          "Participants") by way of granting (i)
          nonqualified stock options ('Stock
          Options') and (ii) incentive stock options
          ('ISO Options')."
          
                         II.
                          
  The first sentence of Section 1.4 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "Shares of stock ('Stock') covered by Stock
          Options and ISO Options shall consist of
          Eight Hundred Thousand (800,000) shares of
          the voting common stock, par value $.001,
          of the Company"
          
                        III.
                          
  The first paragraph of Section 2.2 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "2.2  Grant and Terms for Stock Options.
          Stock Options shall be granted on the
          following terms and conditions. No Stock
          Option shall be exercisable more than ten
          (10) years from the date of grant.  Subject
          to such limitation, the Committee shall
          have the discretion to fix the period
          ("Option Period") during which Stock
          Options may be exercised."
          
                         IV.
                          
The first three sentences of Section 3.2 of the Plan are
hereby amended to read as follows:

          "ISO Options may be granted only to
          management or other employees of the
          Company, its parent or any subsidiary of
          the Company.  No ISO Options shall be
          granted to any person who is not eligible
          to receive 'incentive stock options' as
          provided in Section 422 of the Code.  No
          ISO Options shall be granted to any
          management or other employee if,
          immediately before the grant of and ISO
          Option, such employee owns more than 10% of
          the total combined voting power of all
          classes of stock of the Company, its parent
          or its subsidiaries (as determined in
          accordance with the stock attribution rules
          contained in Section 422 and Section 424(d)
          of the Code)."
          
                         V.
                          
 The Plan is hereby amended to delete the word "key" each
place it appears in the Plan.

 Except as otherwise provided in this 1998 Amendment
to Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. 1995 Stock Option
Plan ("Amendment"), the Plan is hereby ratified and
confirmed in all respects.  This Amendment shall be
effective as of September 1, 1998.


     RESOLVED FURTHER,  that the Applied Intelligence
Group, Inc. 1998 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan  be
amended  as follows:

   The Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. 1998 Non-Qualified
Stock Option Plan (the"Plan") is hereby amended as
follows:

                         I.
                          
  The first sentence of Section 1.1 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "The purpose of the Plan shall be to
          attract, retain and motivate directors,
          executive officers, employees, independent
          contractors and consultants of the Company
          and its subsidiaries and certain other
          individuals who have benefitted or could
          benefit the Company ('Eligible Persons') by
          way of granting non-qualified stock options
          ('Stock Options') with stock appreciation
          rights attached ('Stock Option SARs')."
          
                         II.
                          
  The first sentence of Section 1.4 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "Shares of stock ('Stock') covered by Stock
          Options and SARs shall consist of 800,000
          shares of the Common Stock, $.001 par
          value, of the Company, subject to
          adjustment pursuant to Section 1.7 of the
          Plan, which may be either authorized and
          unissued shares or treasury shares, as
          determined in the sole discretion of the
          Board."
          
                        III.
                          
 Section 2.1.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

          2.1.1  Grant and Terms for Stock Options.
          Stock Options and Stock Option SARs shall
          be granted by the Board on the following
          terms and conditions:  No Stock Options and
          Stock Option SARs shall be exercisable more
          than 10 years after the date of grant.
          Subject to such limitation, the Board shall
          have the discretion to fix the period (the
          'Option Period') during which any Stock
          Option or Stock Option SAR may be exercised."
      
                   IV.

 Section 3.1.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "3.1.1  Grant and Terms for SARs.  The
          Board may grant SARs to Participants in
          connection with Stock Options granted under
          the Plan.  SARs shall terminate at such
          time as the Board determines and shall be
          exercised only upon surrender of the
          related  Stock Option and only to the
          extent that the related Stock Option (or
          the portion thereof as to which the SAR is
          exercisable) is exercised.  The applicable
          SAR shall (i) terminate upon the
          termination of the underlying Stock Option,
          (ii) only be transferable at the same time
          and under the same conditions as the
          underlying Stock Option is transferable,
          (iii) only be exercised when the underlying
          Stock Option is exercised, and (iv) may be
          exercised only if there is a positive
          spread between the Option Price and the
          fair market value of the Stock for which
          the SAR is exercised."
          
     Except as otherwise provided in this 1998
Amendment to Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. 1998
Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan ("Amendment"), the
Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed in all
respects.  This Amendment shall be effective as of
September 1, 1998.

 EXECUTED on the date set forth below, but effective as of
the 1st day of September, 1998.

Date:  September 4, 1998
                                        
                                        ______________________
                                        Robert L. Barcum
                                        
Date:  September 4, 1998
                                       
                                        ______________________
                                        Robert N. Baker
                                        
Date:  September 4, 1998
                                        /S/ Robert L. Barcum   
                                        ________________
                                        Robert L. Barcum, as
                                        proxy for and
                                        on behalf of Russell L.
                                        Reinhardt and
                                        David B. North
                                        
                                        



APPENDIX D
                                   September 8, 1998

The Board of Directors
Applied Intelligence Group, Inc.
c/o Mr. Robert Barcum, President and Chief Operating Officer
13800 Benson Road
Edmond, Oklahoma 73013

Gentlemen:

      You  have requested the opinion of Seidman
& Co., Inc. as  to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, to  the shareholders of
Applied Intelligence Group, Inc. ("AIG"), of the
proposed  sale  (the "Transaction")  of  the
Technical Consulting Business of AIG (the
"Consulting Group")  to  The Netplex Group, Inc.
("Netplex").

      It is understood that the Consulting Group
provides  a range of management  consulting  and  computer systems
information integration services and technology
focused  on the retail and wholesale distribution industries.

      The  "Proposed asset acquisition by The
Netplex Group, Inc.   of  the  Technical
Consulting  Business  of  Applied Intelligence
Group, Inc." letter agreement, dated  July  31,
1998, (the "Agreement"), between Applied
Intelligence Group, Inc.  and  The  Netplex
Group would provide for  Netplex  to purchase
all of the assets of the Consulting Group.

      In  consideration for selling the
Consulting Group  to Netplex,  the  Agreement
provides for  AIG,  minimally,  to receive
$4.000,000,  including  $3,000,000  in   cash
plus Netplex  convertible preferred stock having
a face value  of $1,000,000 and  convertible
into Netplex common stock  on  a one for   one
basis.   Maximally,   AIG  would   receive
$6,500,000,  including  $3,000,000  in  cash,
plus  Netplex convertible preferred stock which
would be convertible  into two (2) shares of
Netplex common stock for for each share of
preferred, subject to Consulting Group
performance, plus  an earn-out   payment  up  to
$1,500,000,  again  subject   to Consulting
Group performance.  Thus, it is understood  that
total  consideration for the Consulting  Group
ranges  from approximately $4,000,000 on the low
end to $6,500,000 on the high, excluding  stock
appreciation  value  (the   "Total Consideration").

     It is understood that the proceeds from the
sale of the Consulting  Group  are  to be
reinvested  by  AIG  into  two remaining
businesses of the AIG,  "viaLink" and "ijob,"
both Internet related.

     In  reaching our fairness opinion, we have
examined and considered  all  available
information  and  data  which  we deemed
relevant to determining the fairness of the
subject Transaction from a financial point of
view, including:

     1. The  "Proposed  asset  acquisition  by
        The  Netplex Group, Inc. of the
        Technical Consulting Business  of
        Applied  Intelligence Group, Inc."
        letter agreement, dated July 31, 1998,
        between AIG and Netplex;
        
     2. AIG's  10-K,  dated December 31, 1997, AIG's  10-Q,
        dated June 30,1998;

     3. Historic   and  current  operating  data for the
        Consulting Group and AIG, actual and pro
        forma  for the  Transaction,  with focus
        on  sales,  operating costs  and other
        charges against revenues, operating cash
        flow and operating cash flow margins
        (that  is, operating   cash  flow  as
        percent  of revenues),
        operating income and operating income
        margins,  pretax income and pre-tax
        income margins;
        
     4. Historic   and  current  balance  sheets   for   the
        Consulting Group and AIG, actual and pro
        forma  for the  Transaction, focusing on
        analysis of assets and capital
        structure  and  on  indices  of
        liquidity, activity  and coverage,
        including current and  longterm debt to
        equity ratios;
        
     5. Comparative  statistical analysis of the  operating
        performance   and   balance   sheets
        of   selected companies  comparable to
        the Consulting Group  which have
        publicly traded common stock, and,  from
        this data,  deriving financial and
        capitalization  ratios typical   of
        management  and  systems consulting
        companies;

     6. Financial  and operating forecasts provided  by  AIG
        management  for the Consulting Group and
        other  AIG businesses;
        
     7. Discounted   cash  flow  analyses   of five   year
        projected  net  free cash flows for  the
        Consulting Group;
        
     8. Discounted   cash  flow  analyses   of five   year
        projected net free cash flows for viaLink and ijob;

     9. Conditions  in,  and the outlook for the management
        and   systems  consulting  industry  in
        the  United States;
        
     10.Conditions  in,  and  the  outlook  for
        the  United States   economy,  interest
        rates   and financial  markets;

     11.Other  studies, analyses, and
        investigations  as  we deemed
        appropriate

      The  preparation of a fairness opinion  is
a  complex process  and  is  not  necessarily
susceptible  to  partial analysis or summary
description.  Selecting portions of  the
analyses  or  of  the  summary  set  forth
herein   without considering  the  analysis  as
a  whole  could  create   an incomplete  view of
the processes underlying Seidman  &  Co. Inc.'s
fairness  opinion.  This letter was prepared
solely for  the purpose of Seidman & Co., Inc.
providing an outline of   the   opinion  as  to
the  fairness  of  the   subject disposition,
and  does not purport to be  an  appraisal  or
necessarily  reflect  the  prices  at  which
businesses  or securities  actually  may be
sold.   This  letter  only  has application  as
it is employed with reference  to  the  full
written analysis and supporting research and
tables.

      During  the course of our investigation,
we  conducted interviews  with persons who, in
our judgment, were  capable of  providing us
with information necessary to complete  the
assignment,  including  members  of  management.
We   have assumed  that  the  information and
accounting  supplied  by management  and others
are accurate, and reflect good  faith efforts
to describe the current and prospective  status
of both   the   Consulting  Group  and  other
AIG  businesses, including      viaLink  and
ijob,  from  an  operational    and
financial   point   of  view.   We  have
relied,   without independent   verification,  upon  the
accuracy   of  the information provided by these sources.

      The  valuation fairness tests include a
matrix of fair market  valuations  of
the  Consulting  Group,   and   the
comparison  of these valuations with the Total
Consideration to  be  paid  AIG  under the terms of the
Transaction.   Two generally accepted methods have been
employed in determining the  Consulting  Group's  fair
market  value,  the  "market comparable  method"
and the "discounted cash  flow  method." The
market  comparable  method of valuation  relates
to  a subject  company's  operating and  balance
sheet  financial capitalizing  multiples  based
on  ratios  derived  from  a universe  of
publicly-traded market  comparable  companies.
The  discounted  cash flow method of valuation
derives  the present value of a company from a
future stream of free cash flows.

      Based, therefore, on our analysis and
consideration of the foregoing,
particularly  the  market  comparable  and
discounted  cash  flow  valuations,  it  is  our
considered professional judgment that the
consideration in the proposed sale  of  the
Applied  Intelligence Group,  Inc.  Technical
Consulting Business is fair to the existing
shareholders  of Applied  Intelligence Group,
Inc. from a financial point  of view.

                                   Yours truly,
                                   /S/ Seidman & Co., Inc.





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission